As 18133 Kv-Ad Da Um 96114e GB WW 1120-3 PDF

96114E
AD/DA Conversion Unit
KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/
AD40G/AD40/DA40
User's Manual
Please read this Manual before use.
Keep this Manual in a safe place for later reference.
Preface
This manual describes how to use KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 and their functions.
Be sure to thoroughly read and fully understand this manual before installing. In addition, store this
manual in a safe place so that you can retrieve it whenever necessary.
■ KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 User's Manual

Read the following manual when you use the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40.
All the following PDF manuals can be found and opened in the help file of KV STUDIO. In addition, the
latest version of PDF manuals can be downloaded from the Keyence website
Name Description
This manual describes how to connect and maintain KV-5500/
KV-5500/5000/3000 Series User's Manual 5000/3000 Series PLC, CPU built-in functions and how to
prepare ladder programs.
KV-5500/5000/3000/1000 Series This Manual describes available instructions for ladder
Instruction Reference Manual programming.
KV-5500/5000/3000/1000 Series This Manual describes script programming and available
Script Programming Manual operators, control statements and functions.
KV STUDIO User's Manual This manual describes how to operate KV STUDIO.
KV-5500/5000/3000/1000 Series This manual describes the system macros available for the KV-
System Macro Manual 5500/5000/3000/1000 Series.
This manual describes the specifications, integrated functions
KV-1000 Series User's Manual
and operating method of the KV-1000 PLC.
The following manuals in PDF format can be downloaded from Keyence websit.
Name Description
This manual describes the specifications, integrated functions
KV-700 Series User's Manual
and operating method of the KV-700 PLC.
KV-700 Series Instruction Reference
Then manual describes available instructions for KV-700.
Manual
Safety Precautions
This Manual describes how to use KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40, operating
procedures and the precautions to follow.
Be sure to read and understand this manual to make full use of the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/
AD40/DA40 before use.
Store this manual in a safe place so that you can retrieve it whenever necessary.
Please handover this manual to the end-users who are going to use the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/
AD40G/AD40/DA40.
■ Symbols
This document contains notices which you should observe to ensure your own personal safety, as well
as to protect the product and connected equipment. These notices are highlighted in the manual by a
warning triangle and are marked as follows according to the level of danger:
Danger
Indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not
taken.
Warning
Indicates that failure to follow these instructions may lead to personal injury damage.
Caution
Indicates that damage to property can result if proper precautions are not taken.
Important
Indicates that an undesirable result or status can occur if the relevant notice is ignored.
Note
Describes cautions for easily mistaken operations.
Indicates useful information or information that aids understanding of text descriptions.
Indicates a reference item or page to be referred to in this manual and other manuals.
96114E
- AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual - 1
■ General Precautions
· Verify that this device functions correctly at startup and during operation.
· Provide a safety circuit that bypasses PLC to enable failsafe operation of the entire system in the
event that the PLC fails.
· Internal circuit malfunctions sometimes prevent control from being performed normally. Be sure to
provide a safety circuit in control systems where circuit malfunction may lead to fire or other serious
accidents.
· Proceed with care when modifying the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40, or when
using it in a manner that falls outside of the ranges indicated in its specifications, since KEYENCE is
unable to guarantee device functionality or performance in such situations.
· Use this product in combination with other devices only after careful consideration, since the product
may fail to satisfy its functionality and performance capabilities as a result of the conditions and
environment in which it is used.
· Do not use the product with the purpose of protecting human beings.
■ Note
When using this device under the following conditions or operating environments, please consult with
your KEYENCE agents in addition to implementing safety measures such as product operation that
allows redundancy with respect to ratings and functions and use of failsafe provisions.
· Use of the product under conditions not described in this manual.
· Use of the product in nuclear power generation control, railroad facilities, aviation facilities, vehicles,
combustion devices, medical equipment, entertainment machinery, safety equipment, etc.
· Use in applications where a major influence to human life and property is anticipated, and where
safety in particular is required.
■ CE Marking/UL Standard
Descriptions relating to the restrictions on the CE Marking and descriptions relating to the restrictions
on complying with the UL508 are described in the KV-5500/5000/3000 Series User's Manual,
KV-1000 Series User's Manual and KV-700 Series User's Manual.
2 - AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual -

How This Manual Is Organized
SYSTEM
This chapter describes names and functions of parts, system
1
Chapter 1 CONFIGURATION &
UNIT SETTING
configuration, and unit settings of KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/
AD40G/AD40/DA40. 2
(COMMON)
3
Chapter 2 KV-AD40V This chapter describes A/D conversion unit KV-AD40V. 4
5
6
Chapter 3 KV-DA40V
This chapter describes D/A conversion unit KV-DA40V.
7
A
Chapter 4 KV-AM40V This chapter describes AD/DA conversion unit KV-AM40V.
Chapter 5 KV-AD40G This chapter describes A/D conversion unit KV-AD40G.
Chapter 6 KV-AD40 This chapter describes A/D conversion unit KV-AD40.
Chapter 7 KV-DA40 This chapter describes D/A conversion unit KV-DA40.
This chapter describes precautions when replacing with other

APPENDICES
unit as well as error message list and indexes.

Contents
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
How This Manual Is Organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
How to Use This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
How to Utilize Mnemonics List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Chapter 1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION & UNIT SETTING (COMMON)

1-1 Unpacking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-2 Names and Functions of Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-3 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
KV-5500/5000/3000 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
KV-1000/700 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1-4 Checking the Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-5 Connecting to Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Mounting/Removing the Analog I/O Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9
1-6 Mounting onto the CPU Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Mounting on the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12
1-7 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Inspection and Daily Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Chapter 2 KV-AD40V
2-1 Specification & A/D compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Wiring input Terminals and Internal Circuit Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
A/D compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
A/D compensation Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
2-2 Settings & Various Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
List of Setting Items on Unit Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
List of Available Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Changing Setting Value via Ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
KV-AD40V Function Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26
Setting the Leading Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Temperature drift Compensation Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Channel Skip Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Setup Input Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Zero Clip Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Scaling Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Averaging Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31
Special Data Offset Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
Zero Drift Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
Peak/Bottom Hold Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38
Comparator Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40
Line-break Detection Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43

2-3 KV-AD40V Unit Specific Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
List of KV-AD40V Unit Specific Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45
U_RDAD A/D compensation (special) data read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46
U_RDADB Read all types of A/D compensation data . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
U_WROFST Change special data offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50
U_WRSCL Write scaling setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52
U_WRLMT Write count setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
U_WRAVG Write average constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56
2-4 KV-AD40V Unit Specific Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
List of KV-AD40V Unit Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58
U_RDAD A/D compensation (special) data read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59
U_RDADB Read all type of A/D compensation data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60
U_WROFST Change special data offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61
U_WRLMT Write count setting value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63
U_WRAVG Write average constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64
2-5 Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65
Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65
Setting Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68
Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-70
2-6 Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Unit Monitor Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71
Displaying Unit Monitor Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71
Chapter 3 KV-DA40V
3-1 Specification & D/A Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Wiring Output Terminals and Internal Circuit Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
D/A Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
D/A Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
List of Setting Items on Unit Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Changing Setting Value via Ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
KV-DA40V Functional Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Setup Output Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Output Data Offset Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Upper/Lower Limit Alarm Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
Output Limit Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
Error Hold Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Output Function During PROG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32
3-3 KV-DA40V Unit Specific Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
List of KV-DA40V Unit Specific Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
U_Wire-break conversion output data change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34

U_WROFST Change output data offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
U_WRLMT Write upper/lower limit alarm value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
3-4 KV-DA40V Unit Specific Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
List of KV-DA40V Unit Specific Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
U_WRDA A/D conversion output data change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43
U_WROFST Change output data offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
U_WRLMT Write upper/lower limit alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
3-5 Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47
Setting Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52
3-6 Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Chapter 4 KV-AM40V
4-1 Technical Specifications and A/D Conversion /D/A Conversion. . . . . . . . . 4-2
Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
Wiring Diagram and Internal Circuit Diagram of I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
About A/D Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
About D/A Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
AD/DA Conversion Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4-2 Setting and Various Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Setting Items List on Unit Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
List of Devices Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21
Change the Setting of Ladder Diagram Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
KV-AM40V Function Block Diagram (A/D Conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31
KV-AM40V Function Block Diagram (D/A Conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
Temperature drift compensationFunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33
Channel Skip Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
Input Range Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34
Zero Clipper Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-35
Averaging Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-37
Peak/bottom Hold Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44
Line-break detection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-49
Output Range Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51
Output Data Offset Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52

PROG Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-58
4-3 KV-AM40V Unit Specific Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
KV-AM40V List of Unit Specific Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59
4-4 KV-AM40V Unit Specific Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
KV-AM40V List of Unit Specific Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-60
4-5 Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-61
Setting Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-65
Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-67
4-6 Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
Unit Monitor Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68
Display of "Unit Monitor Window" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68
Chapter 5 KV-AD40G
5-1 Specification & A/D Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
Wiring Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
A/D Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
A/D Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
List of Setting Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
About DM Selection of Setting Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
KV-AD40G Sample Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
KV-AD40G Functional Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Set Number of Used Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Conversion Timing Setting (external trigger) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Setup Input Signed Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Zero Clipper Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Filtering Function (Averaging) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Peak/bottom Hold Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44
Line-break Detection Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-49
5-3 Buffering Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Buffering Function Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-51
Buffering Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-56
Procedure for Reading Buffer Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-60
Sample Program for Buffering Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-63
5-4 Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-67

Setup Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-70
Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-72
5-5 Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
Chapter 6 KV-AD40
6-1 Specification & A/D Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
Wiring Input Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
A/D Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
A/D Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
List of Setting Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
Channel Filter Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-18
Setup Input Signal Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-19
Conversion Mode Setting (High-speed conversion mode/Averaging mode). . . . . . . . . . .6-21
Peak/Bottom Hold Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-23
Input Capture Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-26
Broken Line Detect Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-27
6-3 Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-29
Setup Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-32
Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-33
6-4 Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
Chapter 7 KV-DA40
7-1 Specification & D/A Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
Wiring Output Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
D/A Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
D/A Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
List of Setting Item. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Setup Output Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18

7-3 Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-24
Setting Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-27
Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28
7-4 Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
APPENDICES
1 Precautions When Replacing with Other Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Precautions When Replacing with A/D Conversion Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Precautions When Replacing with D/A Conversion Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
2 List of Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
List of Error Messages for KV-AD40V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
List of Error Messages for KV-DA40V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
List of Error Messages for KV-AM40V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
List of Error Messages for KV-AD40G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
List of Error Messages for KV-AD40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-11
List of Error Messages for KV-DA40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12
3 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13

MEMO

How to Use This Manual
This section describes how to use sample ladder programs (mnemonics list) involved in this Manual.
How to Utilize Mnemonics List
Mnemonics lists are describes in the corresponding pages of sample ladder programs.
If a mnemonics list is used, it is convenient to enter the ladder program on the left.
1 Open the manual by "Adobe Reader".
2 Mnemonics lists can be copied with "Select tool".
Drag and select all

mnemonics lists to
copy
3 In the ladder editing area of KV STUDIO, click the cell to which the sample ladder program is
inserted, and select "Edit(E)" -> "Edit list(L)" from the menu, "Edit list" dialog box will appear.
Other procedure
· +
Paste the copied mnemonics list to "Edit list"
dialog box that pops up by right-clicking the
menu and selecting "Paste(P)".

4 Click "Insert(I)" button, the sample ladder program appears.
Terminology
This manual uses the following terminology excluding some instances.

Terminology Description
CPU Unit KV-5500/5000/3000/1000/700 Series PLC products produced by Keyence Ltd.
This refers to input/output expansion unit and special expansion unit other than KV
Expansion unit
Series CPU unit.
PLC This refers to Programmable Logic Controller.
Stands for personal computer.
PC
IBM PC and compatible PC/AT (DOS/V)
KV STUDIO KV STUDIO Ladder Support Software.
Ladder program The program made by Ladder Support Software.

1
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
& UNIT SETTING (COMMON)
This chapter describes names and functions of parts, system configuration,
and unit settings of KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40.
1-1 Unpacking •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1-2

1-2 Names and Functions of Parts ••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1-3
1-3 System Configuration •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1-4
1-4 Checking the Installation Environment•••••••••••••••••• 1-6
1-5 Connecting to Peripherals••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1-7
1-6 Mounting onto the CPU Unit •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1-11
1-7 Maintenance ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1-13
- AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual - 1-1

1-1 Unpacking
1 The package contains the following equipment and accessories. Before you start using the KV-AD40V/
DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40, make sure that the package contains everything that it is
supposed to contain.
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION & UNIT SETTING (COMMON)
KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40
KV
-A
KV-5500/5000/3000/
D4
0V
1000/700 Series
Special unit
Instruction Manual
Unit Instruction Manual for Special Unit (1 copy)
 Related items not included in the package of this product
 "AD/DA Conversion Unit User's Manual"(This manual)
AD/DA Conversion Unit
User’s
Manual
“AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual”
1-2 - AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual -

1-2 Names and Functions of Parts
This section describes the name and function of each part of KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/
DA40.
1

(3) Lock lever (1) Direct access switch
(3) Lock lever (2) Analog input terminal block(KV-AD40V/AD40G/AD40)

Analog output terminal block(KV-DA40V/DA40)
Analog I/O terminal block(KV-AM40V)
No. Name Function

The status of KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 can be
monitored in Access Window of CPU unit by the switch. In addition, you
can also know the status of the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/
AD40/DA40 by the color of the switch.
Lit (green) : Normal operation (excluding some exceptions*1)
(1) Direct access switch Blinking (green): When the switch is pressed in a green lit state, and
the unit is selected
Lit (red): When a unit error has occurred (excluding some
exceptions*2)
Blinking (red): when a unit is selected while the red LED is lit and
the switch is turned on
Analog input KV-AD40V/ Used for connecting external analog input terminals.
terminal block AD40G/AD40 Dismountable.
Analog output Used for connecting external analog output terminals.
(2) KV-DA40V/DA40
terminal block Dismountable.
Analog I/O
KV-AM40V Used for connecting external analog I/O terminals.
terminal block
(3) Lock lever Locks the connection of the units.
*1 This LED lights (green) in the following instances even if operation is not normal.
(1) When the number of connected units differs from the unit information on the CPU Unit when
the power is turned ON
(2) When the model type connected differs from the unit information on the CPU Unit when the
power is turned ON
In this case, an error will be displayed in the access window.
*2 This LED lights (red) in the following instance even if the state is not a unit error state.
(1) When the unit information on the CPU Unit is for a single CPU configuration when the power is
turned ON.
In this case, an error will be displayed in the access window.

1-3 System Configuration
1 This section describes the configuration of KV-5500/5000/3000/1000/700 system and systems that can be
configured with KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40.
KV-5500/5000/3000 System Configuration
The KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 can be mounted onto the CPU unit as follows.

• Be sure to connect the Start Unit, Power Unit and Error Output Unit, Bluetooth Unit to the left of the
CPU unit.
• Be sure to connect the End Unit to the right of the last connected unit.
Start unit
Max. 16 (48 when using the expansion unit)
-8#&8&#8#/8
End unit
KV-DR1 or
CPU unit #&)#&&#
KV-BT1
or
KV-U7
Power unit
KV-U7
CC
24V OUT
24VDC
1.8A
0V
N
INPUT
100-240VAC
50/60Hz
0.98A
• Up to 48 KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40s can be connected to a single CPU unit.

• Units installed on the right of CPU unit are not limited by installation sequence.

1-3 System Configuration
KV-1000/700 System Configuration 1

The KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 can be mounted onto the CPU unit as follows.
· Be sure to connect the Start Unit or Power Unit to the left of the CPU unit.
· Be sure to connect the End Unit to the right of the last connected unit.
Start unit
Max. 16 (48 when using the expansion unit)
KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V End unit

CPU unit AD40G/AD40/DA40
or
KV-U7
Power unit
KV-U7
CC
24V OUT
24VDC
1.8A
0V
N
INPUT
100-240VAC
50/60Hz
0.98A
· Up to 48 KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40s can be connected to a single CPU unit.

· The unit mounting order is not restricted.

1-4 Checking the Installation Environment
1 Don't install it in the following places:
Location with ambient Location with ambient humidity

Location with direct sunshine
temperature exceeding 0 to +50°C exceeding 10 to 95% RH
Location with dewing due to Location with corrosive gas Location with heavy dust, salt,
sharp change in temperature and combustible gas chip and oily smoke
Place that is directly under Place to which water, oil and Place with strong magnetic
vibration and shock drug is sprayed and electric field
Chemicals Magnetic field

Electric
Oil field
· Altitude 2000m or more

1-5 Connecting to Peripherals
KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 can be connected with peripherals by wiring analog I/O
terminal blocks. For the each terminal wiring diagram, see "Analog input terminal wiring diagram"
1
( page 2-4, page 5-4, page 7-4), "Analog output terminal wiring diagram" ( page 3-4, page 7-4),

"Analog I/O terminal wiring diagram" ( page 4-5).
Wiring
Pay attention to the following points when wiring analog I/Os.
Caution · Please use twisted shielded cables for analog signal wires.
· Please keep the AC cables (such as power cords) away from analog cables
when wiring.
· Please ground any side of the input connected with shielded cables.
· Do not touch terminals when powering on. It may result in accident or malfunction.
■ Wiring terminal block unit

Use Y-shaped terminals of the following size.
B
d2
Fitted size
B: 6mm or less
L: 13mm or less
L d2: 3.2mm or more
Extract the dimension of Y terminal part

B: outside dimension of Y part
d1: diameter of the inserted part of wire
d2: inside dimension of Y part
(the part entering thread)
L: Total length
d1
Recommended product
Manufacturer Model B d1 d2 L Applicable
0.25 to 1.65mm2
Nippon Tanshi VD1.25-3 5.5 1.7 3.3 11.5
(AGW22 to 16)
DAIDO SOLDERLESS 0.25 to 1.65mm2
F1.25-C3.5 6.0 1.7 3.7 12.8
TERMINAL MFG. Co., LTD. (AGW22 to 16)
0.3 to 0.5mm2
Nichifu Ltd. 0.3Y-3 5.2 1.0 3.2 12.0
(AGW22 to 20)
0.2 to 0.5mm2
Japan JST Mfg. Co., Ltd. 0.5-3A 5.0 1.0 3.2 12.5
(AGW26 to 22)

■ Wiring
1
1 When the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 is
already mounted on a CPU unit, turn the power OFF, and

remove the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40.
Note
Turn units OFF before you remove the KV-
AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40. -AD
40
V
KV
2 Open the analog I/O terminal block cover. Terminal block

· If necessary, remove the terminal block. cover
"Mounting/Removing the Analog I/O Terminal Block",

Page 1-9
3 Attach the crimped terminals of the signal wires to the pre-

determined terminals.
NC
NC
0−
Caution Please wire correctly. C0
V0+
I0+
Otherwise, it may result in failure. 1−
V1+
C1
I1+
2−
V2+
· Loosen the terminal screw with a screwdriver, and insert C2
I2+
the crimped terminal. 3−
V3+
C3
Firmly tighten the terminal screws. I3+
For the wiring, please see "Analog input terminal wiring

diagram" (page 2-4, page 4-4, page 6-4), "Analog output
terminal wiring diagram (page 3-4, page 7-4), "Analog I/
O terminal wiring diagram" ( page 4-5).
4 Close the analog I/O terminal block cover.
V
40
-AD
KV
Terminal block
cover

Mounting/Removing the Analog I/O Terminal Block 1

The analog I/O terminal blocks can be removed from the unit.
■ Removing the terminal block
1 Turn the PLC OFF.
2 Remove the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 from the unit.
3 Open the analog I/O terminal block cover.

· Open the cover towards as shown in the figure.
V
40
-AD
KV
4 Loosen block fastening screws for the terminal blocks

at the top and bottom of the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/
AD40G/AD40/DA40. (These screws cannot be removed
from the terminal block.) -AD
40
V
KV
5 Remove the analog I/O terminal block.

· Firmly hold the terminal block, and pull to remove the
terminal block.
V
40
-AD
KV
Caution · After removing the terminal block,

place it on a safe place.
· Do not touch parts on the rear of the
terminal block with your hands. Doing
so might cause malfunction.

1 ■ Mounting the terminal block
1 Mount the analog I/O terminal block.

· Firmly push in the terminal block as far as it can go.
V
40
-AD
KV
2 Turn the black terminal block fastening screws at the

top and bottom of the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/
AD40G/AD40/DA40 to fasten the terminal block.
V
40
-AD
KV
3 Close the analog I/O terminal block cover.
V
40
-AD
KV

1-6 Mounting onto the CPU Unit
The KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 can be mounted onto the CPU Unit as follows.
1

KV
-A
D4
0V
KV- AD40V/
CPU unit
DA40V/
AM40V/
AD40G/
AD40/
DA40
Note
Turn units OFF before you remove the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40.
■ Steps
1 Unlock the lock levers at the top and bottom of the

unit on the right.
· Insert finger into the notch, draw toward front of the unit
and disassemble it.
V V
24 24
Unlocked Locked
2 Insert the lock lever into lock lever slot of KV-AD40V/

DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 on the left.
· Hold two units and make them parallel, once it is
aligned to the connector, it's easy to do connection. KV
-AD
40
V
Lock lever slot Lock lever slot
3 Slide the lock levers at the top and bottom of the unit
on the right to lock.
· Same with step 1, press down the notch by finger and
push toward reverse direction of the unit.
· In this case, you shall check whether it has any gap KV
-AD
40
between units. If it has any gap, then the connection is

V
not right.

1-6 Mounting onto the CPU Unit
1 Mounting on the Unit

■ Mounting
1 Hang the slot at upper side of DIN rail onto the

fastners of DIN rail at upper side of each unit.
LO
CK
Top fastner
DIN rail
2 Insert lower side of DIN rail into the fastners of

DIN rail at lower side of each unit.
· The lower black fastners can move under
action of spring. Press down until it "clicks".
· Where it is difficult to install, please first remove
all lock catches, and lock after installing onto
LO
DIN rail. CK
3 Check the fastners of DIN rail at lower side to

be inserted (locked).
■ Removing Locked Unlocked
1 Pull down the lower DIN rail fastners.
2 Remove DIN rail from the unit following the

sequence reversed to installation.
Unlocked
Note
After removing from DIN rail, when reinstalling, press fastners on the lower side of
DIN rail.

1-7 Maintenance
This section describes how to inspect and perform maintenance on the unit.
1

Inspection and Daily Care
■ Inspection
When KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 Series units are used for a long time, the
connecting section of the connectors becomes loose or the battery is worn down. Continued use of KV-
AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 Series units in this state may cause KV-AD40V/DA40V/
AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 trouble.
For this reason, periodically inspect wired parts on the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40.
The main service items are as follows:
· Whether the lock at each unit's connection part is dropped or loose?

· Whether the connector's connection part is mismatched or loose?
· Whether the terminal screw of terminal block is loose?
· Are the relays fused or are relay contacts faulty?
· Is the battery worn?
· Whether the wiring cable between unit and equipment is damaged?
■ Daily care
Dirt adheres to the CPU unit and other unit when it is used over a prolonged period of time.
Clean off any dirt from the KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 using a clean, dry cloth.
Dust and dirt on fine components can be removed with a cotton bud after first removing the connector.
"Mounting/Removing the Analog I/O Terminal Block", Page 1-9

1-7 Maintenance
1 MEMO

2
KV-AD40V
This chapter describes A/D conversion unit KV-AD40V.
2-1 Specification & A/D compensation••••••••••••••••••••••• 2-2

2-2 Settings & Various Functions ••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 2-14
2-3 KV-AD40V Unit Specific Instructions •••••••••••••••••• 2-45
2-4 KV-AD40V Unit Specific Functions •••••••••••••••••••• 2-58
2-5 Access Window ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 2-65
2-6 Unit Monitor •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 2-71

2-1 Specification & A/D compensation
This section describes specification, input terminal wiring and A/D compensation of KV-AD40V.
Specifications
2
■ General specification
KV-AD40V
Item Specification
Model KV-AD40V
Supply voltage DC24V (±10%)
Internal current consumption 140mA below
Operating ambient temperature 0 to +50°C (no icing)*1, *2
Storage temperature -20 to +70°C*1
Operating relative humidity 10 to 95% RH (no condensation)*1
Storage ambient temperature 10 to 95% RH (no condensation)*1
Withstand voltage AC 1500V, 1 min (between power terminal and input terminals, and between all terminals and housing)
1500 V peak-to-peak or more, pulse width 1µs, 50 ns (by noise simulator)
Noise immunity
IEC standard compliant (IEC61000 4-2/3/4/6)
Intermittent vibration Scan times
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude
5 to 9Hz - 3.5mm
Compatible with 9 to 150Hz 9.8m/s2 - 10 times in X, Y,
Vibration JIS B 3502/ Z direction
IEC61131-2 Continuous vibration
respectively (100
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude minutes)
5 to 9Hz - 1.75mm
9 to 150Hz 4.9m/s2 -
Shock resistance Acceleration150m/s2, application time 11ms, 2 times in X,Y,Z direction respectively
50M or more (DC 500V ohmmeter, measured between power terminal and input/output
Insulation resistance
terminal, external terminal and housing)
Operating atmosphere less dust and corrosive gases
Operational altitude 2,000m below
Overvoltage category II (when using KV-U7)
Pollution degree 2
Weight ca. 150g
*1 The range in which the system is used.
*2 According to temperature on lower side of the unit in control panel.
■ Performance specification
Item Specification
Analog input 4 points (differential)
Voltage: -10 to 10V (0.5mV 1/40000) Current: 0 to 20mA (1µA 1/20000)
0 to 10V (0.5mV 1/20000) 4 to 20mA (1µA 1/16000)
Analog input range
-5 to 5V (0.25mV 1/40000)
(resolution)
0 to 5V (0.25mV 1/20000)
1 to 5V (0.25mV 1/16000)
compensation speed 25µs/ch*1
Temperature drift compensation
Voltage: ±0.1% of F.S. (@25°C±5°C) Current: ±0.1% of F.S. (@25°C±5°C)
compensation ±0.2% of F.S. (@0 to 50°C) ±0.2% of F.S. (@0 to 50°C)
precision Temperature drift not corrected
Voltage :±0.5% of F.S. (@25°C±5°C) Current: ±0.6% of F.S. (@25°C±5°C)
±0.7% of F.S. (@0 to 50°C) ±0.7% of F.S. (@0 to 50°C)
Input impedance Voltage: 5M (2.5M for common point) Current: 250
Max. input Voltage: ±15V Current: 30mA
Unit-CPU: opto-coupler
Isolation mode
Not isolated between channels
Channel skip function, scaling function, special data offset function, peak/Bottom hold
Special functions function, zero Clip, zero drift function, comparator function, averaging function (time
selection, count selection, moving average), Line-break detection function

*1 When using temperature drift correction, it is unrelated to number of channels used, Temperature drift compensationtime 25 μs shall be always
added.
■ Number of devices used 2

Device Type Number of Devices Used
KV-AD40V
Relay (R) 96 points (6ch)
Data memory (DM) 60 words
■ Dimensions
2.8
27.3
90 35.9
3.5 80
9 29 3 (96.5) In: mm
Wiring input Terminals and Internal Circuit Diagram
■ Analog input terminal block

Terminal Signal name Note
V0+ CH0 voltage input
Input range shall be selected from -10 to
+10V, 0 to +10V, -5 to +5V, 0 to 5V, 1 to
5V.
NC I0+ CH0 current input
NC
0− I1+ CH1 voltage input Input range shall be selected from 0 to
V0+
C0 I2+ CH2 voltage input 20mA or 4 to 20mA.
I0+
1− I3+ CH3 voltage input
V1+
C1
0- CHO analog input GND
I1+ 1- CH1 analog input GND
2−
V2+ 2- CH2 analog input GND
C2
I2+ 3- CH3 analog input GND
3−
V3+ C0 GND common
C3
I3+ C1 GND common Internal common
C2 GND common Connected to ground of internal circuit
C3 GND common
NC NC not connected

■ Wiring diagram for analog input terminal

2 see the following wiring diagram when wiring analog input terminal block.
● Wiring voltage input (ch0 to ch3)

KV-AD40V
Please verify whether input range of connecting terminals (channel) is proper.

"Setup Input Range", Page 2-28
NC
NC
0-
Voltage
V0+
signal Shielded C0
ch0
I0+
1-
V1+
Shielded C1
ch1
I1+
2-
V2+
Shielded
C2
ch2
I2+
3-
V3+
Shielded C3
ch3
I3+
Note
· Select voltage input or current input according to every channel.
· 0- to 3- and C0 to C3 can be shorted to reduce noise.
· If potential difference exists between COM terminal and GND terminal of object
equipment, please connect two terminals.
● Wiring current input (ch0-ch3)

Please verify whether input range of connecting terminals (channel) is proper.
"Setup Input Range", Page 2-28
NC
NC
0-
Current
V0+ V0+ and I0+
signal
C0 circuit-shorted
ch0
Shielded I0+
1-
V1+ V1+ and I1+
C1 circuit-shorted
ch1
Shielded I1+
2-
V2+ V2+ and I2+
C2 circuit-shorted
ch2
Shielded I2+
3-
V3+ V3+ and I3+
C3 circuit-shorted
ch3
Shielded I3+
Note
· Select voltage input or current input according to every channel.

■ Internal circuit diagram
1kΩ
2
V+
A/D
KV-AD40V
3MΩ 250Ω
conversion I+
circuit 3MΩ
-
1kΩ
COM
*　C0 to C3 are internal common.
A/D compensation
The following describes A/D compensation principles, status of relay updated via KV- AD40V and how
to read/write the value from/to CPU.
How A/D compensation Works
A/D compensation of KV- AD40V is introduced below.
KV-AD40V
Multiplexer
CH0+
Magnification circuit CH1+
Buffer memory
CH2+
CH3+
A/D
Conversion circuit CH0-
CH1-
CH2-
CH3-
(1) Use multiplexer to switch among CH0, CH1, CH2, CH3 and perform sampling operation.
(2) Analog signal (voltage/current) input to external equipment of every CH is magnified via
magnification circuit, converted to A/D compensation data (numerical value) via A/D compensation
circuit and stored to buffer memory of KV- AD40V.

Communication with CPU Unit
2 The following describes how to write/read data stored in buffer memory of KV-D40V from/to relays/DMs
of CPU unit.
KV-AD40V
■ Auto refresh (KV-5500/5000/3000/1000/700)

Control processing KV-AD40V
Synchronization
Auto refresh
1 scan
Program execution
END processing
CPU unit, during every ladder scanning, reads/writes the data stored from/into buffer memory of KV-
AD40V via bus line to the relays/DMs of KV-AD40V assigned to the CPU unit.
As mentioned above, the data communication method between CPU unit and expansion unit is called
"Auto Refresh", and data communication ladder/setting not required.
■ Direct refresh (KV-5500/5000/3000)

Control processing
KV-AD40V
Synchronization
Auto refresh
R001 U_RDAD KV-AD40V Synchronization

Relay area/ CH NO. Storage device
buffer memory#1 #0 DM0
1 scan
Program execution
Unit specific instruction
END processing
This function can be used only when CPU unit is KV-5500/5000/3000.

The data stored in relay area/buffer memory of KV-AD40V can be read to any relay/DM of CPU unit via
unit specific instruction performed in Ladder, instead of waiting for updating of relay/DM. In addition, the
value of relays/DMs of CPU unit can be written into relay area and buffer memory of KV-AD40V.
As shown above, between CPU unit and expansion unit, although data communication can be
conducted via direct refresh of Ladder, the processing independent of scanning time fails to be
performed.
Unit specific instructions are required for direct refresh.
KV-5500/5000/3000 Series User's Manual "3-4 Program Configuration and Operation"
"Change Setting Value via Unit Specific Instruction", Page 2-24
"2-3 KV-AD40V Unit Specific Instructions", Page 2-45
"2-4 KV-AD40V Unit Specific Functions", Page 2-58

Operations in the PROGRAM Mode
When CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode, KV-AD40V can also monitor A/D compensation data/special
data/ analog data, etc. In addition, special function related relays (zero drift relay/comparator relay/latch
2
relay/Line-break detection relay) also operate.
KV-AD40V
Updating Period for A/D compensation Data
According to different number of A/D compensation channels and temperature drift correction, the
updating period for A/D compensation data is as follows.
· When Temperature drift compensationfunction is used.

Updating period for A/D compensation data = A/D compensation speed (25µs) x number of chs used+25µs.
· When Temperature drift compensationfunction is not used.

A/D compensation data updating period= A/D compensation speed (25µs) x number of chs used
A/D compensation Table
■ Conventions used in compensation table

Example 　When voltage is +9.10V, A/D compensation data is 18200 (part in ).
Integer part of voltage.
Value before 2nd digit after decimal place of voltage value.
Corresponding voltage A/D compensation data.
.00 .10 .20

+10 20000 20200 20400
+9 18000 18200 18400
+8 16000 16200 16400

Input range: -10 to +10 V
2 ■ I/O Characteristic
A/D conversion data
KV-AD40V
20000
15000
10000
5000
Voltage
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 +2 +4 +6 +8 +10 (V)
-5000
-10000
-15000
-20000
■ Voltage compensation Table
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 20000 20200 20400 20600 - - - - - -
+9 18000 18200 18400 18600 18800 19000 19200 19400 19600 19800
+8 16000 16200 16400 16600 16800 17000 17200 17400 17600 17800
+7 14000 14200 14400 14600 14800 15000 15200 15400 15600 15800
+6 12000 12200 12400 12600 12800 13000 13200 13400 13600 13800
+5 10000 10200 10400 10600 10800 11000 11200 11400 11600 11800
+4 8000 8200 8400 8600 8800 9000 9200 9400 9600 9800
+3 6000 6200 6400 6600 6800 7000 7200 7400 7600 7800
+2 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 5200 5400 5600 5800
+1 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800
+0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
-0 0 -200 -400 -600 -800 -1000 -1200 -1400 -1600 -1800
-1 -2000 -2200 -2400 -2600 -2800 -3000 -3200 -3400 -3600 -3800
-2 -4000 -4200 -4400 -4600 -4800 -5000 -5200 -5400 -5600 -5800
-3 -6000 -6200 -6400 -6600 -6800 -7000 -7200 -7400 -7600 -7800
-4 -8000 -8200 -8400 -8600 -8800 -9000 -9200 -9400 -9600 -9800
-5 -10000 -10200 -10400 -10600 -10800 -11000 -11200 -11400 -11600 -11800
-6 -12000 -12200 -12400 -12600 -12800 -13000 -13200 -13400 -13600 -13800
-7 -14000 -14200 -14400 -14600 -14800 -15000 -15200 -15400 -15600 -15800
-8 -16000 -16200 -16400 -16600 -16800 -17000 -17200 -17400 -17600 -17800
-9 -18000 -18200 -18400 -18600 -18800 -19000 -19200 -19400 -19600 -19800
-10 -20000 -20200 -20400 -20600 - - - - - -
* A/D compensation data changes within the range of -20600 (-10.30V) to 20600 (+10.30V). If voltage input is outside
the range, it will be clipped at max. value 20600 (or min. value -20600).

Input range: 0 to +10V
■ I/O Characteristic 2
A/D conversion data
KV-AD40V
20000
15000
10000
5000
Voltage
0 +2 +4 +6 +8 +10 (V)
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 20000 20200 20400 20600 - - - - - -
+9 18000 18200 18400 18600 18800 19000 19200 19400 19600 19800
+8 16000 16200 16400 16600 16800 17000 17200 17400 17600 17800
+7 14000 14200 14400 14600 14800 15000 15200 15400 15600 15800
+6 12000 12200 12400 12600 12800 13000 13200 13400 13600 13800
+5 10000 10200 10400 10600 10800 11000 11200 11400 11600 11800
+4 8000 8200 8400 8600 8800 9000 9200 9400 9600 9800
+3 6000 6200 6400 6600 6800 7000 7200 7400 7600 7800
+2 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 5200 5400 5600 5800
+1 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800
+0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
-0 0 -200 -400 -600 - - - - - -
* A/D compensation data changes within the range of -600 (-0.30V) to 600 (+10.30V). If voltage input is outside the
range, it will be clipped at max. value 600 (or min. value -600).

Input range: -5 to +5V
A/D conversion data
KV-AD40V
20000
15000
10000
5000
Voltage
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 (V)
-5000
-10000
-15000
-20000
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+5 20000 20400 - - - - - - - -
+4 16000 16400 16800 17200 17600 18000 18400 18800 19200 19600
+3 12000 12400 12800 13200 13600 14000 14400 14800 15200 15600
+2 8000 8400 8800 9200 9600 10000 10400 10800 11200 11600
+1 4000 4400 4800 5200 5600 6000 6400 6800 7200 7600
+0 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
-0 0 -400 -800 -1200 -1600 -2000 -2400 -2800 -3200 -3600
-1 -4000 -4400 -4800 -5200 -5600 -6000 -6400 -6800 -7200 -7600
-2 -8000 -8400 -8800 -9200 -9600 -10000 -10400 -10800 -11200 -11600
-3 -12000 -12400 -12800 -13200 -13600 -14000 -14400 -14800 -15200 -15600
-4 -16000 -16400 -16800 -17200 -17600 -18000 -18400 -18800 -19200 -19600
-5 -20000 -20400 - - - - - - - -
* A/D compensation data changes within the range of -20600 (-5.15V) to 20600 (+5.15V). If voltage input is outside the

■ I/O Characteristic
A/D conversion data
2
KV-AD40V
20000
15000
10000
5000
Voltage
0 1 2 3 4 5 (V)

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+5 20000 20400 - - - - - - - -
+4 16000 16400 16800 17200 17600 18000 18400 18800 19200 19600
+3 12000 12400 12800 13200 13600 14000 14400 14800 15200 15600
+2 8000 8400 8800 9200 9600 10000 10400 10800 11200 11600
+1 4000 4400 4800 5200 5600 6000 6400 6800 7200 7600
+0 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
-0 0 -400 - - - - - - - -
* A/D compensation data changes within the range of -600(-0.15V) to 20600 (+5.15V). If voltage input is outside the
Input range: +1 to +5V
A/D conversion data

15000
10000
5000
Voltage
0 1 2 3 4 5 (V)

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+5 16000 16400 - - - - - - - -
+4 12000 12400 12800 13200 13600 14000 14400 14800 15200 15600
+3 8000 8400 8800 9200 9600 10000 10400 10800 11200 11600
+2 4000 4400 4800 5200 5600 6000 6400 6800 7200 7600
+1 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
+0 -4000 -3600 -3200 -2800 -2400 -2000 -1600 -1200 -800 -400
-0 -4000 -4400 - - - - - - - -
* A/D compensation data changes within the range of -4600(-0.15V) to 16600 (+5.15V). If voltage input is outside the

Input range: 0 to 20mA
A/D conversion data
KV-AD40V
20000
15000
10000
5000
Current
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 (mA)
■ Current compensation Table
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 20000 20100 20200 20300 20400 20500 20600 - - -
19 19000 19100 19200 19300 19400 19500 19600 19700 19800 19900
18 18000 18100 18200 18300 18400 18500 18600 18700 18800 18900
17 17000 17100 17200 17300 17400 17500 17600 17700 17800 17900
16 16000 16100 16200 16300 16400 16500 16600 16700 16800 16900
15 15000 15100 15200 15300 15400 15500 15600 15700 15800 15900
14 14000 14100 14200 14300 14400 14500 14600 14700 14800 14900
13 13000 13100 13200 13300 13400 13500 13600 13700 13800 13900
12 12000 12100 12200 12300 12400 12500 12600 12700 12800 12900
11 11000 11100 11200 11300 11400 11500 11600 11700 11800 11900
10 10000 10100 10200 10300 10400 10500 10600 10700 10800 10900
9 9000 9100 9200 9300 9400 9500 9600 9700 9800 9900
8 8000 8100 8200 8300 8400 8500 8600 8700 8800 8900
7 7000 7100 7200 7300 7400 7500 7600 7700 7800 7900
6 6000 6100 6200 6300 6400 6500 6600 6700 6800 6900
5 5000 5100 5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 5800 5900
4 4000 4100 4200 4300 4400 4500 4600 4700 4800 4900
3 3000 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900
2 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900
1 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900
0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
-0 0 -100 -200 -300 -400 -500 -600 - - -
* A/D compensation data changes within the range of -600(-0.6mA) to 20600 (+20.6mA). If current input is outside the

■ I/O Characteristic 2
A/D conversion data
KV-AD40V
20000
15000
10000
5000
Current
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 (mA)
■ Current compensation Table
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 16000 16100 16200 16300 16400 16500 16600 - - -
19 15000 15100 15200 15300 15400 15500 15600 15700 15800 15900
18 14000 14100 14200 14300 14400 14500 14600 14700 14800 14900
17 13000 13100 13200 13300 13400 13500 13600 13700 13800 13900
16 12000 12100 12200 12300 12400 12500 12600 12700 12800 12900
15 11000 11100 11200 11300 11400 11500 11600 11700 11800 11900
14 10000 10100 10200 10300 10400 10500 10600 10700 10800 10900
13 9000 9100 9200 9300 9400 9500 9600 9700 9800 9900
12 8000 8100 8200 8300 8400 8500 8600 8700 8800 8900
11 7000 7100 7200 7300 7400 7500 7600 7700 7800 7900
10 6000 6100 6200 6300 6400 6500 6600 6700 6800 6900
9 5000 5100 5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 5800 5900
8 4000 4100 4200 4300 4400 4500 4600 4700 4800 4900
7 3000 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900
6 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900
5 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900
4 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
3 -1000 -900 -800 -700 -600 -500 -400 -300 -200 -100
2 -2000 -1900 -1800 -1700 -1600 -1500 -1400 -1300 -1200 -1100
1 -3000 -2900 -2800 -2700 -2600 -2500 -2400 -2300 -2200 -2100
0 -4000 -3900 -3800 -3700 -3600 -3500 -3400 -3300 -3200 -3100
-0 -4000 -4100 -4200 -4300 -4400 -4500 -4600 - - -
* A/D compensation data changes within the range of -4600(-0.6mA) to 16600 (+20.6mA). If current input is outside the

2-2 Settings & Various Functions
This section describes KV- AD40V functions and setting methods.
2 List of Setting Items on Unit Editor

KV-AD40V
KV- AD40V is also set using Unit Editor.

Every function setting item and default as follows.
Change Ladder
Function Setting Item Setting Value See
Setting
Leading DM No. Need set ×
Common Leading relay No. Need set × Page 2-27
setting Enabled Default
Temperature drift compensation ×
Disabled
Disable Default
Channel skip Channel skip × Page 2-28
Enable
-10 to +10V Default
0 to +10V
-5 to +5V
Input range Input range 0 to +5V × Page 2-28
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
4 to 20mA
Disabled Default
Scaling ×
Enabled
Unit Editor selection Default
Scaling value selection ×
DM selection
Scaling Page 2-30
-31999 to 32000
Scaling upper limit*1 ○
( Default 32000)
-32000 to 31999
Scaling lower limit*1 ○
( Default -32000)
Not used Default
Averaging Simple average（count selection）
×
Simple average (time selection)
Moving average
Averaging Unit Editor selection Default Page 2-31
Average constants selection ×
DM selection
Simple averagving count 2 to 60000( Default 2) ○
Simple averagving time 1 to 1500( Default 1) ○
Moving average 2 to 64( Default 2) ○
Disabled Default
Comparator ×
Enabled
Comparator value selection ×
DM selection
Comparator upper limit -32000 to +32000
ON level*2 ○
( Default 32000)
Comparator Page 2-40
Comparator upper limit -32000 to +32000
OFF level*2 ○
( Default 32000)
Comparator lower limit -32000 to +32000
OFF level*3 ○
( Default -32000)
Comparator lower limit -32000 to +32000
ON level*3 ○
( Default -32000)
Disabled
Zero Clip Zero Clip × Page 2-29
Enabled Default
Line-break Disabled Default
Line-break detection × Page 2-43
detection Enabled
*1 It fails to be set when scaling upper limit value<= scaling lower limit value.
*2 It fails to be set when comparator upper limit ON level < comparator upper limit OFF level.
*3 It fails to be set when comparator lower limit OFF level < comparator lower limit ON level. 2
■ What is Unit Editor
KV-AD40V
The Unit Editor is a software in Ladder Support Software KV STUDIO, used for configuring PLC units or
setting up KV-AD40V communication functions. This setting is very necessary in the first use of KV-
AD40V. For how to start and operate Unit Editor, see "KV STUDIO User's Manual".
■ How to Set up with Unit Editor

To describe the procedures to set KV-AD40V using the Unit Editor.
1 Start KV STUDIO (Ver.4 or later), and start Unit Editor.

Select from menu "Tool(T)" -> "Unit Editor".
Other procedure
· Click button.
For details, see KV STUDIO User's Manual.
2 Select the unit to be connected from "Select unit(1)" tab, and drag it to the CPU unit.

3 Set the details of the KV-AD40V on the unit configuration area.

Select "KV-AD40V", and right-click to select
2 "Display unit setting".
The "KV-AD40V" setting is displayed in the

KV-AD40V
"Unit Setup" window.
Other procedure
· Press key
· Select "View"  "Display unit setting".
· Double-click the unit whose settings are to be changed in the unit configuration area.
4 Click the item whose setting is to be changed, and enter the

new set value.
· When entering from textbox, display textbox, enter the value.
· When entering from dropdown menu, display dropdown
menu, select items.
5 Press key.
Confirm the settings.
6 Set the details of all connected units following the procedures in steps 3 to 5.
7 Select File(F) -> Close(O) from the menu. This saves the system you have created, and returns
to the Editor.
Other procedure
· Click button.
· Click button.

List of Available Devices
List of relays and DMs (Data Memory) occupied by KV-AD40V. 2
KV-AD40V
■ Number of occupied devices
The number of relays and DMs used in KV-AD40V as follows.
Relay : 96 points (6ch)
Data Memory : 60 words
List of Data Memories
Names and contents of DMs occupied by KV-AD40V as follows.

( N : Leading DM No)
■ Normal read area

KV-AD40V stores scanning data in this area.
Data cannot be written into this area using Ladder.
Ch DM No. Name See
N + 000 A/D compensation data
N + 001 Special data Page 2-18
CH0 N + 002 Analog data
N + 003 Peak value
Page 2-38
N + 004 Bottom Value
N + 008 Peak value
Page 2-38
N + 013 Peak value
Page 2-38
N + 018 Peak value
Page 2-38
Common N + 020 Error code Page A-6

● A/D compensation data

The value obtained via A/D compensation input signal ("-600 to 20600", "- 20600 to 20600", "- 4600
2 to 16600 ") will be stored as A/D compensation data.
"A/D compensation Table", Page 2-7
KV-AD40V
A/D compensation data will be stored in the following DMs.

Channel No. CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3
DM No. N +0 N +5 N + 10 N + 15
N : Leading DM No.
● Special data
The value, processed via zero Clip, scaling function, special data offset function, averaging function or
zero drift function, will be stored as special data. If any function is not set, the value identical to A/D
compensation data will be stored.
When multiple functions are set, the values processed by all functions are stored.
"Zero Clip Function", Page 2-29
"Scaling Function", Page 2-30
"Special Data Offset Function", Page 2-34
"Averaging Function", Page 2-31
"Zero Drift Function", Page 2-36
Special data will be stored in the following DMs.

DM No. N +1 N +6 N + 11 N + 16
N : Leading DM No.
● Analog data
Voltage/current value converted from A/D compensation will be stored as analog data.
Analog data can be obtained using the following formula:
Analog data = A/D compensation data x resolution
Unit: [1mA] for voltage input; [1µA] for current input.

The value less than 1 "mV/µA" is rejected.
Units displayed in Access Window or Unit Monitor: "V" for voltage, "mA" for current.
Analog data will be stored in the following DMs.

DM No. N +2 N +7 N + 12 N + 17
N : Leading DM No.

■ Constant write area

Data can be written into this area using Ladder.
Due to no relay operation during data written from Ladder, KV-AD40V will acquire the data written in
every scanning.
2
KV-AD40V
CH DM No. Name See
CH0 N + 021
CH1 N + 022
Special data offset value Page 2-34
CH2 N + 023
CH3 N + 024
■ Setting value communication area

But, the area can be used only when "DM selection" is set in unit setting for each item.
It can not be used if set to "Unit Editor selection ".
In addition, when power is turned on, CPU unit is switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode,
setting update request relay ( n +001) is changed from OFF to ON using Ladder, KV-AD40V acquires
the value written into the area.
CH DM No. Name See
N + 025 Scaling upper limit
Page 2-30
N + 026 Scaling lower limit
N + 027 Averaging constants Page 2-31
CH0 N + 028 Comparator upper limit ON level
N + 029 Comparator upper limit OFF level
Page 2-40
N + 030 Comparator lower limit OFF level
N + 031 Comparator lower limit ON level
Page 2-30
Page 2-40
Page 2-30
Page 2-40
Page 2-30
Page 2-40
N + 053
Common to Reserved for system -
N + 059

List of Relays
2 The following describes the names and description of relays occupied by KV-AD40V.
( n : Leading relay No)
KV-AD40V
CH Relay No. Name See

n + 000 Reserved for system -
n + 001 Setting update request Page 2-22
n + 002
Common
to Reserved for system -
n + 014
n + 015 Error clear Page A-6
n + 100 Zero drift Page 2-36
n + 101 Hold Page 2-38
n + 102 Line-break alarm clear Page 2-43
CH0 n + 103 Comparator reset Page 2-40
n + 104
n + 107
n + 112
n + 115
n + 204
n + 207
n + 212
n + 215
n + 300 A/D compensation in progress -
n + 301 Setting update complete Page 2-22
n + 302
Common
n + 314
n + 315 Error relay Page A-6

CH Relay No. Name See

n + 400 Zero drift in progress Page 2-36
n
n
+ 401
+ 402
Hold in progress
Line-break detection
Page 2-38
Page 2-43
2
n + 403 Comparator upper limit
KV-AD40V
CH0 Page 2-40
n + 404 Comparator lower limit
n + 405
n + 407
n + 409 Hold in progress Page 2-38
n + 410 Line-break detection Page 2-43
CH1 Page 2-40
n + 413
n + 415
CH2 Page 2-40
n + 505
n + 507
CH3 Page 2-40
n + 513
n + 515

Changing Setting Value via Ladder
2 The following describes how to change setting value of every function via Ladder.
KV-AD40V
Change setting value by DM selection
It describes how to change the setting value by DM selection.
■ About DM selection of setting value
In "Unit setup" of Unit Editor, set corresponding selection method to "DM setting".
The items and setting value range assignable in DM as follows.
Function Setting Item Setting Value See
Scaling upper limit*1 -31999 to 32000
Scaling Page 2-30
Scaling lower limit*1 -32000 to 31999
Simple averaging count 2 to 60000
Averaging Simple averaging time (ms) 1 to 1500 Page 2-31
Moving average count 2 to 64
Comparator upper limit
-32000 to +32000
ON level*2
-32000 to +32000
OFF level*2
Comparator Page 2-40
Comparator lower limit
-32000 to +32000
OFF level*3
-32000 to +32000
ON level*3
*1 It fails to be set when scaling upper limit value <= scaling lower limit value.
*3 It fails to be set when comparator lower limit OFF level < comparator lower limit ON level.
■ Setting value updating timing during DM selection

KV-AD40V can read and update the DM value of the item specified by DM in the following period:
(1) When powering ON
(2) When CPU unit is switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode
(3) When CH0 setting update request relay ( n +001) is changed from OFF to ON

Note
· The item specified by DM can be updated during the period mentioned above. Only
a part of setting items fails to be updated.
· For the item not specified by DM (i.e. specified via Unit Editor), its setting value set
2
with Unit Editor will be remained and not updated, even if the value is stored in DM
KV-AD40V
of corresponding setting value communication area.
· In the case of above (1) and (2), if DM value exceeds setting range, KV-AD40V will
fail and A/D compensation is not performed. (In this case, error relay ( n +315) will
be ON. ) To clear unit error, DM value must be changed to the range of set value,
and any one of above (1) to (3) must be performed for A/D compensation.
· In the case of above (3), if DM value exceeds the setting range, KV-AD40V will fail.
(In this case, error relay ( n +315) will be ON. But during A/D compensation, setting
value will be still remained as the valid value before setting update request. To
remove unit error, it is necessary to turn error clear relay ( n +015) from OFF to ON.
■ Details on updating setting value via setting update request relay

(1) (5)
Value within setting range Value out of setting range
Setting value DM
(1) (3) (5)

Setting update request relay
( +001)
(2) (4)
Setting update completion relay

( +301)
(6) (8)
Error relay
( +315)
(7)
Error clear relay

( +015)
(1) Ladder Save the setting value to be updated into DM of the item specified by DM, then set
setting update request relay to ON (even if within same scanning period).
(2) KV- AD40V After completing KV-AD40V setting update, setting update complete relay is ON.
(3) Ladder Turn OFF setting update request relay .
(4) KV- AD40V Turn OFF setting update completion relay.
(5) Ladder Save the value exceeding range of set value, then turn ON the setting update
request relay.
(6) KV- AD40V Error relay is ON (setting update completion relay is not ON).
Meanwhile, error code is stored in DM ( N +020).
(7) Ladder Save the value within the range of set value, after setting updating, set the error
clear relay to ON.
(8) KV-DA40V Turn the error relay to OFF.
Change Setting Value via Unit Specific Instruction
2 The method of changing setting value via unit specific instruction.
■ Unit specific instructions for changing setting value

KV-AD40V
Setting value can be changed via Ladder by executing unit specific instructions, writing the setting
value into buffer memory of KV-AD40V, setting the setting update request relay to ON.
The setting items changeable with unit specific instructions and the range of setting values as follows.
Unit specific
Function Setting item Setting value See
instruction
Special data
Special data offset value -32768 to 32767 U_WROFST Page 2-34
offset value
Scaling U_WRSCL Page 2-30
Simple averaging count 2 to 60000
Averaging Simple averaging time (ms) 1 to 1500 U_WRAVG Page 2-31
-32000 to +32000
ON level
-32000 to +32000
OFF level
Comparator U_WRLMT Page 2-40
-32000 to +32000
OFF level
-32000 to +32000
OFF level
Note
To change special data offset value, it is not necessary to set the setting update request
relay to ON after executing unit specific instructions.

■ Details on setting value updating via unit specific instructions
KV-DA40V
(1)
Value within setting range
(5)
Value out of setting range 2
buffer memory
KV-AD40V
(1) (3) (5)
( +001)
(2) (4)
Setting update complete relay

( +301)
(6) (8)
Error relay
( +315)
(7)
Error clear relay

( +015)
(1) Ladder Execute unit specific instruction, write the setting value to buffer memory of KV-
AD40V. Setting update request relay is also ON.
(2) KV-AD40V After completing setting update, setting update complete relay is ON.
(3) Ladder Turn OFF setting update request relay.
(4) KV-AD40V Turn OFF setting update completion relay.
(5) Ladder Save the value exceeding range of set value in Ladder, then turn ON the setting
update request relay.
(6) KV-AD40V Error relay is ON (setting update completion relay is not ON).
(7) Ladder Error clear relay becomes ON.
Note
If using direct I/O "DR" to scan every relay, setting value can be changed within one
scanning.

KV-AD40V Function Block Diagram
2 KV-AD40V function processing sequence as follows.

KV-AD40V
A/D conversion
Analog data operation
Analog data A/D conversion data Zero clipper Line-break detection
Line-break
Averaging
detection relay
Scaling
Special data offset
Zero drift
Peak/Bottom hold
Special data Comparator
Peak value Comparator upper limit relay

Bottom value Comparator lower limit relay

Setting the Leading Device
KV-AD40V
■ Leading DM No.
Sets the leading No. of the data memories occupied by KV-AD40V.
Data memories of 60 words are occupied by KV-AD40V.
The settable leading No. varies with the CPU units.
KV-5500/5000/3000 : DM00000 to DM65474
KV-1000 : DM00000 to DM64940
KV-700+M : DM00000 to DM39940
KV-700 : DM00000 to DM19940
"List of Available Devices", Page 2-17
■ Leading relay No.

Sets the leading channel of the relay occupied by KV-AD40V.
KV-AD40V occupies 96 (6 channel) relays.
KV-5500/5000/3000 : 010(R1000) to 994(R99400)
KV-1000/700 : 010(R1000) to 594(R59400)
Temperature drift Compensation Function
After selecting "used", temperature shift compensation function is enabled.

The accuracy of A/D compensation can be improved by using temperature shift compensation function.
"Performance specification", Page 2-2
However, after using temperature shift compensation function, updating period for A/D compensation
data will extend 25µs.
· When temperature shift compensation function used
Updating period for A/D compensation data = A/D compensation speed (25µs) x number of CHs used
+25µs
· When temperature shift compensation function not used

Updating period for A/D compensation data = A/D compensation speed (25µs) x number of CHs
used

Channel Skip Function
2
KV-AD40V
Channel skip function can be set to "enabled" or "disabled".

A/D compensation is performed in case of no channel skip, A/D compensation is not performed in case
of channel skip.
A/D compensation data, special data and analog data of the channel Enable are stored with 0.
But, 0 is stored only when power is turned on, PROG -> RUN or the setting is updated.
According to different number of A/D compensation channels and Temperature drift

compensationfunction, A/D compensation data updating time as follows.
· When temperature shift compensation function used
Updating period for A/D compensation data = A/D compensation speed (25µs) x number of CHs used+25µs
· When using Temperature drift compensationfunction not used

Updating period for A/D compensation data = A/D compensation speed (25µs) x number of CHs
used

Setup Input Range
Range can be switched according to the level of analog signal input.

Input range can be set as per every channel. Optional input range as follows.
Input signal Range
-10 to +10V Default
0 to 10V
Voltage -5 to +5V
0 to 5V
1 to 5V
0 to 20mA
Current
4 to 20mA

Zero Clip Function
KV-AD40V
KV-AD40V A/D compensation data will be stored into Data Memory in form of signed 16-bit DEC. For
example, if input range is set to 0 to 10V, analog quantity input voltage 0 to 10V is converted to
numerical value 0 to 20000. If input voltage is less than 0V, it will be stored as negative (-) value. In this
case, zero Clip can limit the numerical value to "0", and stored as special data in KV-AD40V. In addition,
if zero Clip is not used, numerical value exceeding 20000 will be stored when 10V above voltage is
input. If zero Clip is used, the value will be restricted to the "20000" range.
Input range and max. input range of analog input signal, numerical value stored in special data DM as
follows.
Numerical value stored in special data DM
Input Range Max. Input Range
Zero Clip : "Not used" Zero Clip : "Used"
-10 to +10V -10.3 to 10.3V -20600 to +20600 -20000 to +20000
0 to +10V -0.3 to +10.3V -600 to +20600 0 to +20000
-5V to +5V -5.15 to +5.15V -20600 to +20600 -20000 to +20000
0 to +5V -0.15 to +5.15V -600 to +20600 0 to +20000
1 to 5V -0.15 to +5.15V -4600 to +16600 0 to +16000
0 to 20mA -0.6 to +20.6mA -600 to +20600 0 to +20000
4 to 20mA -0.6 to +20.6mA -4600 to +16600 0 to +16000
"A/D compensation Table", Page 2-7
Note
· zero Clip function is valid only for special data. Even if the zero Clip function is set to
"Used", zero Clip function cannot be performed for A/D compensation data and analog
data.
· Even if the zero Clip is set to "Used", once scaling function, special data offset function
and zero drift function are used, negative (-) value will be stored into special data DM due
to input voltage (current).

Scaling Function
2
KV-AD40V
Scaling function is designed to convert (scale) A/D compensation data to the range of upper/lower limit.
The scaled value is stored to Data Memory of "special data". The value corresponding to upper limit
value "20000" ("16000" when input range is 1 to 5V or 4 to 20mA) is set in scaling upper limit; and the
value corresponding to lower limit value "0" ("-20000" for -10 to +10V, -5 to +5V) of A/D compensation
data is set in scaling lower limit value.
Scaling upper/lower limit can be set within the range of -30000 to +32000.
But, it fails to be set when scaling upper limit value <= scaling lower limit value.
The scaling upper/lower limit can be also specified via Data Memory of setting value communication
area or specific instruction / function "U_WRSCL" other than direct selection via the Unit Editor.
"Change setting value by DM selection", Page 2-22
"Unit specific instruction U_WRSCL", Page 2-52
"Unit specific function U_WRSCL", Page 2-62
Scaling function uses the following formula to convert A/D data.
When input range is 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V or 0 to 20mA

Scaling value=A/D compensation data x (scaling upper limit-scaling lower limit value)/20000+
scaling lower limit value
When input range is 1 to 5V or 4 to 20mA

Scaling value=A/D compensation data x (scaling upper limit-scaling lower limit value)/ 16000+
scaling lower limit value
When input range is -10 to +10V or -5 to +5V

Scaling value=A/D compensation data x (scaling upper limit-scaling lower limit value)/ 40000+
(scaling upper limit value + scaling lower limit value)/2

Example When the input range "1 to 5V", A/D compensation data "0 to 16000" is scaled to "1000 to
5000".
Input range
A/D compensation data
1 to 5V
0 to 16000 2
Scaling limit 1000 to 5000
KV-AD40V
Value
Upper limit -> 5000
Lower limit -> 1000 Input voltage

1 2 3 4 5 (V)
Input signal A/D compensation data Value

1V 0 1000
2V 4000 2000
3V 8000 3000
4V 12000 4000
5V 16000 5000
Averaging Function
■ Averaging function
With averaging function, A/D compensation data can be averaged internally and stored to special data
DM to reduce the fluctuation influence of input signal due to noise, etc. The averaging and averaging
constants selection method as well as averaging constants required when the averaging constants
selection is set to "Unit Editor selection".
Averaging Description
Averaging is not performed. A/D compensation data will be stored to special
Disabled (default)
data DM during every A/D compensation.
Averaging (count Perform simple averaging according to the specified A/D compensation times of
selection) averaging and save the result into special data DM.
Perform simple averaging according to the specified time interval of averaging
Averaging (time selection)
and save the result into special data DM.
Moving averaging according to specified A/D compensation times, the result
Moving average
stored into special data DM.
Averaging function shall be performed according to the processed result of zero Clip.

■ Averaging (count selection)

To perform simple averaging according to the specified A/D compensation times for averaging and
2 save the result into special data DM. It shall be stored after averaging is complete every time. In
addition, the averaged result with decimal point after rounded up will be stored into special data DM.
KV-AD40V
Specified averaging Using unit specific

Setting value DM selection
constants instruction/function
Number of averaging 2 to 60000 (default : 2) ○ ○
Note
• Before completing the first averaging, the data after A/D compensation (without
averaging) is stored in special data DM.
• Before the first averaging completed, peak/Bottom hold function and comparator function
fail to be operated.
● The number of averaging and special data updating period

special data updating period when using averaging (count selection) is calculated according to the
following formula.
Updating period for special data =number of averaging (count selection) x Updating period for
A/D compensation data
For A/D compensation data updating period, see "Updating Period for A/D compensation Data", Page
2-7
Example Operation when number of averaging is set to 5 times
A/D conversion data

A/D conversion start update period
A/D conversion data D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11
Special data D1 AVG1 AVG2
AVG1=(D1+D2+D3+D4+D5)/5
AVG2=(D6+D7+D8+D9+D10)/5
■ Averaging (time selection)

To perform simple averaging according to the specified time interval for averaging and save the result into
special data DM. It shall be stored after averaging is completed every time. In addition, the averaged
result with decimal point after rounded up will be stored into special data DM.
Averaging time (ms) 1 to 1500 (default : 1) ○ ○
Note
· Before completion of the first averaging, the data after A/D compensation (without
· Before the first averaging completed, peak/Bottom hold function and comparator
function fail to be operated.

● Averaging time and number of data to be A/D converted

The number of A/D compensation data for averaging (time selection) is calculated according to the
following formula. 2
Number of A/D compensation data = averaging time÷Updating period for A/D compensation data
KV-AD40V
For A/D compensation data updating period, see "Updating Period for A/D compensation Data", Page 2-7
Example Number of channels used: 4ch, Temperature drift compensationfunction: enabled, averaging
time: 10ms
Number of A/D compensation data = 10ms ÷125μs = 80
A/D conversion data
A/D conversion data D1 D2 ࡮࡮࡮ D79 D80 D81 D82 ࡮࡮࡮D159 D160 D161
AVG1= (D1+D2+࡮࡮࡮+D79+D80)/80
AVG2= (D81+D82+࡮࡮࡮+D159+D160)/80
■ Moving average
To perform moving averaging according to specified A/D compensation times, the result stored into
special data. The averaged result with decimal point after rounded up will be stored into special data.
Moving average count 2 to 64 (default : 2) ○ ○
Note
· Before completion of the first averaging, the data after A/D compensation (without
· Before the first averaging completed, peak/Bottom hold function and comparator function
fail to be operated.
Example Operation when number of moving averages is set to 5 times
A/D conversion data

A/D conversion data D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10
Special data D1 AVG1 AVG2 AVG3 AVG4 AVG5 AVG6
AVG1=(D1+D2+D3+D4+D5)/5
AVG2=(D2+D3+D4+D5+D6)/5
AVG3=(D3+D4+D5+D6+D7)/5
AVG4=(D4+D5+D6+D7+D8)/5
AVG5=(D5+D6+D7+D8+D9)/5
AVG6=(D6+D7+D8+D9+D10)/5

Special Data Offset Function
2 ■ What is special data offset function

With special data offset function, KV-AD40V special data can be saved after adding a special data
KV-AD40V
offset value stored in normal communication area.
Value stored in special data DM= KV-AD40V internal data + special data offset value
The function is used to correct special data using DM value.

Special data offset function can be conducted separately on every channel.
Special data offset value is assigned to the following DMs.
CH No. CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3
DM No. N + 021 N + 022 N + 023 N + 024
N : Leading DM No.
Special data offset value is processed as signed 16 bit data. So, it can be set within -32768 to 32767.
KV-AD40V reads DM of special data offset value during every scanning. So, it is not necessary to
operate relay via Ladder.
When using special data offset function, special data changes within signed 16 bit range (-32768 to
32767) (not within input range). The special data, exceeding signed 16 bit data range due to the added
special data offset value, will be limited to lower limit (-32768) or upper limit (32767).
Special data offset function can be available for results processed by zero Clip, averaging function and
scaling function.
Special data offset value can also be changed using unit specific instruction/function "U_WROFST ".
"Unit specific instruction U_WRSCL", Page Page 2-50
"Unit specific function U_WRSCL", Page Page 2-61
Note
KV-AD40V reads always DM of special data offset value. Special data offset function
can not be disabled. So, please note that once the value other than "0" is stored to
the special data offset value, special data is offset and shall be noted. If special data
is not offset, "0" shall be stored to special data offset value.

■ Details on special data offset function

Example 1 When input range is set to "-10 to +10V" (scaling: "disabled")
Input voltage
A/D compensation Special data offset
value
Special data Graph 2
data
KV-AD40V
0 -20000 to +20000 (1)
5000 -15000 to +25000 (2)
-10 to +10V -20000 to +20000 20000 0 to +32767 (3)
-5000 -25000 to +15000 (4)
-20000 -32768 to 0 (5)
Special data
32767 (3)
20000 (1)
10000
(5)
Input voltage
-10 -5 0 +5 +10
(V)
-10000
-20000
-32768
Example 2 When input range is set to "1 to 5V" (scaling: "disabled")
A/D compensation Special data

Input voltage Special data Graph
data offset value
0 0 to 16000 (1)
5000 5000 to 21000 (2)
1 to 5V 0 to 16000 20000 20000 to 32767 (3)
-5000 -5000 to 11000 (4)
-20000 -20000 to -4000 (5)
Special data
(3)
32767
20000
(1)
10000
Input voltage(V)
0 +1 +5
(5)
-10000
-20000
-32768

Zero Drift Function
2 ■ What is zero drift function

With zero drift function, special data of KV-AD40V to "0" when zero drift relay is 0FF to ON. When zero
KV-AD40V
drift relay is turned from OFF to ON, KV-AD40V can store the special data as a zero drift reference
value and when zero drift relay is ON (zero drift in progress relay changes to ON via KV-AD40V), store
the result obtained by subtracting the reference value from the special data.
Value stored in special data DM = KV-AD40V internal data - zero drift reference value
After zero drift relay is turned from ON to OFF (zero drift relay ON to OFF via KV-AD40V), special data
will become KV- AD40V internal data, and zero drift reference value will be lost.
With zero drift function, special data can be corrected at any time.
Zero drift relay and zero drift in progress relay assigned as follows:
Zero drift relay n + 100 n + 108 n + 200 n + 208
Zero drift in progress relay n + 400 n + 408 n + 500 n + 508
n : Leading relay No.
When using zero drift function, special data changes within signed. 16-bit range (-32768 to 32767) (not
within input range). The special data, exceeding signed 16-bit data range due to the zero drift function
used, will be limited to lower limit (- 32768) or upper limit (32767).
Zero drift function can be avalable for results processed by zero Clip, averaging function, scaling
function and special drift data offset function.

■ Details on zero drift function

Relays and data for zero drift function as follows.
(1) (4) 2
KV-AD40V
Zero drift relay
(2) (5)
Zero drift in progress relay
KV-AD40V
internal data 12 15 10 12 15 23 19 18 17 16 15
(Example)
(3) (6)
Special data 12 15 0 2 5 13 9 18 17 16
DM value (Example)
When zero drift function enabled
(1) Ladder Zero drift relay becomes ON.

(2) KV-AD40V Zero drift in progress relay becomes ON.
(3) KV-AD40V When zero drift relay is ON->OFF, internal data ("10" in above Fig.) will be stored as
zero drift reference value. When zero drift function is enabled, the value, after zero
drift reference value deducted, is stored into special data DM.
(4) Ladder Zero drift relay becomes OFF.
(5) KV-AD40V Zero drift in progress relay becomes OFF.
(6) KV-AD40V Internal data will be stored into special data DM. Zero drift reference value disappears.

Peak/Bottom Hold Function
2 ■ Peak/bottom hold function

With the function, can separately save peak and bottom of special data can be stored separately to DM
KV-AD40V
occupied by KV-AD40V during hold relay is ON (hold in progress relay ON via KV-AD40V). When hold
relay is ON -> OFF (hold in progress relay ON -> OFF via KV-AD40V), peak and bottom holding will be
stopped and DM value will be not updated.
Hold relay and hold in progress relay assigned as follows:
Hold relay n + 101 n + 109 n + 201 n + 209
Hold in progress relay n + 401 n + 409 n + 501 n + 509
Peak/bottom will be stored to the following DMs.

Peak N + 003 N + 008 N + 013 N + 018
Bottom N + 004 N + 009 N + 014 N + 019
N : Leading DM No.
Because that the peak and bottom stored via peak / bottom hold function are updated in internal A/D
compensation of KV- AD40V, so, it will be not influenced by scanning time of CPU unit.
Peak / bottom hold function can be separately conducted on every channel.
Peak/ bottom hold function can be conducted for results processed by zero clip, screening function
(averaging), scaling function, special data offset function and zero drift function.
Note
When simple averaging (count selection), simple averaging (time selection) and
moving average are specified under averaging function, the peak/bottom will be not
updated before the first averaging is completed.

■ Details on peak/bottom hold function

Relays and data for peak/bottom hold function as follows.
(1) (4)
2
Hold relay
KV-AD40V
(2) (5)
Hold in progress relay
Special data (Example) 12 15 10 12 15 23 11 17 25 16 9
(3) (6)
Peak (Example) * * * 12 15 23 23 23 23 23 23
(3) (6)
Bottom (Example) * * * 12 12 12 11 11 11 11 11
When peak/Bottom hold function enabled
* The value stored before the hold in progress relay is on
(1) Ladder Hold relay becomes ON.

(2) KV-AD40V Hold in progress relay becomes ON.
(3) KV-AD40V When hold in progress relay is ON->OFF, save special data into peak and bottom.
When peak/bottom hold function is enabled and special data exceeds the peak
(bottom) stored currently, the peak (bottom) of special data will be updated.
(4) Ladder Hold relay becomes OFF.
(5) KV-AD40V Hold relay in progress is ON.
(6) KV- AD40V Peak and bottom are the values before hold in progress relay is OFF, and fails to be
updated.

Comparator Function
2 ■ What is comparator function

With comparator function, KV-AD40V can compare special data with comparator upper limit value/
KV-AD40V
lower limit value, and turn the comparator upper limit relay and lower limit relay ON/OFF .
Comparator function, how to select comparator and the ON/ OFF level of upper/lower limit value of
every comparator when comparator value selection is set to "Unit Editor selection" shall be specified.
Comparator function can be separately conducted on every channel.
Peak/bottom hold function can be conducted for results processed by via comparator function
(averaging), scaling function, special data offset function and zero drift function.
Comparator upper limit value ON/OFF level, lower limit value ON/OFF level can be also specified via
Data Memory of setting value communication area, or unit specific instruction/ function "U_WRLMT" in
addition to direct selection via the Unit Editor.
"Change setting value by DM selection", Page 2-22
"Unit specific instruction U_WRSCL", Page Page 2-54
"Unit specific function U_WRSCL", Page Page 2-63
When comparator reset relay is ON, comparator upper limit relay and comparator lower limit relay will
be forcedly set to OFF.
Comparator upper limit relay, comparator lower limit relay and comparator reset relay are assigned as
follows:
Comparator upper limit relay n + 403 n + 411 n + 503 n + 511
Comparator lower limit relay n + 404 n + 412 n + 504 n + 512
Comparator reset relay n + 103 n + 111 n + 203 n + 211

■ Details on comparator function

Relay for comparator function shall be operated as follows.
Special data 2
KV-AD40V
ON level
OFF level

OFF level
ON level
Time
(3) (4)
relay
(1) (2) (5)

relay
(1) KV-AD40V when special data is less than comparator lower limit ON level, comparator lower
limit relay is ON.
(2) KV-AD40V when special data exceeds comparator lower limit OFF level, comparator lower limit
relay is OFF.
(3) KV-AD40V when special data exceeds comparator upper limit ON level, comparator upper limit
relay is ON.
(4) KV-AD40V when special data is less than comparator lower limit OFF level, comparator upper
limit relay is OFF.
(5) KV-AD40V when special data is less than comparator lower limit ON level, comparator lower
limit relay is ON.
Note
· If comparator upper limit value (lower limit value) ON level = comparator upper limit
value (lower limit value OFF level, the special data becomes the value, comparator
upper limit value (lower limit value) relay is ON.
· After CPU unit switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode, comparator upper
limit (lower limit) relay will be OFF.
· If comparator upper limit value (lower limit value) is specified in DM, and the setting
has been updated, the comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay will remain the ON/
OFF status before updating.

■ Operation of comparator reset relay

Comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay and comparator reset relay, shall be operated as follows.
2 Comparator upper/lower
(2) (4)
limit relay
KV-AD40V
When special data

exceeds (lower than)
upper limit value
(1) (3) (lower limit value) on
level of comparator
Comparator reset relay
When comparator
reset enabled
(1) Ladder Set comparator reset relay to ON.

(2) KV-AD40V Comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay becomes OFF forcedly.
(3) Ladder Set comparator reset relay to OFF.
(4) KV-AD40V If special data exceeds (less than) comparator upper limit (lower limit) ON level, the
comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay will be ON. If special data not exceeding
(less than) ON level of comparator upper limit (lower limit), comparator upper limit
(lower limit) relay will remain OFF.

Line-break Detection Function
■ Line-break detection function 2

Line-break detection function can be used only when setting input range is 1 to 5V or 4 to 20 mA. When
KV-AD40V
Line-break detection is set to "enabled", input range is voltage 1 to 5V when input signal is less than
0.5V, or input range is 4 to 20mA when input signal is less than 2mA, the signal line will be treated as
broken, and Line-break detection relay will be set to ON.
If the Line-break alarm clear relay is set to ON, the Line-break detection relay changes to OFF.
Please specify whether Line-break detection function is used or not.

Line-break detection function can be separately conducted on every channel.
Line-break detection relay and Line-break alarm clear relay assigned are as follows:
Line-break detection relay n + 402 n + 410 n + 502 n + 510
Line-break alarm clear relay n + 102 n + 110 n + 202 n + 210
Note
· Line-break detection function can not be used other than the range of 1 to 5V or 4
to 20mA.
· When CPU unit is switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode, the Line-break
detection relay is OFF.

■ Operations of Line-break detection alarm relay and Line-break alarm clear relay
Line-break detection relay and Line-break alarm clear relay shall be operated as follows.
2 Input signal
<0.5V or 2mA
KV-AD40V
(5)
(1) (3)
Line break detection relay
When input signal
<0.5V or 2mA
(2) (4)
Line break alarm clear relay
Line-break alarm
clear valid time
(1) KV-AD40V If input signal is less than 0.5V or 2mA, the Line-break detection relay is ON.
(2) Ladder Line-break alarm clear relay becomes ON.
(3) KV-AD40V Line-break relay becomes OFF.
(4) Ladder Line-break alarm clear relay becomes OFF.
(5) KV-AD40V If input signal is less than 0.5V or 2mA, the Line-break detection relay is ON. If not
less than above numerical value, the broken detection relay will remain OFF.

2-3 KV-AD40V Unit Specific Instructions
This section describes KV-AD40V unit specific instructions used in Ladder. For using in the script
program, please see "2-4 KV-AD40V Unit Specific Functions", Page 2-58.
2
List of KV-AD40V Unit Specific Instructions
KV-AD40V
Function Instruction Instruction description See
Read A/D compensation

U_RDAD Read A/D compensation data from buffer memory. Page 2-46
(special) data
Read all types of A/D Read A/D compensation data, special data, analog
U_RDADB Page 2-48
compensation data data, peak and Bottom from buffer memory.
Change special data
U_WROFST Special data offset value. Page 2-50
offset value
Write scaling setting
U_WRSCL Write scaling setting value to buffer memory. Page 2-52
value
Write comparator setting
U_WRLMT Write comparator setting value to buffer memory. Page 2-54
value
Write average constants U_WRAVG Write average constant to buffer memory. Page 2-56
The processing independent of scanning time can be conducted by using unit specific
instructions.
Note
Unit specific instructions can be used only when KV-AD40V is connected to KV-5500/
5000/3000. It can not be used when connected to KV-1000/700.

U_RDAD U_RDAD(.S) U_RDAD

Read A/D To read A/D
2 @U_RDAD @U_RDAD(.S) U_RDAD
compensation
(special) data
compensation
(special) data
KV-AD40V
Ladder program Input mode

Execution condition U_RDAD.S KV-AD40V
n1 n2 D U _ R D A D n1 n2 D
Execution condition @U_RDAD.S KV-AD40V

n1 n2 D @ U _ R D A D n1 n2 D
Available Devices
Consta Indirect Local Index modify
Bit device Word device
nts specifying device
Operand
MR DM EM
R DR LR T C CTC CR FM ZF T C CTH CTC Z CM #/$ #TM * @ :#/:Z
B TM W
n1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - -
n2 ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
D ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - ○ - - ○ ○ ○
Operand Description
n1 To specify unit No. (1 to 63). *1
n2 To specify analog input (0 or 3) channel or the device where channel is stored. *2
D To specify the device for storing read A/D compensation (special) data. *2
*1 $( HEX selection) can not be used.
*2 If bit devices are specified in n2 and D , continuous 16 bits will be processed.
If relays other than leading relay of a channel (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it
jumps to the next channel for 16-bit processing.
Description of Operation
U_RDAD(.S) When execution condition is ON, read A/D compensation (special) data (results
processed by scaling, averaging, etc.) of channel n2 from the unit n1 and
store into D in BIN format.
Buffer memory Device No.
A/D compensation (special) data D
@U_RDAD(.S) The scanning is performed once only at the up edge of ON condition.

Operation flag
CR2009
CR2010
No change in status
No change in status
2
CR2011 No change in status
KV-AD40V
It is ON in any one of the following conditions, otherwise it is OFF.
· When unit No. specified in n1 is 64 above
CR2012 · When unit No. specified in n1 is not KV-AD40V
· When channel No. of analog input specified in n2 exceeds 4
· Improper indirect selection or index modification range
* When CR2012 is ON, detailed error information of CM5100 to CM5176 will be stored.
KV-5500/5000/3000 Series User's Manual
Sample Program
When input relay R0 changes to ON, execute interrupt program, read A/D compensation (special) data
of 0ch of the first KV-AD40V unit and store into DM0.
;(Mnemonics list)
CR2008 LD CR2008
EI EI
When starting operation, LD CR2002
1 scan is ON HSP R000
END
HSP INT R000
CR2002 LD CR2002
R000 U_RDAD.S #1 #0 DM0
Always ON RETI
ENDH
END
INT
R000
CR2002 U_RDAD.S KV-AD40V

Unit No. CH No. Stg dev
#1 #0 DM0
Always ON
RETI
ENDH

U_RDADB
To read all types
U_RDADB(.S) U_RDADB Read all types of
of A/D
2 A/D
compensation
@U_RDADB
compensation
@U_RDADB(.S) U_RDADB data from buffer
data
memory.
KV-AD40V

Execution condition U_RDADB.S KV-AD40V
n1 n2 D U _ R D A D B n1 n2 D
Execution condition @U_RDADB.S KV-AD40V

n1 n2 D @ U _ R D A D B n1 n2 D
Available Devices
Index modify
Consta Indirect Local
Bit device Word devices
Operand nts specifying device
MR DM EM
B TM W
n1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - -
n2 ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
D ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - ○ - - ○ ○ ○
Operand Description
D To specify the leading device for storing 5 A/D compensation data. *3
*1 $ (HEX selection) can not be used.
*2 If bit devices are specified in n2 , continuous 16 bits will be processed.
*3 When bit devices are specified in D , continuous 16 x 5 bit are processed. If relays other than
leading relay of a channel (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it jumps to the next
channel for 16x5ch bit processing.
U_RDADB(.S) When execution condition is ON, read 5 related data to A/D compensation (A/D
compensation data, special data, analog data, peak and valley) of channel
n2 from the unit n1 and store into D to D +4 in BIN format.
Buffer memory Device No.
A/D compensation data D +0

Special data D +1
Analog data D +2
Peak D +3
Bottom D +4
@U_RDADB(.S) The scanning is performed only when it is set to ON.

Operation flag

2
KV-AD40V
· When unit No. specified in n1 is not KV-AD40V
CR2012
· When 5 word device fails to be guaranteed from the specified device No. in D .
Sample Program
When input relay R0 is ON, interrupt program is performed, the A/D compensation data, special data,
analog data, peak and Bottom in 0ch of the first KV-AD40V unit are read and stored into DM0 to DM4.
;(Mnemonics list)
CR2008 LD CR2008
EI EI
When starting operation LD CR2002
1 scan ON HSP R000
END
HSP INT R000
CR2002 LD CR2002
R000
U_RDADB.S #1 #0 DM0
Always ON RETI
ENDH
END
INT
R000
U_RDADB.S KV-AD40V
CR2002 Unit No. CH No. Stg dev
#1 #0 DM0
Always ON
RETI
ENDH

U_WROFST U_WROFST(.S) U_WROFST

Change
To change special
2 @U_WROFST @U_WROFST(.S) U_WROFST
special data
offset
data offset value.
KV-AD40V

Execution condition U_WROFST.S KV-AD40V
n1 n2 S U _ W R O F S T n1 n2 S
Execution condition @U_WROFST.S KV-AD40V

n1 n2 S @ U _ W R O F S T n1 n2 S
Available Devices
Index modify
MR DM EM
B TM W
n1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - -
n2 ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
S ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
Operand Description
n1 To specify unit No.(1 to 63).*1
S To specify special data offset value or the device for storing the value. *2
*1 $(HEX selection) can not be used.
*2 If bit devices are specified in n2 and S , continuous 16 bits will be processed.
Note
If U-WROFST instruction is executed, store the value specified in S in DM assigned to
special data offset.
U_WROFST(.S) When execution condition is ON, change the special data offset of channel
n2 of unit n1 to 1-word BIN value specified in S .
Constant/device No. Buffer memory
S Special data offset
@U_WROFST(.S) The scanning is performed only when it is set to ON.

Operation flag
CR2009
CR2010
No change in status
No change in status
2
KV-AD40V
KV-5500/5000/3000 PLC User's Manual
Sample Program
When MR0 is ON, change the special data offset value in 0ch of the first KV-AD40V unit to "+100".
;(Mnemonics list)
/4 U_WROFST.S KV-AD40V LD MR000
Unit No. CH No. Offset U_WROFST.S #1 #0 +100
#1 #0 +100

U_WRSCL U_WRSCL(.S) U_WRSCL

Write scaling To write scaling
2 @U_WRSCL @U_WRSCL(.S) U_WRSCL
setting value setting value to
buffer memory.
KV-AD40V

Execution condition U_WRSCL.S KV-AD40V
n1 n2 S U _ W R S C L n1 n2 S
Execution condition @U_WRSCL.S KV-AD40V

n1 n2 S @ U _ W R S C L n1 n2 S
Available Devices
Index modify
MR DM EM
B TM W
n1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - -
n2 ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
S ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
Operand Description
S To specify the leading device storing scaling setting value/time data. *3 *4
*3 When bit devices are specified in S , continuous 16 x 2 bit are processed. If relays other than
channel leading relay (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it jumps to the next channel
for 16/2 bit processing.
*4 When a constant (-32768 to 32767) is specified in S , the same value specified is stored in
the scaling upper limit/lower limit value of buffer memory.
Note
· Scaling setting value is not changed by only performing U_WRSCL instruction.
Update Setup Ladder is required.
· If performing U_WRSCL instruction, the value identical to the value written into
buffer memory is also stored in DM assigned to the scaling setting value.
· When the scaling value is set to "Unit Editor selection" via Unit Editor under PROG
-> RUN, the scaling setting value is initialized to the value specified by the Unit
Editor.

U_WRSCL(.S) When execution condition is ON, write 2-word BIN value starting from S as 2
the scaling setting value into buffer memories of channel n2 of unit n1 .
KV-AD40V
Device No. Buffer memory
S +0 Scaling upper limit
S +1 Scaling lower limit
@U_WRSCL(.S) The scanning is performed only when it is set to ON.
Operation flag
· When unit No. specified in n1 is not KV-AD40V
CR2012
· When 2 word device fails to be guaranteed from the specified device No in S .
Sample Program
At the up edge, MR0 connects the scaling upper limit value of 0ch of the first KV-AD40V unit to +1000
and change the scaling lower limit value to +50.
;(Mnemonics list)
MR000 DR30301 M0V.S
+1000 DM0
LDP MR000
ANB DR30301
Set up update complete
Scaling upper MOV.S +1000 DM0
limit MOV.S +50 DM1
U_WRSCL.S #1 #0 DM0
M0V.S SET DR30001
+50 DM1 LD R30301
RES DR30001
Scaling lower
limit
U_WRSCL.S KV-AD40V
Unit No. CH No. Scaling setting
#1 #0 DM0
Scaling upper
limit
DR30001
SET
Set up update request
R30301 DR30001
RES
Set up update complete Set up update request

U_WRLMT U_WRLMT(.S) U_WRLMT

Write comparator
To write comparator
2 @U_WRLMT @U_WRLMT(.S) U_WRLMT
setting value
setting value to
buffer memory.
KV-AD40V

Execution condition U_WRLMT.S KV-AD40V
n1 n2 S U _ W R L M T n1 n2 S
Execution condition @U_WRLMT.S KV-AD40V

n1 n2 S @ U _ W R L M T n1 n2 S
Available Devices
Index modify
MR DM EM
B TM W
n1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - -
n2 ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
S ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
Operand Description
S To specify the device of comparator setting value/time data.*3 *4
*3 When bit devices are specified in S , continuous 16 x 4 bit are processed. If relays other than
channel leading relay (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it jumps to the next channel
for 16/4 bit processing.
*4 When it is set to the constant (-32768 to 32767) in S , comparator upper limit ON level/OFF
level, comparator lower limit ON level/OFF level of buffer memory will be totally stored to the
same value specified.
Note
· Scaling comparator value is not changed by only performing U_WRSCL instruction.
Update Setup Ladder is required.
· If performing U_WRSCL instruction, the value identical to the value written into
buffer memory is also stored in DM assigned to the comparator setting value.
· When the comparator value is set to "Unit Editor selection" via Unit Editor under
PROG -> RUN, the comparator setting value is initialized to the value specified by
the Unit Editor.

U_WRLMT(.S) When execution condition is ON, write 4-word BIN value starting from S as 2
the comparator setting value into buffer memories of channel n2 of unit
KV-AD40V
n1 .
Comparator upper limit ON level
S +0
S Comparator upper limit OFF level
+1
S +2 Comparator lower limit OFF level
S +3 Comparator lower limit ON level
@U_WRLMT(.S) The scanning is performed only when it is set to ON.
Operation flag
n1
CR2012 · When unit No. specified in is not KV-AD40V
· When 4 word device fails to be guaranteed from the specified device No in S .
Sample Program
After MR0 started, comparer upper limit value ON level in 0ch of the first KV-AD40V unit is changed to
+950, comparer upper limit value OFF level changed to +900, comparer lower limit value OFF level
changed to -50 and comparer lower limit value ON level changed to -100.
M0V.S ;(Mnemonics list)

MR000 DR30301
+950 DM0 LDP MR000
Comparator ANB DR30301
upper limit ON MOV.S +950 DM0
M0V.S MOV.S +900 DM1
+900 DM1 MOV.S -50 DM2
Comparator MOV.S -100 DM3
upper limit OFF U_WRLMT.S #1 #0 DM0
M0V.S SET DR30001
-50 DM2 LD R30301
Comparator RES DR30001
lower limit OFF
M0V.S
-100 DM3
Comparator
lower limit ON
U_WRLMT.S KV-AD40V
Unit No. CH No. Comparator setting
#1 #0 DM0
Comparator
upper limit ON
DR30001
SET
R30301 DR30001
RES

U_WRAVG U_WRAVG(.U) U_WRAVG

Average
To write average
2 @U_WRAVG @U_WRAVG(.U) U_WRAVG
constant write
constant to buffer
memory.
KV-AD40V

Execution condition U_WRAVG KV-AD40V
n1 n2 S U _ W R A V G n1 n2 S
Execution condition @U_WRAVG KV-AD40V

n1 n2 S @ U _ W R A V G n1 n2 S
Available Devices
Index modify
MR DM EM
B TM W
n1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - -
n2 ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
S ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
Operand Description
S To specify the device of average constant or storage average constant. *2
Note
· Average constant is not changed by only performing U_WRAVG instruction.
Update setting Ladder is required.
· If performing U_WRAVG instruction, the value identical to the value written into
buffer memory is also stored in DM assigned to the average constant .
· When the average constant is set to "Unit Editor selection" via Unit Editor under
PROG -> RUN, the average constant is initialized to the value specified by the Unit
Editor.

U_WRAVG(.U) When execution condition is ON, write 1-word BIN value starting in S as 2
the averaging constants into buffer memories of channel n2 of unit n1 .
KV-AD40V
S Averaging constants
@U_WRAVG(.U) The scanning is performed only when it is set to ON.
Operation flag

Sample Program
After MR0 started, the average constant in 0ch of the first KV-AD40V is changed to +1000.
;(Mnemonics list)
MR000 DR30301 U_WRAVG KV-AD40V
Unit No. CH No. Average constant LDP MR000
#1 #0 +1000 ANB DR30301
Average U_WRAVG #1 #0 +1000
constant SET DR30001
LD R30301
DR30001 RES DR30001
SET
R30301 DR30001
RES

2-4 KV-AD40V Unit Specific Functions
This section describes the specific functions of KV-AD40V used in script program. For using in the
ladder program, see "2-3 KV-AD40V Unit Specific Instructions", Page 2-45.
2
List of KV-AD40V Unit Functions
KV-AD40V
Function Function Instruction description See
Read A/D compensation

U_RDAD Read A/D compensation data from buffer memory. Page 2-59
(special) data
Read all types of A/D Read A/D compensation data, special data, analog
U_RDADB Page 2-60
Change special data offset value U_WROFST Special data offset value. Page 2-61
Write scaling setting value U_WRSCL Write scaling setting value to buffer memory. Page 2-62
Write comparator setting value U_WRLMT Write comparator setting value to buffer memory. Page 2-63
Write average constant U_WRAVG Write average constant to buffer memory. Page 2-64
The processing independent of scanning time can be conducted due to every operation
performed using specific function.
Note
Unit specific function can be used only when KV-AD40V connected to KV-5500/5000/
3000. It can not be used when connected to KV-1000/700.

Contact function
U_RDAD Read A/D compensation (special) data

2
KV-AD40V
U_RDAD ([Execution condition]*1, unit No., ch No., storage destination device No.)
Operation type Constant Operation

Argument/return value Description Device formula
.U .S .D .L .F .B .T #/$
n1 Unit No.*2 Specify unit No.(1 to 63). - - - - - - - ○ - ○
n2 *4 Specify analog input (0 or 3) channel or .U .U .U .U - -

Ch No. - ○ ○ ○
the device where channel stored.
D Storage
Specify the device storing read A/D .S .S .S .S - - -
destination - - ○
compensation (special) data.
device No.*3*4
R Return value None - - - - - - - - - -
*1 "[ ]" can be omitted. (if execution condition is omitted, the instruction will be always performed
(performed in every scanning)
*3 CTC, CTH, Z are specified as constant.
*4 If bit devices are specified in n2 and D , continuous 16 bits will be processed. If relays other
than leading relay of a channel (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it jumps to the next
channel for 16-bit processing.
When execution condition is ON, read A/D compensation (special) data (scaling, averaging, etc.) of
channel n2 from the unit n1 and store into D in BIN format.
For details, see "U_RDAD instruction", Page 2-46.
● Format example
Programming script U_RDAD (MR0, 1, 0, DM0)
Description of Operation When MR0 is ON, the A/D compensation (special) data of 0ch of the first KV-AD40V
unit is read and stored into DM0.
Ladder compensation
/4 7A4&#&5 -8#&8
#1 #0 DM0

Contact function
2 U_RDADB Read all types of A/D compensation data

KV-AD40V
U_RDADB ([Execution condition]]*1, unit No., ch No., leading device No.)

.U .S .D .L .F .B .T #/$
n2 *4 Specify analog input (0 or 3) channel or .U .U .U .U - -

Ch No. - ○ ○ ○
D Leading Specify the leading device storing 5 .S .S .S .S - - - - ○ -
device No.*3 *5 data related to A/D compensation.
*4 If bit devices are specified in n2 , continuous 16 bits will be processed. If relays other than leading
relay of a channel (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it jumps to the next channel for 16-bit
processing.
*5 When bit devices are specified in D , continuous 16 × 5 bits are processed. If relays other than
channel leading relay (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it jumps to the next channel for 16/
5 bit processing.
When execution condition is ON, read 5 related data to A/D compensation (A/D compensation data,
special data, analog data, peak and valley) of channel n2 from the unit n1 and store into D
to D +4 in BIN format.
For details, see "U_RDADB instruction", Page 2-48.
● Format example
Programming script U_RDADB (MR0, 1, 0, DM0)
Description of Operation MR0 is ON, the A/D compensation data, special data, analog data, peak, Bottom of
0ch of the first KV-AD40V unit are read and stored into DM0 to DM4.
Ladder compensation
/4 U_RDADB.S KV-AD40V
#1 #0 DM0

Contact function
U_WROFST Change special data offset value

2
KV-AD40V
U_WROFST ([Execution condition]*1, unit No., ch No., special data offset value)

.U .S .D .L .F .B .T #/$
n2 *4 Specify analog input (0 or 3) channel or .U .U .U .U - - -

Ch No. ○ ○ ○
S Special data Specify special data offset value or the .S .S .S .S - - - ○ ○ ○
offset value *3*4 device storing the value.
*4 If bit devices are specified in n2 and S , continuous 16 bits will be processed. If relays other
When execution condition is ON, read special data offset value specified in S as 2-word BIN value
from channel of n2 unit n1 .
For details, see "U_WROFST instructions", Page 2-50
● Format example
Programming script U_WROFST (MR0, 1, 0, +100)
Description of Operation When MR0 is ON, change the special data offset value of 0ch of the first KV-AD40V
unit to +100.
Ladder compensation
/4 7A941(565 -8#&8
Unit No. CH No. Offset
#1 #0 +100

Contact function
2 U_WRSCL Write scaling setting value

KV-AD40V
U_WRSCL ([Execution condition]*1, unit No., ch No., leading device No.)

.U .S .D .L .F .B .T #/$
n1 Unit No.*2 Specify unit No. (1 to 63). - - - - - - - ○ - ○

Ch No. ○ ○ ○
S Leading Specify the leading device storing .S .S .S .S - - - - ○ -
device No.*3 *5 scaling setting value/ time data.
(performed in every scanning) )
processing.
*5 When bit devices are specified in S , continuous 16 x 2 bits are processed. If relays other than
2 bit processing.
When execution condition is ON, write 2-word BIN value starting from S as the comparator setting
value into buffer memories of channel n2 of unit n1 ..
For details, see "U_WRSCL instruction", Page 2-52.
Note
Scaling setting value is not changed by only performing U_WRSCL instruction.
● Format example
Programming script U_WRSCL (MR0, 1, 0, DM0)
Description of Operation When MR0 is ON, the value of DM0 to 1, as the scaling setting value of 0ch, is
written into the buffer memory of the first KV-AD40V unit.
Ladder compensation
/4 7A945%.5 -8#&8
#1 #0 DM0

Contact function
U_WRLMT Write comparator setting value

2
KV-AD40V
U_WRLMT ([Execution condition]]*1, unit No., ch No., leading device No.)

Argument/Return Description Device formula
.U .S .D .L .F .B .T #/$

Ch No. ○ ○ ○
S Leading Specify the device of comparator .S .S .S .S - - - - ○ -
device No.*3 *5 setting value/time data.
processing.
*5 When bit devices are specified in S , continuous 16 x 4 bits are processed. If relays other than
4 bit processing.
value into buffer memories of channel n2 of unit n1 .
For details, see "U_WRLMT instructions", Page 2-54
Note
Scaling comparator is not changed by only performing U_WRSCL instruction.
● Format example
Programming script U_WRLMT (MR0, 1, 0, DM0)
Description of Operation When MR0 is ON, the value of DM0 to 3, as the comparator setting value of 0ch, is
written into the buffer memory of the first KV- AD40V unit.
Ladder compensation
MR000 U_WRLMT.S KV-AD40V
Unit No. CH No. Comparator setting
#1 #0 DM0

Contact function
2 U_WRAVG Write average constant

KV-AD40V
U_WRAVG ([Execution condition]*1, unit No., ch No., average constant)
Calculation type Constant Operation

.U .S .D .L .F .B .T #/$

Ch No. ○ ○ ○
S Average Specify the device of average constant .U .U .U .U - - - ○ ○ ○
constant*3*4 or storage setting value.
*4 If bit devices are specified in n2 and S , continuous 16 bits will be processed. If relays other
When execution condition is ON, write 1-word BIN value in S as the average constant into buffer
memories of channel n2 of unit n1 .
For details, see "U_WRAVG instructions", Page 2-56
Note
Average constant setting value is not changed by only performing U_WRAVG instruction.
● Format example
Programming script U_WRAVG (MR0, 1, 0, +10)
Description of Operation When MR0 is ON, the value of +10, as the average constant of 0ch, is written into the
buffer memory of the first KV-AD40V unit.
Ladder compensation
MR000 U_WRAVG KV-AD40V
Unit No. CH No. Average constant
#1 #0 +10

2-5 Access Window
This section describes the procedure for monitoring and changing the settings of the KV-AD40V using
the access window of the CPU Unit.
2
Access Window
KV-AD40V
The KV-AD40V can be monitored and its settings changed using the access window on the CPU Unit.
The following items can be monitored and set on the access window.
Monitor Skip Channel Zero clip

-8#&8%* -8#&8%* -8#&8%*
#&㩗㩧㩀㩧㩍㩨㨺㩊 %*㩇㩁㨹㩖㩩㩈㩨㩥㩂㩢㨹㩖㩩
㩆㩏㨼㩇㩣
-8#&8%* -8#&8%* -8#&8%*

#&%QPX&CVC %*&KUCDNG <GTQ%NKRRKPI
0Q ;GU
Input range Averaging Line break detection
-8#&8%* -8#&8%* -8#&8%*

㩤㩧㩆㩨㩗㨼㩁㩧㩆㨸㩢㩊㩨㩧㩈㩧㩃㩧㩋
8 㨼㩎㩨㨽㩗㨼㩁㩧㩇㩣
-8#&8%* -8#&8%* -8#&8%*

4CPIG #XGTCIKPI 5KIPCN%JGEM
8 /QXKPI#XI ;GU
Scaling Comparator Special data offset

-8#&8%* -8#&8%* -8#&8%*
㩇㩃㨺㩢㩧㩂㩨㩄㩧㩔㩩㩤㨺㩊㩎㩂㩆㨷㨿㩖㩈㨹㩎㩋
㩇㩣㩇㩣
-8#&8%* -8#&8%* -8#&8%*

5ECNKPI %QORCTCVQT (WPE1HHUGV
;GU ;GU

2-5 Access Window
About changing of setting in the Access Window
2 Though some settings can be changed in the access window, basically use Unit Editor to change
settings.
KV-AD40V
When changing settings in the access window, change the CPU unit to PROGRAM mode first.
To use the change (enable new setting), switch CPU unit to RUN mode.
Menu structure
The access window menu is configured as follows:
Monitor CH0 A/D conversion data (initial display)

Special data
Analog data
Peak
Bottom
Relay
Monitor CH1
Monitor CH2
Monitor CH3
Setting CH1 Input range -10 to +10V

0 to 10V
-5 to +5V
0 to 5V
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
4 to 20mA
Line break detection No
Yes
Averaging No
Average times selection Average times
Average time selection Average time (in: ms)
Moving average Moving average times
Scaling No
Yes Scaling upper limit
Scaling lower limit
Comparator No
Yes Comparator upper limit ON level
Comparator upper limit OFF level
Comparator lower limit OFF level
Comparator lower limit ON level
Zero clipping No
Setting CH1 Yes When unit editor sets designation
Setting CH2 method of the values to “DM designation”,
Setting CH3 the above-mentioned items cannot be set/displayed.
Special data offset CH0

CH1
CH2
CH3

2-5 Access Window
Operating of Access Window
The access window is operated by the setting operation keys on the KV-700.
2
Setup key Normal function When Changing the Baud Rate
KV-AD40V
Menu display Menu display
Not used. Changes the digit of the variation.
Turn page. Can also be used to change
Add the variation from the setting value.
options when changing a setting.
Turn page. Can also be used to change Subtract the variation from the setting
options when changing a setting. value.
Switch to setting change mode when Press and hold for more than 1s. When
holding down this button for at least 1s. holding it, can change setting. *
* The settings can only be changed when the CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode.
Moving to the Menu Screen
The following describes the procedure for moving to the menu screen.
1 Press the direct access switch of the KV-AD40V you want to monitor.
The direct access switch starts blinking, and the monitor
Direct access switch
screen for CH0 on the KV-AD40V you selected is displayed
on the access window.
KV-AD40V CH0 KV-AD40V CH0

ADﾍﾝｶﾝﾃﾞｰﾀ AD Conv Data
+0 +0
2 Press the " " key of the CPU unit.

Menu screen appears.
Select the menu screen by the / keys.
ｾｯﾃｲ CH2 Set CH2

ｾｯﾃｲ CH3 Set CH3
ｾｯﾃｲｵﾌｾｯﾄﾁ Set Offset
ﾓﾆﾀ CH0 Mon CH0
Note
To return the KV-700 menu screen, either press the " " key again, or press the
direct access switch that is blinking.
For access window, see User's Manual of every CPU unit.

2-5 Access Window
Setting Screen
2 The following describes the procedure for changing the settings of the KV-AD40V using the Access
Window of the CPU Unit.
KV-AD40V
Note
The settings can only be changed when the CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode.
How to Change Settings
A part of setting contents of "KV-AD40V" can be changed in Access Window.

Change scaling upper limit value in the following sequence.
1 Select "the channel to be set" in the menu screen using the " " and " " keys, and press the
key.
Display input range setup screen of the selected channel.

ﾚﾝｼﾞ Range
1 - 5V 1 - 5V
2 Select "port link screen" using the scaling H (upper limit) " "and " " key.

ｽｹｰﾘﾝｸﾞH Scaling H
+10000 +10000
3 Continuously press the " " key for more than 1 second.
The setting item blinks, and the increment/decrement value appears at the bottom right of the screen.

+10000 +10000
1 1
4 Set the increment/decrement value.

Each press of the " " key increments the increment/decrement value digit. If this value exceeds
10000, it will return to 1.

+10000 +10000
10 10

2-5 Access Window
5 Each press of the " " key increments the increment/decrement value, while each press of the
" " key decrements the increment/decrement value.
2
KV-AD40V
+10010 +10010
10 10

+9990 +9990
10 10
6 To apply the setting, hold down the " " key for at least one second.
Scaling upper limit value has been set.
Note
· The settings can only be changed when the CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode.
Cannot be changed in the RUN mode.
· If the selection method of setting value is set to " DM selection ", it can not be
changed.
Modifiable items and setting range as follows.

Item Set range
Skip channel Channel Disable, channel Enable
Voltage : -10 to +10V, 0 to 10V, -5 to 5V, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V
Input range
Current : 0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA
Scaling Not scaled, scaled
Scaling upper limit -31999 to +32000
Scaling lower limit -32000 to +31999
Not used, simple averaging (count selection), averaging
Averaging
(time selection), moving average
Number of averaging 2 to 60000
Averaging time 1 to 1500 (unit: mm)
Moving average 2 to 64
Comparator Not used/used
Comparator upper limit ON level -32768 to +32767
Comparator upper limit OFF level -32768 to +32767
Comparator lower limit OFF level -32768 to +32767
Comparator lower limit OFF level -32768 to +32767
Zero Clip Not used/used
Line-break detection Not used/used

2-5 Access Window
Monitor Screen
2 The following describes the procedure for monitoring the settings of the KV-AD40V using the access
window of the CPU Unit.
KV-AD40V
How to Monitor the KV-AD40V
1 Select "Monitoring channel" in the menu screen using the " " and " " keys, and press the
key.
Display the monitor image of A/D compensation data of the selected channel.

+12345 +12345
2 Select the display data you want to monitor by the or keys.
࡮ A/D conversion data ࡮Special data

AD Conv Data Func Data
+12345 +23456
࡮ A n a l o g data ࡮ Peak

Analog Peak Data
+3.456 +31234
V
࡮Bottom ࡮ Relay moni tor

KV-AD40V CH0 RLY30400
Bottom Data 76543210
-9513 L____ ___
H________

2-6 Unit Monitor
Unit monitor function of Ladder Support Software KV STUDIO is designed to ensure the value of relay
or DM used in the unit to be monitored conforms to the unit, and with optimal display. This section
describes how to view Unit Monitor and how to operate Unit Monitor.
2
Unit Monitor Overview
KV-AD40V
Unit monitor is a window for optimal display of the value of relay or DM used in monitor unit according to
different units.
The Unit Monitor has the following functions:

· DMs and relays currently assigned to each unit can be displayed in the registering sequence.
· Each unit has provided display formats and layout templates for convenient monitoring.
· The selected unit can be monitored simply by selecting the unit to monitor without having to worry
about relay or DM assignment status.
Note
Unit Monitor can only be selected from Monitor or edit menu.
Displaying Unit Monitor Window
The monitor unit is displayed as follows.
1 On the menu, select "Monitor/Simulator" -> "Unit Monitor".

"Unit Monitor selection" dialog box appears.
2 Select the unit to be displayed, click the "Display" button.
Other procedure
• Select and double click the unit to be selected in unit
setting of workspace. Besides, select "Unit Monitor" from
the right-click menu.
• On Unit Editor, select the unit to be monitored, on the right-
click menu, select "Unit Monitor". On the menu, select
"View" -> "Unit Monitor"

2-6 Unit Monitor
KV-AD40V Unit Monitor
2 ■ Brief display
(3) A/D compensation
KV-AD40V
indicator
(1) Unit information (4) Temperature drift compensation indicator
(2) Current value display method
(5)Display CH
(6) Display input range
(7) Display comments
(8) Display current value
(9)Display analog data
(10) Display Line-break detection
(11) "Detailed" button (12)Display area for error message
Name Function See

(1) Unit information Display the connection No. and Model of unit. -
Set data displayed in current value display area.
A/D compensation data: value after A/D compensation of input
(2) Current value display
signal Page 2-18
method
special data : value processed via zero Clip, scaling, special
data offset, averaging, zero drift
ON during A/D compensation. OFF when system functions
(3) A/D compensation indicator Page 2-20
abnormal or A/D compensation fails.
(4) Temperature drift
ON during temperature drift correction. Page 2-27
compensation indicator
(5) Display CH Display CH name. -
(6) Display input range Display set input range. Page 2-28
Display device comment of Data Memory corresponding to
(7) Display comments -
current display data.
(8) Display current value Display data set by current value display way. -
Display the voltage/current value converted from A/D
(9) Display analog data Page 2-18
compensation data.
Display the ON/OFF state of the Line-break detection relays.
- :OFF
(10) Display Line-break detection Page 2-43
● :ON
If one function is set to "disabled", and "---" will be shown.
(11) "Detailed" button Click to display detailed data. -
(12) Display area for error message Display error contents when an error occurs. Page A-6

2-6 Unit Monitor
■ Detailed display
Status of every function can be monitored and setting value changed by detailed display.
Note
· If one function is set to "disabled", and "---" will be shown, this function cannot be
2
monitored or changed.
KV-AD40V
· If the selection method is set to "Unit Editor selection", the background of the
function setting value is grey and cannot be changed (setting updated).
· If its selection method is set to "DM selection", the background of its function
setting value is white and can be changed (setting updated).
(1) Scaling
(2)Special data offset correction
(3) Zero drift
(4)Comparator
(5) Hold
(6)Averaging
(7)"Detailed close" button (8) "Read setting" button (9) "Update setting" button

2-6 Unit Monitor
Name Function See

Can monitor and change scaling upper limit, scaling lower limit
2
Page
(1) Scaling
value. 2-30
Page
(2) Special data offset correction Can monitor and change special data offset value.
KV-AD40V
2-34
Can monitor ON/ OFF status of zero drift relay and forcedly turn Page
(3) Zero drift
the zero drift relay ON/ OFF. 2-36
Can monitor and change every level of comparator function. In
addition, can also monitor ON/ OFF status of comparator upper limit Page
(4) Comparator
relay, comparator lower limit relay and forcedly turn comparator 2-40
reset relay ON/ OFF .
Can monitor peak, Bottom and ON/OFF status of status keeping Page
(5) Hold
relay. In addition, can forcedly turn the hold relay ON/OFF . 2-38
Can monitor category of averaging function, monitor and change Page
(6) Averaging
average constant. 2-31
(7) "Detailed close" button Close detailed display of data -
Read the value of DM assigned to the setting value specified by
(8) "Read setting" button -
DM from the CPU unit.
Forcedly turn the setting update request relay ON/ OFF, update
Page
(9) "Update setting" button the internal setting value of KV-AD40V(only DM specified setting
2-22
value) with the value input to the Unit Monitor.
Note
After "Unit Monitor" is started, setting value (DM selection) updated via Ladder
cannot be mapped in the "Unit Monitor". Please press the "Read setting" button,
updating to the latest message.

3
KV-DA40V
This chapter describes D/A conversion unit KV-DA40V.
3-1 Specification & D/A Conversion •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3-2

3-3 KV-DA40V Unit Specific Instructions •••••••••••••••••• 3-33
3-4 KV-DA40V Unit Specific Functions •••••••••••••••••••• 3-42
3-5 Access Window ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3-47
3-6 Unit Monitor •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 3-53

3-1 Specification & D/A Conversion
The section describes "KV-DA40V" specification, input terminal wiring and D/A conversion.
Specifications
3 ■ General specification
Item Specification
KV-DA40V
Model KV-DA40V
Internal current consumption 170mA or less
Storage ambient temperature 10 to 95% RH (no condensation)*1
Noise immunity
5 to 9Hz - 3.5mm
Compatible with 10 times in X, Y,
9 to 150Hz 9.8m/s2 -
Continuous vibration
IEC61131-2 respectively (100
5 to 9Hz - 1.75mm
9 to 150Hz 4.9m/s2 -
Insulation resistance 50MΩ or more (DC 500V ohmmeter, measured between power terminal and input/output
Operational altitude 2,000m or less
Overvoltage category II (when KV-U7 is used)
Pollution degree 2
Weight approx. 150g
Item Specification
Analog output 4 points
Voltage : -10 to 10V (0.5mV 1/40000) Current: 0 to 20mA (1µA 1/20000)
Analog output range 0 to 10V (0.5mV 1/20000) 4 to 20mA (1µA 1/16000)
(resolution) 0 to 5V (0.25mV 1/20000)
1 to 5V (0.25mV 1/16000)
Conversion speed 25µs/ch
Voltage: ± 0.1% of F.S. (@25°C±5°C) Voltage: ± 0.2% of F.S. (@25°C±5°C)
Conversion accuracy
± 0.3% of F.S. (@0°C to 50°C) ± 0.3% of F.S. (@0 to 50°C)
Isolation mode
Ch: non-insulation
Min. load impedance Voltage: 1k
Max. load impedance Current: 500
Output range switching function, output data offset function, scaling function, error hold
Special functions function, upper/lower limit alarm function, output limit function, channel skip function, PROG
output function

■ Number of devices used
Device Type Number of Devices Used

3
■ Dimensions
KV-DA40V
2.8
27.3
90 35.9
3.5 80
9 29 3 (96.5) Unit: [mm]
Wiring Output Terminals and Internal Circuit Diagram
■ Analog output terminal block
Terminal Signal name Remarks

V0+ CH0 voltage output
V3+ CH3 voltage output Output range shall be selected from -10
NC V0- CH0 voltage output GND to +10V 0 to +10V, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V.
NC
V0− V1- CH1 voltage output GND
V0+
I0− V2- CH2 voltage output GND
I0+
V1− V3- CH3 voltage output GND
V1+
I1−
I0+ CH0 current output
I1+
I1+ CH1 current output
V2−
V2+ I2+ CH2 current output
I2−
I2+ I3+ CH3 current output Output range shall be selected from 0 to
V3−
V3+ I0- CH0 current output GND 20mA or 4 to 20mA.
I3−
I3+ I1- CH1 current output GND
I2- CH2 current output GND
I3- CH3 current output GND
NC NC not connected

■ Wiring diagram for analog output terminal

During terminal wiring of analog output terminal block, see following wiring diagram.
● Wiring voltage output (ch0 to ch3)
3 Please verify whether output range of connecting terminal (channel) is proper.

"Setup Output Range", Page 3-25
KV-DA40V
NC
NC
V0ˉ
ˉ
V0+ ˇ Voltage signal ch0
I0ˉ
I0+ Shielded
V1ˉ
ˉ
V1+ ˇ ch1
I1ˉ
I1+ Shielded
V2ˉ
ˉ
V2+ ˇ ch2
I2ˉ
I2+ Shielded
V3ˉ
ˉ
V3+ ˇ ch3
I3ˉ
I3+ Shielded
Note
Select voltage input or current input according to every channel.
● Wiring current output (ch0 to ch3)

Please verify whether output range of connecting terminal (channel) is proper.
NC
NC
V0㧙
V0+
I0㧙㧙
I0+ 㧗 Current signal
V1㧙 ch0
V1+ Shielded
I㧙㧙
I1+ 㧗 ch1
V㧙
V2+ Shielded
I㧙㧙
I2+ 㧗 ch2
V㧙
Shielded
V3+
I㧙㧙
I3+ 㧗 ch3
Shielded
Note
Select voltage input or current input according to every channel.

■ Internal circuit diagram
D/A
conversion V+
circuit
V-
3
KV-DA40V
I+
I-
* V -, I - shared by each CH.
D/A Conversion
The following describes D/A conversion principles, status of relay updated via KV-DA40V and how to
read/wire the value from/to CPU.
How D/A Conversion Works
D/A conversion of KV-DA40V is introduced below.
KV-DA40V
Magnifilation circuit
CH0+
CH1+
Buffer memory
CH2+
D/A
conversion CH3+
circuit
CH0-
CH1-
CH2-
CH3-
Output data (numerical value) stored in the buffer memory of every CH of KV-DA40V is converted to
analog signal (voltage/current) in turn in D/A conversion circuit and output to peripheral.

Communicating with CPU Unit
The following describes how to read/write the data in relays/DMs of CPU unit to relay area/buffer
memory of KV-DA40V.
3 ■ Auto refresh (KV-5500/5000/3000/1000/700)

KV-DA40V
Control processing KV-DA40V
Synchronization
Auto refresh
1 scan
Program execution
END processing
When CPU unit performs Ladder scanning, the data stored from/into relay/DM of CPU unit is read/
written into the relay area/buffer memory assigned to KV-DA40V.
As mentioned above, data communications methods between CPU unit and expansion unit is called
"Auto Refresh", and data communication ladder/setting not required.
■ Direct refresh (KV-5500/5000/3000)

Control processing
KV-DA40V
Synchronization
Auto refresh
R001 U_WRDA KV-DA40V Synchronization

Relay area/ CH NO. Storage device
buffer memory#1 #0 DM0
1 scan
Program execution
Unit specific instruction
END processing
This function can be used only when CPU unit is KV-5500/5000/3000.

The data saved in relay area/buffer memory of KV-DA40V can be read to any relay/DM of CPU unit via
unit specific instruction performed in Ladder, instead of waiting for updating of relay/DM. In addition, the
value of relays/DMs of CPU unit can be written into relay area/buffer memory of KV-DA40V.
As shown above, between CPU unit and expansion unit, although data communication can be
conducted via direct refresh of Ladder, the processing independent of scanning time fails to be
performed.
Unit specific instructions are required for direct refresh.
KV-5500/5000/3000 Series User's Manual "3-4 program composition and operation"
"Change Setting Value via unit specific instruction", Page 3-21
"3-3 KV-DA40V Unit Specific Instructions", Page 3-33
"3-4 KV-DA40V Unit Specific Functions", Page 3-42

The KV-DA40V operation when CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode, is dependent on the setting of "PROG
output" of the Unit Editor.
"Output Function During PROG", Page 3-32
3
KV-DA40V
Updating Period for D/A Conversion Data
According to number of D/A conversion channels, data update period of D/A conversion as follows.
Update period for D/A conversion data = D/A conversion speed (25µs) X number of CHs used
D/A Conversion Table
■ Conventions used in conversion table

Example When voltage is +9.10V, output data is 18200 (part in ).
Integer part of voltage

Value before 2nd digit after decimal place of voltage value
Corresponding voltage output data
.00 .10 .20

+10 20000 20200 -
+9 18000 18200 18400
+8 16000 16200 16400

Output range : -10 to +10 V
3 20000
Output data
KV-DA40V
15000
10000
5000
Output voltage (V)

-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 +2 +4 +6 +8 +10
-5000
-10000
-15000
-20000
■ Voltage Conversion Table
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 20000 20200 - - - - - - - -
+9 18000 18200 18400 18600 18800 19000 19200 19400 19600 19800
+8 16000 16200 16400 16600 16800 17000 17200 17400 17600 17800
+7 14000 14200 14400 14600 14800 15000 15200 15400 15600 15800
+6 12000 12200 12400 12600 12800 13000 13200 13400 13600 13800
+5 10000 10200 10400 10600 10800 11000 11200 11400 11600 11800
+4 8000 8200 8400 8600 8800 9000 9200 9400 9600 9800
+3 6000 6200 6400 6600 6800 7000 7200 7400 7600 7800
+2 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 5200 5400 5600 5800
+1 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800
+0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
-0 0 -200 -400 -600 -800 -1000 -1200 -1400 -1600 -1800
-1 -2000 -2200 -2400 -2600 -2800 -3000 -3200 -3400 -3600 -3800
-2 -4000 -4200 -4400 -4600 -4800 -5000 -5200 -5400 -5600 -5800
-3 -6000 -6200 -6400 -6600 -6800 -7000 -7200 -7400 -7600 -7800
-4 -8000 -8200 -8400 -8600 -8800 -9000 -9200 -9400 -9600 -9800
-5 -10000 10200 10400 10600 -10800 -11000 -11200 -11400 -11600 -11800
-6 -12000 -12200 -12400 -12600 -12800 -13000 -13200 -13400 -13600 -13800
-7 -14000 -14200 -14400 -14600 -14800 -15000 -15200 -15400 -15600 -15800
-8 -16000 -16200 -16400 -16600 -16800 -17000 -17200 -17400 -17600 -17800
-9 -18000 -18200 -18400 -18600 -18800 -19000 -19200 -19400 -19600 -19800
-10 -20000 -20200 - - - - - - - -
* D/A conversion data changes within the range of -20200 (-0.10V) to 20200 (+10.10V). When D/A conversion data
outside the range is input, it is clipped at max. value 20200 (or min. value -20200).

Output range : -10 to 0 V
3
Output data
20000
KV-DA40V
15000
10000
5000
Output voltage (V)

0 +2 +4 +6 +8 +10
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 20000 20200 - - - - - - - -
+9 18000 18200 18400 18600 18800 19000 19200 19400 19600 19800
+8 16000 16200 16400 16600 16800 17000 17200 17400 17600 17800
+7 14000 14200 14400 14600 14800 15000 15200 15400 15600 15800
+6 12000 12200 12400 12600 12800 13000 13200 13400 13600 13800
+5 10000 10200 10400 10600 10800 11000 11200 11400 11600 11800
+4 8000 8200 8400 8600 8800 9000 9200 9400 9600 9800
+3 6000 6200 6400 6600 6800 7000 7200 7400 7600 7800
+2 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 5200 5400 5600 5800
+1 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800
+0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
-0 0 -200 - - - - - - - -
* D/A conversion data changes within the range of -20200 (-0.10V) to 20200 (+10.10V). When D/A conversion data
outside the range is input, it is clipped at max. value 20200 (or min. value -20200).

Output range : 0 to +5V
1WVRWVFCVC
3
KV-DA40V

Output voltage (V)


.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+5 20000 - - - - - - - - -
+4 16000 16400 16800 17200 17600 18000 18400 18800 19200 19600
+3 12000 12400 12800 13200 13600 14000 14400 14800 15200 15600
+2 8000 8400 8800 9200 9600 10000 10400 10800 11200 11600
+1 4000 4400 4800 5200 5600 6000 6400 6800 7200 7600
+0 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
-0 0 - - - - - - - - -
* D/A conversion data changes within the range of -200 (-0.05V) to 20200 (+5.05V). When D/A conversion data outside
the range is input, it is clipped at max. value 20200 (or min. value -200).
Output range : +1 to +5V
Output data
20000
15000
10000
5000
Output voltage (V)

0 1 2 3 4 5

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+5 16000 - - - - - - - - -
+4 12000 12400 12800 13200 13600 14000 14400 14800 15200 15600
+3 8000 8400 8800 9200 9600 10000 10400 10800 11200 11600
+2 4000 4400 4800 5200 5600 6000 6400 6800 7200 7600
+1 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600
* D/A conversion data changes within the range of -200 (+0.95V) to 16200 (+5.05V). When D/A conversion data outside

Output range : 0 to 20mA
Output data
20000
3
KV-DA40V
15000
10000
5000
Output current
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 ˄mA˅
■ Current Conversion Table
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 20000 20100 20200 - - - - - - -
19 19000 19100 19200 19300 19400 19500 19600 19700 19800 19900
18 18000 18100 18200 18300 18400 18500 18600 18700 18800 18900
17 17000 17100 17200 17300 17400 17500 17600 17700 17800 17900
16 16000 16100 16200 16300 16400 16500 16600 16700 16800 16900
15 15000 15100 15200 15300 15400 15500 15600 15700 15800 15900
14 14000 14100 14200 14300 14400 14500 14600 14700 14800 14900
13 13000 13100 13200 13300 13400 13500 13600 13700 13800 13900
12 12000 12100 12200 12300 12400 12500 12600 12700 12800 12900
11 11000 11100 11200 11300 11400 11500 11600 11700 11800 11900
10 10000 10100 10200 10300 10400 10500 10600 10700 10800 10900
9 9000 9100 9200 9300 9400 9500 9600 9700 9800 9900
8 8000 8100 8200 8300 8400 8500 8600 8700 8800 8900
7 7000 7100 7200 7300 7400 7500 7600 7700 7800 7900
6 6000 6100 6200 6300 6400 6500 6600 6700 6800 6900
5 5000 5100 5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 5800 5900
4 4000 4100 4200 4300 4400 4500 4600 4700 4800 4900
3 3000 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900
2 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900
1 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900
0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
* D/A conversion data changes within the range of 0 (0mA) to 20200 (+20.2mA). When D/A conversion data outside the
range is input, it is clipped at max. value 20200 (or min. value 0).

Output range : 4 to 20mA
3 Output data
20000
KV-DA40V
15000
10000
5000
Output current
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 ˄mA˅
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 16000 16100 16200 - - - - - - -
19 15000 15100 15200 15300 15400 15500 15600 15700 15800 15900
18 14000 14100 14200 14300 14400 14500 14600 14700 14800 14900
17 13000 13100 13200 13300 13400 13500 13600 13700 13800 13900
16 12000 12100 12200 12300 12400 12500 12600 12700 12800 12900
15 11000 11100 11200 11300 11400 11500 11600 11700 11800 11900
14 10000 10100 10200 10300 10400 10500 10600 10700 10800 10900
13 9000 9100 9200 9300 9400 9500 9600 9700 9800 9900
12 8000 8100 8200 8300 8400 8500 8600 8700 8800 8900
11 7000 7100 7200 7300 7400 7500 7600 7700 7800 7900
10 6000 6100 6200 6300 6400 6500 6600 6700 6800 6900
9 5000 5100 5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 5800 5900
8 4000 4100 4200 4300 4400 4500 4600 4700 4800 4900
7 3000 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900
6 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900
5 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900
4 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
3 - - - - - - - - -200 -100
* D/A conversion data changes within the range of -200 (3.8mA) to 16200 (20.2mA). When D/A conversion data outside

This section describes KV-DA40V functions and setting methods.
List of Setting Items on Unit Editor
KV-DA40V is also set using Unit Editor. 3

KV-DA40V
Change
Function Setting Item Setting Value Ladder See
Setting
Common Leading DM No. Required to set ×
setting Leading relay No. Required to set ×
Page 3-24
Not skipped Default
Channel skip Channel skip ×
skipped
-10 to +10V Default
0 to +10V
0 to +5V
Output range Output range × Page 3-25
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
4 to 20mA
Disabled Default
Scaling ×
Enabled
Scaling Scaling selection × Page 3-25
DM selection
Scaling upper limit*1 -31999 to 32000 ( Default 32000) ○
Scaling lower limit*1 -32000 to 31999 ( Default -32000) ○
Disabled Default
Upper/lower limit alarm ×
Enabled
Upper/lower limit alarm Unit Editor selection Default
×
Upper/lower selection DM selection
Page 3-28
limit alarm Upper limit of upper/lower
-31999 to 32000 ( Default 32000) ○
limit alarm*2
Lower limit of upper/lower
-32000 to 31999( Default -32000) ○
limit alarm*2
OFF Default
Output limit Output limit × Page 3-30
ON
OFF Default
Error hold Error hold × Page 3-31
ON
Output in Clear Default
Output in PROG mode × Page 3-32
PROG mode Output
*2 It fails to set upper limit value of upper/lower limit alarm <= upper/lower limit value of upper/lower limit alarm.


setting up KV-DA40V communication functions. This setting is very necessary in the first use of KV-
DA40V. For how to start and operate Unit Editor, see "KV STUDIO User's Manual".
3
KV-DA40V
To describe the procedures to set KV-DA40V using the Unit Editor.
1 Start KV STUDIO (Ver.4 or later), and start Unit Editor.

Select "Tool" -> "Unit Editor" from KV STUDIO menu.
Other procedure
· Click button.
For Details, see KV STUDIO User's Manual.
2 Select the unit to be connected from "Select unit (1)" tab, and drag it to the CPU unit.
3 Set the details of the KV-DA40V on the unit configuration area.

To select "KV-DA40V", right-click and select "Display unit setting ".
The "KV-DA40V" setting is displayed in the "Unit Setup" window.
Other procedure
· Press key
· Select "display" -> "Display unit setting".
· Double-click the unit whose settings are to be changed in the
unit configuration area.

4 Click the item whose setting is to be changed, and enter the new set value.
· When entering from textbox,

display textbox, enter the value.
· When entering from dropdown menu, 3
display dropdown menu, select items.
KV-DA40V
5 Press key.
6 Set the details of all connected units following the procedure in steps 3 to 5.
7 Select from menu "File" -> "Close". This saves the system you have created, and returns to the
Editor.
Other procedure
· Click button.
Click button.

List of relays and DMs occupied by KV-DA40V.
3 ■ Number of occupied devices

Number of relays and DMs used in KV-DA40V are as follows.
KV-DA40V
Relay : 96 points (6 ch)

Data memory : 40 words
Names and contents of DMs occupied by KV-DA40V are as follows.

( N : leading DM No.)
■ Constant read area

KV-DA40V stores scanning data in this area.
Data cannot be written into this area using ladder.
CH DM No. Designation See
N + 000 Output data Page 3-16
CH0
N + 001 Output data offset Page 3-26
CH1
CH2
CH3
Common N + 008 to 009 Reserved for system -
Page 3-17
N + 014 Error code Page A-6
Common
N + 015 to 019 Reserved for system -
● Output data
Raw data for D/A conversion is stored in Data Memory as output data. Save data within the range of "-
200 to 20200", "0 to 20200", "-20200 to 20200", "-200 to 16200".
If using scaling function, scaling value will be stored as data.
When the data beyond the "D/A conversion table" range is stored via scaling function, output data offset
function, max. value or min. value of "D/A conversion table" is output.
"D/A Conversion Table", Page 3-7
Output data will be stored in the following DM.

Ch No. CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3
DM No. N +0 N +2 N +4 N +6
N : Leading DM No.

● Analog data
Voltage/current value converted from output data will be stored as analog quantity data.
Analog quantity data can be obtained using the following formula:
Analog data = Output data x resolution
Unit: [1mV] for voltage output; [1µA] for current output. 3
The value less than 1 "mV/µA" is rejected.
KV-DA40V
Units displayed in Access Window or Unit Monitor: "V" for output voltage, "mA" for output current.

DM No. N + 10 N + 11 N + 12 N + 13
N : Leading DM No.
■ Normal writing area

Due to no relay operation during data written from Ladder, KV-DA40V will acquire the data written in every
scanning.
CH DM No. Designation Reference
CH0 N +1
CH1 N +3
N
Output data offset Page 3-26
CH2 +5
CH3 N +7
■ Setting value communication area

But, the area can be used only when "DM specifying" is set in unit setting for each item.
It can not be used if set to "Unit Editor specifying".
In addition, when power is turned on, CPU unit is switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode, setting
update request relay ( N +001) is changed from OFF to ON using Ladder, KV-DA40V acquires the value
written into the area.
CH DM No. Designation Reference
N
Page 3-25
+ 021 Scaling lower limit
CH0 N + 022 Upper limit for upper/lower limit alarm
N
Page 3-28
+ 023 Lower limit for upper/lower limit alarm
N
Page 3-25
N
Page 3-28
N
Page 3-25
N
Page 3-28
N
Page 3-25
N
Page 3-28
N + 036
to
Common Reserved for system -
N + 039
List of Relays
The following describes the names and description of relays occupied by KV-DA40V.
( n : Leading relay No.)
3 CH
n
Relay No.
+ 000 Reserved for system
Designation Reference
-
n + 001 Setting update request Page 3-19
KV-DA40V
n + 002
Common to
Reserved for system -
n + 014
n + 015 Error clear Page A-6
n + 100 Upper/lower limit alarm clear Page 3-28
n + 101
CH0 to
n + 107
n + 109
CH1 to
n + 115
n + 201
CH2 to
n + 207
n + 209
CH3 to
n + 215
n + 300 In D/A conversion -
n + 301 Setting update complete Page 3-19
n + 302
Common to
n + 314
n + 315 Error relay Page A-6
n + 400 Upper limit relay for upper/lower limit alarm
n
Page 3-28
+ 401 Lower limit relay for upper/lower limit alarm
CH0 n + 402
to
n + 407
n
Page 3-28
CH1 n + 410
to
n + 415
n
Page 3-28
CH2 n + 502
to
n + 507
n
Page 3-28
CH3 n + 510
to
n + 515

Changing Setting Value via Ladder
The following describes how to change setting value of every function via Ladder.
Change setting value by DM selection 3
KV-DA40V
It describes how to change the setting value by DM selection.
■ About DM selection of setting value
In "Unit Setup" of Unit Editor, set corresponding selection method to "DM selection".
Function Setting Item Setting Value Reference
Scaling Page 3-25
Upper/lower limit Upper limit of upper/lower limit alarm*2 -31999 to 32000
Page 3-28
alarm Lower limit of upper/lower limit alarm*2 -32000 to 31999
■ Setting value updating timing during DM selection

KV-DA40V can read and update the DM value of the item specified by DM in the following period:
(3) Setting update request relay ( n +001) is changed from OFF to ON
Note
· The item specified by DM can be updated during the period mentioned above. Only
a part of setting items can not be updated.
· For the item not specified by DM (i.e. specified via Unit Editor), its setting value set
of corresponding setting value communication area.
· In the case of above (1) and (2), if DM value exceeds setting range, KV-DA40V will
fail and D/A conversion is not performed. (In this case, error relay ( n +315) will be
ON.) To clear unit error, DM value must be changed to the range of set value, and
any one of above (1) to (3) must be performed for D/A conversion.
· In the case of above (3), if DM value exceeds the setting range, KV-DA40V will fail.
(In this case, error relay ( n +315) will be ON. But during D/A conversion, setting

■ Detailed descriptions on updating setting value via setting update request relay
(1) (5)
Setting value DM Value within setting range Value out of setting range
3 (1) (3) (5)

KV-DA40V

( +001)
(2) (4)

( +301)
(6) (8)
Error relay
( +315)
(7)
Error clear relay

( +015)
(2) KV-DA40V After completing setting update, setting update complete relay is ON.
(3) Ladder Turn setting update request relay OFF.
(4) KV-DA40V Turn setting update completion relay OFF.
(5) Ladder Save the value exceeding range of set value, then turn the setting update request
relay ON.
(6) KV-DA40V Error relay is ON (setting update completion relay is not ON).
(7) Ladder Save the value within the range of set value, after setting updating, set the error
clear relay to ON.

Change Setting Value via unit specific instruction
The following describes how to change setting value via unit specific instruction.
■ Unit specific instruction for changing setting value

3
Setting value can be changed via Ladder by executing unit specific instructions, writing the setting
KV-DA40V
value into buffer memory of KV-DA40V, setting the setting update request relay to ON.
The setting items changeable with unit specific instructions and the range of setting values as follows.
Unit specific
Function Setting item Setting value Reference
instruction
Output data
Output data offset -32768 to 32767 U_WROFST Page 3-26
offset
Scaling U_WRSCL Page 3-25
Upper limit of upper/lower
-31999 to 32000
Upper/lower limit alarm*2
U_WRLMT Page 3-28
limit alarm Lower limit of upper/lower
-32000 to 31999
limit alarm*2
Note
To change output data offset value, it is not necessary to set the setting update
request relay to ON after executing unit specific instructions.

■ Detail contents on setting value updating via unit specific instructions
(1) (5)
KV-DA40V Value within setting range Value out of setting range
buffer memory
3
(1) (3) (5)
KV-DA40V

( +001)
(2) (4)

( +301)
(6) (8)
Error relay
( +315)
(7)
Error clear relay

( +015)
(1) Ladder Executing unit specific instruction, write the setting value to buffer memory of KV-
DA40V. Setting update request relay is also ON.
(2) KV-DA40V After completing setting update, setting update complete relay is ON.
(3) Ladder Turn setting update request relay OFF .
(4) KV-DA40V Turn setting update complete relay OFF.
(5) Ladder Save the value exceeding range of set value in Ladder, then turn the setting update
request relay ON.
(6) KV-DA40V Error relay is ON (setting update completion relay is not ON).
Meanwhile, the error code is stored to DM ( N +014).
(7) Ladder Save the value within the range of Ladder set value, after setting updating, set the
error clear relay to ON.
Note
If using direct I/O "DR" to scan every relay, setting value can be changed within one
scanning.

KV-DA40V Functional Block Diagram
KV-DA40V function processing sequence as follows.
3
Output data
KV-DA40V
Error hold
Output data
Offset
Upper limit relay for upper/lower limit

Upper/lower limit alarm alarm
+Output limit Lower limit relay for upper/lower limit
alarm
Scaling
D/A conversion
Analog data

3
KV-DA40V
■ Leading DM No.
Sets the leading No. of the data memories occupied by the KV-DA40V.
Data memories of 40 words are occupied by KV-DA40V.
KV-5500/5000/3000 : DM00000toDM65494
KV-1000 : DM00000toDM64960
KV-700+M : DM00000toDM39940
KV-700 : DM00000toDM19940

Set the leading channel of the relay occupied by KV-DA40V.
KV-DA40V occupies 96 (6 channel) relays.
KV-5500/5000/3000 : 010 (R1000) to 994 (R99400)
KV-1000/700 : 010 (R1000) to 594(R59400)

D/A conversion is performed in case of no channel skip, D/A conversion is not performed in case of
channel skip.
"0" is stored in output data and analog data of the channel skipped.
But, "0" is stored only when power is turned on, PROG -> RUN and the setting is updated.
According to number of D/A conversion channel and data updating time of D/A conversion as follows.
Update period for D/A conversion data = D/A conversion speed (25µs) x number of CHs used

Setup Output Range
KV-DA40V
Range can be switched according to the level of analog signal output.
Output range can be set as per every channel. Optional output range as follows.
Output signal Range
-10 to +10V Default
0 to 10V
Voltage
0 to 5V
1 to 5V
0 to 20mA
Current
4 to 20mA
Scaling Function
Scaling function is designed to convert (scale) output data to the range of upper/lower limit set.
The scaled value is stored to Data Memory of "output data". The value corresponding to upper limit
value "20000" ("16000" when input range is 1 to 5V or 4 to 20mA) is set in scaling upper limit value; and
the value corresponding to lower limit value "0" ("-20000" for -10 to +10V) of output data is set in scaling
lower limit value.
Scaling upper/lower limit can be set within the range of -30000 to +32000.
But, it fails to be set when scaling upper limit value <= scaling lower limit value.
Scaling upper/lower limit can be also specified via the following methods in addition to direct specifying
via Unit Editor.
· It is stored to Data Memory in setting value communication area
· It is stored to buffer memory of KV-DA40V using unit specific instruction/function " U_WRSCL"
"KV-DA40V Unit Specific Instructions", Page 3-33
"KV-DA40V Unit Specific Functions", Page 3-42
Scaling function uses the following formula for data output.

[Range -10 to +10V]
Scaling limit = Output data x (upper limit - lower limit)/40000 +(upper limit + lower limit)/2
"Outrange"
Scaling limit = Output data x (upper limit - lower limit)/20000 + lower limit

Example When the output range "1 to 5V", data "0 to 16000" is scaled to "1000 to 5000".
Output range 1 to 5V
Output data 0 to 16000
Scaling limit 1000 to 5000
3 Scaling
Upper limit -> 5000

KV-DA40V
Lower limit ->1000 Output voltage (V)

Output signal Scaling limit D/A conversion data

1V 1000 0
2V 2000 4000
3V 3000 8000
4V 4000 12000
5V 5000 16000
Output Data Offset Function
■ What is output data offset function?

With output data offset function, KV-DA40V output data can be stored after adding a specific data offset
value stored in normal communication area.
KV-DA40V internal data = output data + output data offset value
The function is used to correct output data using DM value.
Output offset function can be separately conducted on every channel.
Output data offset value is assigned to the following DMs.
DM No. N +1 N +3 N +5 N +7
N : Leading DM No.
Output data offset value is processed as signed 16-bit data. So, it can be set within -32768 to 32767.
KV-DA40V reads DM of output data offset value during every scanning. So, it is not necessary to
operate relay via Ladder.
When using output data offset function, output data changes within signed. 16-bit range (-32768 to
32767) (not within input range). The output data, exceeding signed 16-bit data range due to the added
output data offset value, will be limited to lower limit (-32768) or upper limit (32767).

Output data offset value can change according to unit specific instruction "U_WROFST".
"U_WROFST command", Page 3-36
Note
KV-DA40V reads always DM of output data offset value. Output data offset function
can not be disabled. So, please note that once the value other than "0" is stored to 3
the output data offset value, output data is offset. If output data is not offset, "0" shall
KV-DA40V
be stored to output data offset value.
■ Details of output data offset

Example 1 When output range is set to "-10 to +10V" (scaling: "disabled")
D/A conversion Output data

Output voltage Output data Graph
data Offset value
0 -20000 to +20000 (1)
5000 -15000 to +25000 (2)
-10 to +10V -20000 to +20000 20000 0 to +32767 (3)
-5000 -25000 to +15000 (4)
-20000 -32768 to 0 (5)
Output voltage (V)
10
3 (1)
5
(5)
Output data
0
-32768 -20000 -10000 10000 20000 32767
-5
-10

Example 2 When output range is set to "1 to 5V" (scaling: "disabled")

Output voltage Output data Graph
data Offset value
0 0 to 16000 (1)
3 1 to 5V 0 to 16000
8000
20000
8000 to 24000
20000 to 32767
(2)
(3)
-8000 -8000 to 8000 (4)
KV-DA40V
-20000 -20000 to -4000 (5)
Output voltage (V)
(3) (1) (5)
0
Output data
-32768 -20000 -4000 16000 20000 32767
Upper/Lower Limit Alarm Function
■ What is upper/lower limit alarm function?

Upper/lower limit alarm function means that KV-DA40V compares output data with upper limit value, lower limit
value of upper/lower limit alarm, and sets upper limit relay, lower limit relay of upper/lower limit alarm to ON/OFF.
When the use or non-use of upper/lower limit alarm function, the specifying method of upper/lower limit
alarm value and the upper/lower limit alarm value specifying are set to "Unit Editor specifying", specify
upper limit value, lower limit value of upper/lower limit alarm.
Upper/lower limit alarm function can be separately conducted on every channel.
Upper/lower limit alarm function is conducted against the processing result of output data offset function.
"Output Data Offset Function", Page 3-26
If the upper/lower limit alarm clear relay is set to ON, upper limit relay, lower limit relay of upper/lower
limit alarm shall be forcedly set to OFF.
Upper limit relay, lower limit relay of upper/lower limit alarm and upper/lower limit alarm clear relay are assigned to the next relay.
Upper limit relay for upper/lower limit alarm n + 400 n + 408 n + 500 n + 508
Lower limit relay for upper/lower limit alarm n + 401 n + 409 n + 501 n + 509
Upper/lower limit alarm clear relay n + 100 n + 108 n + 200 n + 208

■ Details on upper/lower limit alarm function

Upper/lower limit alarm function relay shall be operated as follows.
Output data
3
Upper limit for
KV-DA40V
upper/lower limit alarm
Lower limit for

Time
(3) (4)
Upper limit relay for
(1)
(2) (5)
Lower limit relay for
(1) KV-DA40V Due to output data less than lower limit value of upper/lower limit alarm, lower limit
of upper/lower limit alarm is changed to ON.
(2) KV-DA40V Due to output data exceeds lower limit value of upper/lower limit alarm, lower limit of
upper/lower limit alarm is changed to OFF.
(3) KV-DA40V Due to output data exceeds upper limit value of upper/lower limit alarm, upper limit
(4) KV-DA40V Due to output data exceeds lower limit value of upper/lower limit alarm, upper limit of
upper/lower limit alarm is changed to OFF.
(5) KV-DA40V Due to output data less than lower limit value of upper/lower limit alarm, lower limit
Note
· After CPU unit switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode, upper limit of upper/
lower limit alarm (lower limit) relay will be OFF.
· During DM specifying of upper/lower limit alarm (lower limit value) and setting
updating, upper/lower limit alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay remains ON/OFF
status before setting updating.

■ Operation of upper/lower limit alarm reset relay

Upper limit (lower limit) relay of upper/lower limit alarm and upper/lower limit alarm reset relay shall be
operated as follows.
3 Upper (lower limit) relay for

(2) (4)
upper/lower limit alarm When output data

KV-DA40V
exceeds (is lower than)

upper and lower limit
(1) (3) alarm upper limit value
(lower limit value) on level
Reset relay for
During validity period
of upper and lower
limit alarm reset
(1) Ladder Setting upper/lower limit alarm reset relay to ON.

(2) KV-DA40V Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay is forcedly changed to OFF.
(3) Ladder Setting upper/lower limit alarm reset relay to OFF.
(4) KV-DA40V When output data exceeds (less than) upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value
(lower limit value), upper/lower limit alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay is changed to
ON. If the output data is not more than (less than) upper limit value (lower limit
value), the upper/lower limit alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay remains OFF.
Output Limit Function
With "output limit function", KV-DA40V can output preset value in upper limit value/lower limit value
when output data exceeds upper limit value/lower limit value of upper/lower limit alarm. The value
currently saved in output data can not be output.
Output limit function can be set only when upper/lower limit alarm function is set.
Upper limit for upper/lower limit alarm storage position

DM No. N + 22 N + 26 N + 30 N + 34
N : Leading DM No.
Lower limit for upper/lower limit alarm storage position

DM No. N + 23 N + 27 N + 31 N + 35
N : Leading DM No.

Example Output data 0 to 20000

Upper limit of upper/lower limit alarm 15000
Lower limit of upper/lower limit alarm 5000
3
Output data
When restriction function is ON
20000 Output value to DA unit
When restriction function is OFF
KV-DA40V
Output value to DA unit
Upper limit for 15000

10000
Lower limit for

upper/lower limit alarm 5000
Error Hold Function
During error hold function, when KV-DA40V changes to unit error status, stopping output to external or
continuing output to external can be set.
Error hold OFF Default : Stop external output.

When output signal range is "-10 to 10V", "0 to 5V", it changes to
"0V".
It is "1V" for "1 to 5V".
It is "0mA" for "0 to 20mA".
It is "4mA" for "4 to 20mA".
Error hold ON : Holding the state before error.

Example External output when 0 to 5V range error is ON/OFF.
Output voltage Error.
5V Output when error hold is OFF

Output when error hold is ON
3
KV-DA40V
Output Function During PROG
In output function during PROG, when CPU unit changes to PROGRAM status (Ladder stop status),
stopping output to external or continuing output to external can be set.
Output cleared during PROG Default :Stop output to external equipment.

When output signal range is "-10 to 10V", "0 to 5V ", it changes to
"0V".
It is "1V" for "1 to 5V".
It is "0mA " for "0 to 20mA".
It is "4mA " for "4 to 20mA".
PROG output, is the same as output : RUN, analog signal output.

3-3 KV-DA40V Unit Specific Instructions
This section describes KV-DA40V Unit Specific Instruction used in Ladder. For using in the script
program, please see "3-4 KV-DA40V Unit Specific Functions", Page 3-42.
List of KV-DA40V Unit Specific Instructions

3
KV-DA40V
Function Instruction Description See Page
Change D/A conversion

U_WRDA Change D/A conversion output data Page 3-34
output data
Change output data offset U_WROFST Change output data offset value. Page 3-36
Write upper/lower limit alarm U_WRLMT Write upper/lower limit alarm value to buffer memory. Page 3-40
The processing independent of scanning time can be conducted by using unit specific
instruction.
Note
Unit specific instructions can be used only when KV-DA40V is connected to KV-5500/
5000/ 3000. It can not be used when connected to KV-1000/700.

U_WRDA U_WRDA(.S) U_WRDA

Change D/A To change D/A
conversion conversion output
@U_WRDA @U_WRDA(.S) U_WRDA output data data
3
Input mode
KV-DA40V
Ladder program
Execution condition U_WRDA.S KV-DA40V
n1 n2 S U _ W R D A n1 n2 S
Execution condition @U_WRDA.S KV-DA40V

n1 n2 S @ U _ W R D A n1 n2 S
Available Devices Index

Constan Indirect Local modification
Operand t specifying device
MR DM EM
B TM W
n1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - -
n2 ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
S ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
Operand Note
n2 To specify analog output (0 or 3) channel or the device where channel is stored. *2
S To specify D/A conversion output data changed or the device storing the data. *2
*1 $(HEX specifying) can not be used.

If relays other than leading relay of a channel (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified,
it skips to the next channel for 16-bit processing.
U_WRDA(.S) When execution condition is ON, read D/A conversion output data of channel
S D/A conversion output data
@U_WRDA(.S) The scanning is performed once only at the up edge of ON condition.

Operation flag

3
KV-DA40V
CR2012 · When unit No. specified in n1 is not KV-DA40V
· When channel No. of analog output specified in n2 exceeds 4
· Improper indirect specifying or index modification range
Sample Program
When input relay R0 is changed to ON, execute interrupt program, change the D/A conversion output
data of 0ch of the first KV-DA40V unit to +1000.
;(Mnemonics list)
CR2008 LD CR2008
EI EI
When starting operation LD CR2002
1 scan is ON HSP R000
END
INT R000
CR2002 HSP
LD CR2002
R000 U_WRDA.S #1 #0 +1000
Always ON RETI
ENDH
END
INT
R000
U_WRDA.S KV-DA40V
CR2002
Unit No. CH No. Output data
#1 #0 +1000
Always ON
RETI
ENDH

U_WROFST U_WROFST(.S) U_WROFST

Change output To change output
data offset data offset value.
@U_WROFST @U_WROFST(.S) U_WROFST
3
KV-DA40V
Execution condition U_WROFST.S KV-DA40V

n1 n2 S U _ W R O F S T n1 n2 S
Execution condition @U_WROFST.S KV-DA40V

n1 n2 S @ U _ W R O F S T n1 n2 S
Available Devices Index

Constan Indirect Local modification
Operand t specifying device
MR DM EM
B TM W
n1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - -
n2 ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
S ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
Operand Note
S To specify output data offset value or the device for storing the value. *2

Note
If executing U_WROFST instruction, the value specified by S in DM assigned to
output data offset value is stored to device.
U_WROFST(.S) When execution condition is ON, change the special data offset of channel
S Output data offset
@U_WROFST(.S) The scanning is performed once only at the up edge of ON condition.

Operation flag

3
KV-DA40V
CR2012 · When unit No. specified in n1 is not KV-DA40V
Sample Program
When MR0 is ON, change the output data offset value of 0ch of the first KV-DA40V unit to +100.
;(Mnemonics list)
MR000 U_WROFST.S KV-DA40V
Unit No. CH No. Offset LD MR000
#1 #0 +100 U_WROFST.S #1 #0 +100

U_WRSCL U_WRSCL(.S) U_WRSCL

Write scaling
To write scaling
setting value to
setting value
@U_WRSCL @U_WRSCL(.S) U_WRSCL buffer memory.
3
Ladder program
KV-DA40V
Input mode
Execution condition U_WRSCL.S
U_WRSCL KV-DA40V
n1 n2 S U _ W R S C L n1 n2 S
Execution condition @U_WRSCL.S KV-DA40V

n1 n2 S @ U _ W R S C L n1 n2 S
Available Devices
Index
Bit device Word device Constan Indirect Local modification
t specifying device
Operand
MR DM EM
B TM W
n1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - -
n2 ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
S ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
Operand Note
S To specify the leading device for storing scaling setting value/time data. *3*4

*3 When bit devices are specified in S , continuous 16 x 2 bits are processed.
If relays other than channel leading relay (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it
skips to the next channel for 16/2 bit processing.
*4 When a constant (-32768 to 32767) is specified in S , the same value specified is stored
in the scaling upper limit value/lower limit value of buffer memory.
Note
· Scaling setting value is not changed by only executing U_WRSCL instruction.
· If executing U_WRSCL instruction, the value identical to the value written into
buffer memory is also stored in DM assigned to the scaling setting value.
· When the scaling value is set to "Unit Editor specifying" via Unit Editor under
PROG -> RUN, the scaling setting value is initialized to the value specified by the
Unit Editor.

U_WRSCL(.S) When execution condition is ON, write 2-word BIN data starting from S as
the scaling value into buffer memory of channel n2 of unit n1 .
Device No. Buffer memory 3
S
KV-DA40V
+0 Scaling upper limit
S +1 Scaling lower limit
@U_WRSCL(.S) The scanning is performed once only at the up edge of ON condition.
Operation flag

· When unit No. specified in n1 is not KV-DA40V
CR2012
· When 2-word device fails to be guaranteed from the specified device No. in S .
Sample Program
At the up edge, MR0 connects the scaling upper limit value of 0ch of the first KV-DA40V unit to +1000
and change the scaling lower limit value to +50.
;(Mnemonics list)
MR000 DR30301 M0V.S
LDP MR000
+1000 DM0
ANB DR30301
Scaling upper MOV.S +1000 DM0
limit MOV.S +50 DM1
U_WRSCL.S #1 #0 DM0
M0V.S SET DR30001
+50 DM1 LD R30301
RES DR30001
Scaling lower
limit
U_WRSCL.S KV-DA40V
#1 #0 DM0
Scaling upper
limit
DR30001
SET
R30301 DR30001
RES

U_WRLMT U_WRLMT(.S) U_WRLMT

Write upper/lower
To write upper/
lower limit alarm
limit alarm
value to buffer
@U_WRLMT @U_WRLMT(.S) U_WRLMT
memory.
3
KV-DA40V
Execution condition U_WRLMT.S KV-DA40V

n1 n2 S U _ W R L M T n1 n2 S
Execution condition @U_WRLMT.S KV-DA40V

n1 n2 S @ U _ W R L M T n1 n2 S
Available Devices
Index
Bit device Word device Constan Indirect Local modification
t specifying device
Operand
MR DM EM
B TM W
n1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - -
n2 ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
S ○ - ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○
Operand Note
S To specify leading device of the upper/lower limit alarm value saved. *3*4

*2 If bit device are specified in n2 , continuous 16 bits will be processed.
*3 When bit devices are specified in S , continuous 16 × 2 bits are processed.
If relays other than channel leading relay (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it
skips to the next channel for 16/2 bit processing.
*4 When constant (-32768 to 32767) is set in S , the same value specified will be stored in
upper limit alarm value, lower limit alarm value of buffer memory.
Note
· U_WRLMT command is only performed and upper/lower limit alarm value are not
changed. Update setting Ladder is required.
· If executing U_WRLMT instruction, the value identical to the value written into
buffer memory is stored in DM assigned to upper/lower limit alarm value.
· When the upper/lower limit alarm is set to "Unit Editor specifying" via Unit Editor,
under PROG -> RUN, the comparer setting value is initialized to the value specified
by the Unit Editor.

U_WRLMT(.S) When execution condition is ON, write 2-word BIN data starting from S as
the upper/lower limit alarm value into buffer memory of channel n2 of unit
n1 . 3
KV-DA40V
S +0 Upper limit alarm
S +1 Lower limit alarm
@U_WRLMT(.S) The scanning is performed once only at the up edge of ON condition.
Operation flag

· When unit No. specified in n1 is not KV-DA40V
CR2012
· When channel no. of analog output specified in n2 exceeds 4
· When 2-word device fails to be guaranteed from the specified device No. in S

Sample Program
At the up edge, MR0 changes the upper limit alarm value of 0ch of the first KV-DA40V unit to +950 and
changes the lower limit alarm value to -100.
;(Mnemonics list)
MR000 DR30301 M0V.S
+950 DM0
LDP MR000
ANB DR30301
Upper limit alarm MOV.S +950 DM0
MOV.S -100 DM1
U_WRLMT.S #1 #0 DM0
M0V.S SET DR30001
-100 DM1 LD R30301
RES DR30001
Lower limit alarm
U_WRLMT.S KV-DA40V
Unit No. CH No. Alarming value
#1 #0 DM0
Upper limit alarm
DR30001
SET
R30301 DR30001
RES

3-4 KV-DA40V Unit Specific Functions
This section describes KV-DA40V unit specific function used in script. For using in the Ladder, please
see "3-3 KV-DA40V Unit Specific Instructions", Page 3-33.
List of KV-DA40V Unit Specific Functions

3
KV-DA40V
Function Function Description See Page

output data
The processing independent of scanning time can be conducted by using specific functions.
Note
Unit specific functions can be used only when KV-DA40V is connected to KV-5500/
5000/3000. It can not be used when connected to KV-1000/700.

Point function
U_WRDA Change D/A conversion output data
U_WRDA ([Execution condition]*1, unit No., ch No., output data) 3
KV-DA40V
Argument/Return value Note Device formula
.U .S .D .L .F .B .T #/$
n1 unit No.*2 Specify unit No. (1 to 63). - - - - - - - ○ - ○
n2 *4 Specify analog output (0 or 3) channel .U .U .U .U - - -

Ch No. ○ ○ ○
or the device where channel saved.
S Output data Specify output operation data or save
*3*4 .S .S .S .S - - - ○ ○ ○
the data device.
*1 "[ ]" can be omitted. If execution condition is omitted, the command will be always performed.
*2 $ (HEX specifying) can not be used.
*4 If bit device are specified in n2 and S , continuous 16 bits will be processed. If relays
other than leading relay of a channel (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it skips
to the next channel for 16-bit processing.
When execution condition is ON, read D/A conversion data of channel n2 from the unit n1 and
store into S in BIN format.
For details, see "U_WRDA command" page Page 3-34.
● Format example
Programming script U_WRDA (MR0, 1, 0, +1000)
Description of Operation When MR0 is ON, the D/A conversion output data of 0ch of the first KV-DA40V unit is
changed to +1000.
Ladder diagram
MR000 U_WRDA.S KV-DA40V
Unit No. CH No. Output data
#1 #0 +1000

Point function
U_WROFST Change output data offset

3 U_WROFST ([Execution condition]*1, unit No., ch No., output data offset)
KV-DA40V

.U .S .D .L .F .B .T #/$

Ch No. ○ ○ ○
S Output data Specify output data offset value or the .S .S .S .S - - - ○ ○ ○
offset*3*4 device storing the value.
*4 If bit device are specified in n2 and S , continuous 16 bits will be processed. If relays
other than leading relay of a channel (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it skips
to the next channel for 16-bit processing.
When execution condition is ON, read special data offset value specified in S as 2-word BIN data
from channel n2 of unit n1 .
For details, "U_WROFST command" see Page 3-36.
● Format example
Programming script U_WROFST (MR0, 1, 0, +100)
Description of Operation When MR0 is ON, change the output data offset value of 0ch of the first KV-DA40V
unit to +100.
Ladder diagram
MR000 U_WROFST.S KV-DA40V
Unit No. CH No. Offset
#1 #0 +100

Point function
U_WRSCL Write scaling setting value
U_WRSCL ([Execution condition]*1, unit No., ch No., leading device No.) 3
KV-DA40V
.U .S .D .L .F .B .T #/$

Ch No. ○ ○ ○
S Leading Specify the leading device storing .S .S .S .S - - - - ○ -
device No.*3*5 scaling setting value/ time data.
*4 If bit device are specified in n2 , continuous 16 bits will be processed. If relays other than
leading relay of a channel (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it skips to the next
*5 When bit device are specified in S , continuous 16 x 2 bit are processed. If relays other
than channel leading relay (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it skips to the next
channel for 16/2 bit processing.
When execution condition is ON, write 2-word BIN value starting from S as the scaling setting
For details, "U_WRSCL command", see (Page 3-38).
Note
Scaling setting value is not changed by only executing U_WRSCL instruction. Update
setting Ladder is required.
● Format example
Programming script U_WRSCL (MR0, 1, 0, DM0)
Description of Operation When MR0 is ON, the value of DM0 to 1, as the scaling setting value of 0ch, is
written into the buffer memory of the first KV-DA40V unit.
Ladder diagram
MR000 U_WRSCL.S KV-DA40V
Unit No. CH No. Scaling setting value
#1 #0 DM0

Point function
U_WRLMT Write upper/lower limit alarm
3 U_WRLMT ([Execution condition]]*1, unit No., ch No., leading device No.)

KV-DA40V

.U .S .D .L .F .B .T #/$

Ch No. ○ ○ ○
S Leading Specify initial device of the upper/lower .S .S .S .S - - - - ○ -
device No.*3*5 limit alarm value saved.
*4 If bit device are specified in n2 , continuous 16 bits will be processed. If relays other than
leading relay of a channel (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it skips to the next
*5 When bit device are specified in S , continuous 16 x 2 bit are processed. If relays other
than channel leading relay (R00002, R00106, R01012, etc.) are specified, it skips to the next
channel for 16/2 bit processing.
For details, "U_WRLMT" see Page 3-40
Note
U_WRLMT command is only performed and upper/lower limit alarm value not
changed.
● Format example
Programming script U_WRLMT (MR0, 1, 0, DM0)
Description of Operation When MR0 is ON, the value of DM0 to 1, as the upper/lower limit alarm setting value
of 0ch, is written into the buffer memory of the first KV-DA40V unit.
Ladder diagram
MR000 U_WRLMT.S KV-DA40V
Unit No. CH No. Alarming value
#1 #0 DM0

3-5 Access Window
This section describes the procedure for monitoring and changing the settings of the KV-DA40V using
the Access Window of the CPU Unit.
Access Window
3
KV-DA40V can be monitored and its settings changed using the Access Window on the CPU Unit.
KV-DA40V
The following items can be monitored and set on the Access Window.
Monitor Output data Output signal range

-8&#8%* -8&#8%* -8&#8%*
㨻㩏㩥㩂㩨㩆㨷㩌㩢㨸㩂㩍㩨㨺㩊㩤㩧㩆㩨
8
‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬8
KV-DA40V CH0 KV-DA40V CH0 KV-DA40V CH0

Analog OutputData Range
+3,456 +12345 -10 - +10V
?????? V
Scaling Output data offset Upper/lower limit alarm

-8&#8%* -8&#8%* -8&#8%*
㩇㩃㨺㩢㩧㩂㩨㩆㨷㩌㩢㨸㩂㨿㩖㩈㨹㩎㩆㩨㨸㨽㩀㩃㩨㩧㩃㨼㩘㨽
㩆㩏㨼㩆㩏㨼

Scaling OutputOffset Set Warning
No +1234 No
Output limit Skip Channel Error hold

-8&#8%* -8&#8%* -8&#8%*
㩆㨷㩌㩢㨸㩂㩢㩚㨹㩎 %*㩇㩁㨹㩖㩩㨾㩡㨺㩘㨺㩣㩎㩨
㩆㩏㨼㩆㩏㨼㩆㩏㨼

Output Limit CH Disable Error Hold
No No No
Output in PROG mode

-8&#8%*
241)㩆㩨㩆㨷㩌㩢㨸㩂

KV-DA40V CH0
Prog Output
+0

3-5 Access Window
Changing Settings in the Access Window
Though some settings can be changed in the Access Window, basically use Unit Editor to change
settings.
3 When changing settings in the Access Window, change the CPU unit to PROGRAM mode
first.
KV-DA40V
To use the change (enable new setting), switch CPU unit to RUN mode.
Menu Structure
The structure of the Access Window is as follows.
Monitor CH0 Analog data

Relay
Monitor CH1
Monitor CH2
Monitor CH3
Setting CH0 Skip Channel No

Yes
Range 10 to 10V
0 to 10V
0 to 5V
0 to 20̉A
1 to 5V
ː to 20̉A
Output data
Output data offset
Scaling No
Yes Scaling upper/lower limit
Scaling lower limit
Upper/lower No
limit alarm Yes Alarm upper/lower limit
Alarm lower limit
Output limit No
Yes
When unit editor is used to
Error hold No set designation method of the
Yes values to “DM designation”,
the above-mentioned items
Output in PROG mode cannot be set/displayed.
Setting CH1
Setting CH2
Setting CH3

3-5 Access Window
Operating the Access Window
The Access Window can be operated by the Setup key on the KV-700.
Menu display
Not used.
Menu display
Changes the digit of the variation.
3
Changes page. Can also be used to
KV-DA40V
Adds the variation to the setting value.
change options when changing a setting.
Changes page. Can also be used to Subtract the variation from the setting
change options when changing a setting. value.
Hold down for at least one second.
Switch to setting change mode when
Holding this key down for at least one
holding down this key for at least 1s.
second applies changes to settings. *
The following describes how to move to the menu screen.
1 Press the direct access switch of the KV-DA40V you want to monitor.
screen for CH0 on the KV-DA40V you selected is displayed
on the Access Window.
-8&#8%* -8&#8%*
#PCNQI #PCNQI

‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬8 ‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬8


ｾｯﾃｲ CH0 Setting CH0
Note
For Access Window, see User's Manual of every CPU unit.

3-5 Access Window
Setting Screen
The following describes the procedure for changing the settings of the KV-DA40V using the Access
3 Note
KV-DA40V
Some settings of KV-DA40V can be changed in Access Window.

Change scaling upper limit value in the following sequence.
1 Select "the channel to be set" in the menu screen using the " " and " " keys, and press the
key.
Display input range setup screen of the selected channel.
KV-DA40V CH0 KV-DA40V CH0

ﾚﾝｼﾞ Range
1 - 5V 1 - 5V
2 Select "port link screen" using the scaling H (upper limit) " "and " " key.

+10000 +10000
3 Continuously press the " " key for more than 1 second.

+10000 +10000
1 1

Each press of the " " key increments the increment/decrement value digit. If this value exceeds

+10000 +10000
10 10

3-5 Access Window

ｽｹｰﾘﾝｸﾞH
+10010
Scaling H
+10010 3
10 10
KV-DA40V
+9990 +9990
10 10
6 To apply the setting, hold down the " " key for at least one second.
Note
· The settings can only be changed when the CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode. The
skip channel setting cannot be changed in the RUN mode.
· If the specifying method of setting value is set to "DM specifying", it can not be
changed.

Item Set range
Skip channel Channel not skipped, channel skipped
Voltage : -10 to +10V, 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V
Output range
Scaling Not scaled, scaled
Upper/lower limit alarm Not used/used
Upper limit for upper/lower limit alarm -32768 to +32767
Lower limit for upper/lower limit alarm -32768 to +32767
Output limit OFF, ON
Error hold OFF, ON
Output in PROG mode Clear, output

3-5 Access Window
Monitor Screen
This following describes the procedure for monitoring the settings of the KV-DA40V using the Access
3
How to Monitor the KV-DA40V
KV-DA40V
1 Select "Monitoring channel" in the menu screen using the " " and " " keys, and press the
key.
Display the monitor image of analog output data of the selected channel.

ｱﾅﾛｸﾞ Analog
+3,456 +3,456
V V
2 Select the display data you want to monitor by the or keys.
࡮ #PCNQIF C V C
-8&#8%* -8&#8%*
㨻㩏㩥㩂㩨 #PCNQI

‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬8 ‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬8
࡮ 4GNC[O Q P K V Q T
4.; 4.;

.AAAAAAA .AAAAAAA
*AAAAAAAA *AAAAAAAA

3-6 Unit Monitor
Unit Monitor function of Ladder Support Software KV STUDIO is designed to ensure the value of relay
or DM used in the unit to be monitored conforms to the unit, and with optimal display. This section
describes how to view Unit Monitor and how to operate Unit Monitor.
Unit Monitor Overview 3
KV-DA40V
Unit Monitor is a window for optimal display of the value of relay or DM used in monitor unit according to
different units.
· DMs and relays currently assigned to each unit can be displayed in the registering sequence. Each unit has
provided display formats and layout templates for convenient monitoring.
Note

"Unit Monitor selection" dialog box appears.
2 Select the units to be displayed, click the "Display" button.
Other procedure
· Select and double click the unit to be selected in unit

setting of workspace. Besides, select "Unit Monitor"
from the right-click menu.
· On Unit Editor, select the unit to be monitored, on the
right-click menu, select "Unit Monitor". On the menu,
select "View" -> "Unit Monitor".

3-6 Unit Monitor
KV-DA40V Unit Monitor
■ Brief display
3 (2)D/A conversion indicator (1)Unit information
KV-DA40V
(3)Display CH
(4)Output range display
(5) Display comment
(6)Display output
(7)Output data offset (11)Display error info

area
(8)Display Analog conversion value

(9)"Detailed" button (10)"real-time chart monitor" button
*About "read setting" button, "updating setting" button, please see the next page.
Designation Function Reference

(1)Unit information Display the connection No. and Model of unit. -
(2)D/A conversion ON during D/A conversion OFF when system functions abnormal or
Page 3-18
indicator D/A conversion fails.
(3)Display CH Display CH name. -
(4)Display output range Display set output range. Page 3-25
(5)Display comment Display device comment of Data Memory corresponding to output data. -
(6)Display output Display output data. Page 3-16
(7)Output offset Display output data offset. Page 3-26
(8)Display analog Display the voltage/current value converted from D/A conversion
Page 3-17
conversion value data.
(9)"Detailed" button Click to display detailed data. -
(10)"Real-time chart
Start real-time timing curve monitor. -
monitor"button
(11)Display error info
Displays error contents when an error occurs. Page A-6
area

3-6 Unit Monitor
Status of every function can be monitored and setting value changed after detailed display.
Note
monitored or changed. 3
· If the specifying method is set to "Unit Editor specifying", the background of the
KV-DA40V
· If its specifying method is set to "DM specifying", the background of its function
(1)Scaling
(3)Upper/lower limit alarm
(5) "Updating setting" button
(3)"Detailed close" button (4)"Real-time timing curve monitor" button
Designation Function Reference

(1)Scaling Can monitor and change scaling upper limit value, scaling lower limit value. Page 3-25
The upper/lower limit value of upper/lower limit alarm function can
be monitored and changed. In addition, ON/ OFF status of upper
(2)Upper/lower limit alarm Page 3-28
limit alarm relay, lower limit alarm relay can be monitored and
upper/lower limit alarm can be cleared.
(3)"Detailed close" button Close detailed data display. -
(4)"Real-time timing curve
Start real-time timing curve monitor. -
monitor" button
Read the value of DM assigned to the setting value specified
(5) "Updating read" button -
by DM from the CPU module.
Forcedly turn the setting update request relay ON/ OFF, update
(6) "Updating setting" button the internal setting value of KV-DA40V (only DM specified Page 3-19
setting value) with the value input to the Unit Monitor.
Note
After "Unit Monitor" is started, setting value (DM specifying) updated via Ladder cannot be mapped
in the "Unit Monitor". Please press the "Read setting" button, updating to the latest message.

3-6 Unit Monitor
MEMO
3
KV-DA40V

4
KV-AM40V
This chapter describes AD/DA conversion unit KV-AM40V.
4-1 Technical Specifications and A/D Conversion /D/A Conversion 4-2

4-2 Setting and Various Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
4-3 KV-AM40V Unit Specific Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4-4 KV-AM40V Unit Specific Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
4-5 Access Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
4-6 Unit Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68

4-1 Technical Specifications and A/D Conversion /D/A Conversion
Introduce technical specifications, input terminal wiring, A/D conversion/D/A conversion of KV-AM40V.
Technical Specifications
General specification
Item Technical specifications
Model KV-AM40V
4 Internal current consumption

Ambient temperature
140mA below
0 to +50°C(ice free)*1, *2
10 to 95%RH(no condensing)*1
KV-AM40V
Ambient humidity
10 to 95%RH(no condensing)*1
Storage ambient humidity
Withstand voltage AC1500V, 1 min (between power terminal and input terminals, and between all terminals
and housing)
Noise immunity 1500 V peak-to-peak or more, pulse width 1μs, 50 ns (by noise simulator)
IEC standard (IEC61000, 4-2/3/4/6)
Vibration resistance JIS B 3502 Intermittent vibration Scanning times
When IEC61131-2 Frequency Acceleration Amplitude X, Y, Z directions
is based on 5 to 9Hz - 3.5mm 10 times (100 min)
9 to 150Hz 9.8m/s2 -
During continuous vibration
5 to 9Hz - 1.75mm
9 to 150Hz 4.9m/s2 -
Impact-resistance Acceleration 150m/s2, action time 11ms, twice in X/Y/Z directions
Insulation impedance 50MΩ or more (across power terminal and input terminals, and all external terminals and
case by DC500V megger)
Operation environment Less dust and corrosive gases
Altitude 2,000m below
Degree of pollution 2
Weight ca. 150g
*1 Scope of warranty for the system.
*2 Temperature under the unit in the control panel.
Performance specifications (A/D conversion)

Analog input 2point (differential)
Analog input range Voltage: -10 to +10V(1.25mV 1/16000) Current: 0 to 20mA (2.5μA 1/8000)
(resolution) 0 to 10V(1.25mV 1/8000) Current: 4 to 20mA (2.5μA 1/6400)
-5 to +5V(0.625mV 1/16000)
-5 to +5V(0.625mV 1/8000)
-5 to +5V(0.625mV 1/6400)
Conversion speed 80μs/ch*1, *2
Conversion precision Temperature shift compensation
Voltage:±0.2% of F.S. (@25×C±5×C) Current:±0.2% of F.S. (@25°C±5°C)
±0.2% of F.S. (@0 to 50×C) ±0.2% of F.S. (@0 to 50°C)
Temperature shift compensation
Voltage:±0.2% of F.S. (@25°C±5°C) Current:±0.2% of F.S. (@25°C±5°C)
±0.4% of F.S. (@0 to 50°C) ±0.4% of F.S. (@0 to 50°C)
Input impedance Voltage:5MΩ (when using common point 2.5MΩ) Current:250Ω
Max. input Voltage:±15V Current:30mA
Isolation mode Between the unit and CPU: optical coupler insulated
Between channels: non-insulated
Special functions Input range switchover function, temperature shift compensation enable/disable function,
channel skip function, scaling function, special data offset function, peak/bottom value hold
function, zero amplitude limit function, zero drift function, comparator function, averaging
function (time selection, times selection, moving average), breaking detection function
*1 When temperature shift compensation is used, temperature shift compensation time is plus 80μs, irrelevant to the
number of channels used.
*2 Run independently from D/A conversion.

Performance specifications (D/A conversion)

Analog output 2 point
Voltage: -10 to +10V (1.25mV 1/16000) Current:0 to 20mA (2.5μA 1/8000)
Analog output range -0 to +10V (1.25mV 1/8000) 4 to 20mA (2.5μA 1/6400)
(resolution) -0 to +5V (0.625mV 1/8000)
-1 to +5V (0.625mV 1/6400)
Conversion speed 80μs/ch*1
Conversion precision
Voltage:±0.2% of F.S. (@25°C±5°C)
±0.4% of F.S. (@0 to 50°C)
Current:±0.2% of F.S. (@25°C±5°C)
±0.4% of F.S. (@0 to 50°C)
4
Between the unit and CPU: optical coupler insulated
KV-AM40V
Isolation mode
Between channels: non-insulated
Min. load impedance Voltage:1kΩ
Max. load impedance Current:600Ω
Output range switchover function, output data offset function, scaling function, error hold
Special functions function, upper/lower limit alarm function, output limit function, channel skip function,
PROG Output function
*1 Run independently from D/A conversion.
Number of devices used
Number of devices
Device type
used
Outline Dimensions
2.8
27.3
90 35.9
3.5 80
9 29 3 （96.5） in mm

Wiring Diagram and Internal Circuit Diagram of I/O
Analog input terminal block
Terminal
descripti Signal name Remark
4 V0+
on
Channel 0 voltage input Input range: select from -10 to +10 V,
0 to 10V, -5 to +5V, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V
KV-AM40V
V1+ Channel 1 voltage input

NC
NC I0+ Channel 0 current input Select input range from 0 to 20mA, 4 to
0− I1+ Channel 1 current input 20mA.
V0＋
C0 0- Channel 0 analog input
I0＋
1− GND
V1＋
C1 1- Channel 1 analog input
I1＋
GND
V2−
V2＋ C0 GND common Common use internally
I2−
I2＋ Connect with ground wire of internal
V3− C1 GND common
V3＋ circuit
I3− Universal to V2-, V3-, I2-, I3-
I3＋
V2+ Channel 2 voltage output Input range: select from -10 to +10V, 0 to
V3+ Channel 3 voltage output 10V, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V
V2- Channel 2 voltage output
GND
V3- Channel 3 voltage output
GND
I2+ Channel 2 current output Select output range from 0 to 20mA, 4 to
I3+ Channel 3 current output 20mA
I2- Channel 2 current output
GND
I3- Channel 3 current output
GND
NC not connected
Note
C0, C1, V2-, V3-, I2-, I3- are universal inside.
Wiring with terminals of different potentials is prohibited.

Wiring diagram of analog quantity I/O terminal

Please refer to the following wiring diagram when wiring analog I/O terminal block.
z Voltage input wiring (channel 0 to channel 1), voltage output wiring (channel 2 to channel 3)
Please check whether output/input range of connecting terminals (channel) is set properly.
"Input Range Setting", page 4-34, "Output Range Setting", page 4-51
Voltage input wiring
4
NC
NC
0−
V0＋
Voltage output C0
Channel 0 Shielded I0＋
KV-AM40V
1−
V1＋ Voltage output wiring
C1
Shielded I1＋
Channel 1
V2− −
V2＋＋ Voltage input
I2− Channel 2
I2＋ Shielded
V3− −
V3＋＋ Channel 3
I3−
I3＋ Shielded
Note
• Select voltage input or current input for channel 0 and channel 1, select voltage
output or current output for channel 2 and channel 3.
• If potential difference exists in between COM terminal and GND terminal of the
target equipment, two terminals must be connected.
z Current input wiring (channel 0 to channel 1), current output wiring (channel 2 to channel 3)
Please check whether output range of connecting terminals (channel) is set properly.
"Input Range Setting", page 4-34, "Output Range Setting", page 4-51
Current input wiring

NC
NC
0−
Current input V0＋ V0＋ and I0＋
Channel 0 C0
Shielded I0＋ are shorted
1−
V1＋ V1+ and I1+
Channel 1 C1
Shielded I1＋ are shorted
V2− Current output wiring
V2＋
I2− −
I2＋＋ Current input
V3− Channel 2
Shielded
V3＋
I3− −
I3＋＋ Channel 3
Shielded
Note
Select voltage input or current input for channel 0 and channel 1, select voltage output
or current output for channel 2 and channel 3.
Internal circuit diagram (A/D conversion circuit)
100W
V＋
A/D 3MW 250W
conversion I＋
circuit 3MW
−
100W
COM
* C0, C1, V2-, V3-, I2-, I3- are universal inside.

Internal circuit diagram (D/A conversion circuit)
D/A
conversion V＋
circuit
V−
4
I＋
I−
KV-AM40V
* C0, C1, V2-, V3-, I2-, I3- are universal inside.
About A/D Conversion
Introduce A/D conversion principle, as well as the method to read/write the relay state and value
updated by KV-AM40V into CPU.
How A/D Conversion Works
A/D conversion of KV-AM40V is introduced below.
KV-AM40V
Multiplexer
Amplifying circuit
CH0＋
CH1＋
A/D
Buffer memory
conversion circuit
CH0−
CH1−
(1) Switch channel 0 and channel 1 via multiplexer, and execute sampling.
(2) Execute applification for peripheral equipment analog signal (voltage/current) input in the channels
of amplifying circuit, convert into A/D conversion data (numerical value) in A/D conversion circuit,
save in KV-AM40V buffer memory.

About D/A Conversion
Introduce D/A conversion principle, as well as the method to read/write the relay state and value
updated by KV-AM40V into CPU.
D/A conversion of KV-AM40V is introduced below. 4
KV-AM40V
KV-AM40V
Amplifying circuit
CH0＋
D/A
Buffer memory
conversion circuit CH1＋
CH0−
CH1−
Output data (numerical value) saved in the buffer memory of KV-AM40V channelsare converted into
analog signal (voltage/current) via D/Aconversion circuit in turn and output to peripheral equipment.
Communication with CPU unit
This section describes how to read/write the data saved in KV-AM40V buffer memory into relay and
data memory of CPU unit.
Auto refresh (KV-5500/5000/3000/1000/700)

Control process KV-AM40V
Synchronization
Auto refresh
1 scan
Execute program
END process
In each ladder diagram program scanning, CPU unit reads/writes the data saved in KV-AM40V buffer
memory via bus line, for relay and data memory distributed by KV-AM40V.
As shown above, data communication method between CPU unit and expansion unit is called auto
refresh, ladder program/setting for data communication is not required.

Direct refresh (KV-5500/5000/3000)

Control process
KV-AM40V
Synchronization
Auto refresh
R001 U_RDAD KV-AD40V Synchronization

Unit No. Channel No. Storage device
#1 #0 DM0
1 scan
Execute program
4 Unit specific instruction

KV-AM40V
END process
This function may be used only when KV-5500/5000/3000 CPU unit is adopted.
Execute unit specific instruction in the ladder diagram program, the data saved in KV-AM40V relay area
and buffer memory may be read to any relay and data memory of CPU unit, it is unnecessary to wait for
automatic refresh for updating the relay and data memory. In addition, relay and data memory value of
CPU unit may be written in KV-AM40V relay area and buffer memory.
As shown above, the data communication method between CPU unit and expansion unit by means of
ladder diagram program is called direct refresh, processing irrelevant to the scanning time may be
executed.
To execute direct refresh, unit specific instruction or unit specific function is required.
"KV-5500/5000/3000 Series User's Manual", 3-4 Program Configuration and Operation
"Change the set value via unit specific instruction", page 4-29
"4-3 KV-AM40V Unit Specific Instruction", page 4-59
"4-4 KV-AM40V Unit Specific Function", page 4-60

In KV-AM40V, when CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode, A/D conversion data/special data/analog data
can also be monitored. At the same time, special function relevant relays (zero drift relay/comparator
relay/holding relay/breaking detection relay) will also run. Analog output under PROGRAM mode is
dependent on "Output at PROG" setting of Unit Editor.
"PROG Output Function", page 4-58
Conversion data update period

According to the number of channels in A/D conversion and D/A conversion and the use of temperature
shift compensation function, update period of A/D conversion data and D/A conversion data is as
follows. (A/D conversion and D/A conversion run independently.) (Run independently from A/D and D/A
conversion. )
• When temperature shift compensation function is used

Update period of A/D conversion data = A/D conversion speed (80μs) x number of channels
used for A/D conversion + 80μs
Update period of D/A conversion data = D/A conversion speed (80μs) x number of channels
used for D/A conversion
• When temperature shift compensation function is not used

used for A/D conversion
AD/DA Conversion Table
Table convention
Example When voltage is +9.10V, A/D conversion data, output data are 7280 (example).
Integer part of voltage.

Value before 2nd digit after decimal place of voltage value.
A/D conversion data, output data corresponding to voltage. 4
KV-AM40V
.00 .10 .20
+10 8000 8080 8160
+9 7200 7280 7360
+8 6400 6480 6560

Input/Output range: -10 to +10V
I/O Characteristic
A/D conversion data/output data
8000
6000
4 4000
2000
KV-AM40V
Voltage（V）
−10 −8 −6 −4 −2 0 ＋2 ＋4 ＋6 ＋8 ＋10
−2000
−4000
−6000
−8000
Voltage Conversion Table
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 8000 8080 8160 8240 8320 8400 - - - -
+9 7200 7280 7360 7440 7520 7600 7680 7760 7840 7920
+8 6400 6480 6560 6640 6720 6800 6880 6960 7040 7120
+7 5600 5680 5760 5840 5920 6000 6080 6160 6240 6320
+6 4800 4880 4960 5040 5120 5200 5280 5360 5440 5520
+5 4000 4080 4160 4240 4320 4400 4480 4560 4640 4720
+4 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920
+3 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120
+2 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000 2080 2160 2240 2320
+1 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520
+0 0 80 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720
-0 0 -80 -160 -240 -320 -400 -480 -560 -640 -720
-1 -800 -880 -960 -1040 -1120 -1200 -1280 -1360 -1440 -1520
-2 -1600 -1680 -1760 -1840 -1920 -2000 -2080 -2160 -2240 -2320
-3 -2400 -2480 -2560 -2640 -2720 -2800 -2880 -2960 -3040 -3120
-4 -3200 -3280 -3360 -3440 -3520 -3600 -3680 -3760 -3840 -3920
-5 -4000 -4080 -4160 -4240 -4320 -4400 -4480 -4560 -4640 -4720
-6 -4800 -4880 -4960 -5040 -5120 -5200 -5280 -5360 -5440 -5520
-7 -5600 -5680 -5760 -5840 -5920 -6000 -6080 -6160 -6240 -6320
-8 -6400 -6480 -6560 -6640 -6720 -6800 -6880 -6960 -7040 -7120
-9 -7200 -7280 -7360 -7440 -7520 -7600 -7680 -7760 -7840 -7920
-10 -8000 -8080 -8160 -8240 -8320 -8400 - - - -
* A/D conversion data changes within -8400 (-10.50V) to 8400 (+10.50V). Voltage outside input range will be limited to
maximum value 8400 (or minimal value -8400).
Output data changes within -8400 (-10.50V) to 8400 (+10.50V). When the output data is out of the scope, use
maximum value 8400 (or minimum value -80).

Input/Output range: 0 to +10V
I/O Characteristic
8000
6000
4
KV-AM40V
4000
2000
Voltage（V）
0 ＋2 ＋4 ＋6 ＋8 ＋10
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 8000 8080 8160 8240 8320 8400 - - - -
+9 7200 7280 7360 7440 7520 7600 7680 7760 7840 7920
+8 6400 6480 6560 6640 6720 6800 6880 6960 7040 7120
+7 5600 5680 5760 5840 5920 6000 6080 6160 6240 6320
+6 4800 4880 4960 5040 5120 5200 5280 5360 5440 5520
+5 4000 4080 4160 4240 4320 4400 4480 4560 4640 4720
+4 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920
+3 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120
+2 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000 2080 2160 2240 2320
+1 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520
+0 0 80 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720
-0 0 -80 -160 -240 -320 -400 - - - -
Output data changes within -400 (-0.50V) to 8400 (+10.50V). When the output data is out of the scope, use maximum
value 8400 (or minimum value -400).

Input range range: -5 to +5V (output range does not include -5 to +5V)
I/O Characteristic
A/D conversion data
8000
6000
4 4000
2000
KV-AM40V
Voltage（V）
−5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 ＋1 ＋2 ＋3 ＋4 ＋5
−2000
−4000
−6000
−8000
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+5 8000 8160 8320 - - - - - - -
+4 6400 6560 6720 6880 7040 7200 7360 7520 7680 7840
+3 4800 4960 5120 5280 5440 5600 5760 5920 6080 6240
+2 3200 3360 3520 3680 3840 4000 4160 4320 4480 4640
+1 1600 1760 1920 2080 2240 2400 2560 2720 2880 3040
+0 0 160 320 480 640 800 960 1120 1280 1440
-0 0 -160 -320 -480 -640 -800 -960 -1120 -1280 -1440
-1 -1600 -1760 -1920 -2080 -2240 -2400 -2560 -2720 -2880 -3040
-2 -3200 -3360 -3520 -3680 -3840 -4000 -4160 -4320 -4480 -4640
-3 -4800 -4960 -5120 -5280 -5440 -5600 -5760 -5920 -6080 -6240
-4 -6400 -6560 -6720 -6880 -7040 -7200 -7360 -7520 -7680 -7840
-5 -8000 -8160 -8320 - - - - - - -
* A/D conversion data changes within -8400 (-5.25V) to 8400 (5.25V). Voltage inside input range will be limited to
maximum value 8400 (or minimal value -8400). (Output range does not include -5 to +5V).

Input/Output range: 0 to 5V
I/O Characteristic
8000
6000
4
4000
KV-AM40V
2000
Voltage（V）
0 1 2 3 4 5

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+5 8000 8160 8320 - - - - - - -
+4 6400 6560 6720 6880 7040 7200 7360 7520 7680 7840
+3 4800 4960 5120 5280 5440 5600 5760 5920 6080 6240
+2 3200 3360 3520 3680 3840 4000 4160 4320 4480 4640
+1 1600 1760 1920 2080 2240 2400 2560 2720 2880 3040
+0 0 160 320 480 640 800 960 1120 1280 1440
-0 0 -160 -320 - - - - - - -
* A/D conversion data changes within -400 (-0.25V) to 8400 (5.25V). Voltage outside input range will be limited to
Output data changes within -400 (-0.250V) to 8400 (+5.25V). When the output data is out of the scope, use maximum
Input/Output range: 1 to 5V
I/O Characteristic
8000
6000
4000
2000
Voltage（V）
0 1 2 3 4 5
Voltage Conversion Table The shaded area refers to out-of-range.
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+5 6400 6560 6720 - - - - - - -
+4 4800 4960 5120 5280 5440 5600 5760 5920 6080 6240
+3 3200 3360 3520 3680 3840 4000 4160 4320 4480 4640
+2 1600 1760 1920 2080 2240 2400 2560 2720 2880 3040
+1 0 160 320 480 640 800 960 1120 1280 1440
+0 -1600 -1440 -1280 -1120 -960 -800 -640 -480 -320 -160
-0 -1600 -1760 -1920 - - - - - - -
Output data changes within -400 (0.75V) to 6800 (+5.25V). When the output data is out of the scope, use maximum

Input/Output range: 0 to 20mA
I/O Characteristic
8000
4 6000
KV-AM40V
4000
2000
Current（mA）
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Current Conversion Table

The shaded area refers to out-of-range.
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 8000 8040 8080 8120 8160 8200 8240 8280 8320 8360
19 7600 7640 7680 7720 7760 7800 7840 7880 7920 7960
18 7200 7240 7280 7320 7360 7400 7440 7480 7520 7560
17 6800 6840 6880 6920 6960 7000 7040 7080 7120 7160
16 6400 6440 6480 6520 6560 6600 6640 6680 6720 6760
15 6000 6040 6080 6120 6160 6200 6240 6280 6320 6360
14 5600 5640 5680 5720 5760 5800 5840 5880 5920 5960
13 5200 5240 5280 5320 5360 5400 5440 5480 5520 5560
12 4800 4840 4880 4920 4960 5000 5040 5080 5120 5160
11 4400 4440 4480 4520 4560 4600 4640 4680 4720 4760
10 4000 4040 4080 4120 4160 4200 4240 4280 4320 4360
9 3600 3640 3680 3720 3760 3800 3840 3880 3920 3960
8 3200 3240 3280 3320 3360 3400 3440 3480 3520 3560
7 2800 2840 2880 2920 2960 3000 3040 3080 3120 3160
6 2400 2440 2480 2520 2560 2600 2640 2680 2720 2760
5 2000 2040 2080 2120 2160 2200 2240 2280 2320 2360
4 1600 1640 1680 1720 1760 1800 1840 1880 1920 1960
3 1200 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1480 1520 1560
2 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160
1 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760
0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360
-0 0 -40 -80 -120 -160 -200 -240 -280 -320 -360
* A/D conversion data changes within -400 (-1.0mA) to 8400 (21.0mA). When the input current is out of the scope, use
Output data changes within -80 (-0.2mA) to 8400 (21.0mA). When the output data is out of the scope, use maximum

Input/Output range: 4 to 20mA
I/O Characteristic
8000
6000
4
KV-AM40V
4000
2000
Current（mA）
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Current Conversion Table

The shaded area refers to out-of-range.
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 6400 6440 6480 6520 6560 6600 6640 6680 6720 6760
19 6000 6040 6080 6120 6160 6200 6240 6280 6320 6360
18 5600 5640 5680 5720 5760 5800 5840 5880 5920 5960
17 5200 5240 5280 5320 5360 5400 5440 5480 5520 5560
16 4800 4840 4880 4920 4960 5000 5040 5080 5120 5160
15 4400 4440 4480 4520 4560 4600 4640 4680 4720 4760
14 4000 4040 4080 4120 4160 4200 4240 4280 4320 4360
13 3600 3640 3680 3720 3760 3800 3840 3880 3920 3960
12 3200 3240 3280 3320 3360 3400 3440 3480 3520 3560
11 2800 2840 2880 2920 2960 3000 3040 3080 3120 3160
10 2400 2440 2480 2520 2560 2600 2640 2680 2720 2760
9 2000 2040 2080 2120 2160 2200 2240 2280 2320 2360
8 1600 1640 1680 1720 1760 1800 1840 1880 1920 1960
7 1200 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1480 1520 1560
6 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160
5 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760
4 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360
3 -400 -360 -320 -280 -240 -200 -160 -120 -80 -40
2 -800 -760 -720 -680 -640 -600 -560 -520 -480 -440
1 -1200 -1160 -1120 -1080 -1040 -1000 -960 -920 -880 -840
0 -1600 -1560 -1520 -1480 -1440 -1400 -1360 -1320 -1280 -1240
-0 -1600 -1640 -1680 -1720 -1760 -1800 -1840 -1880 -1920 -1960
* A/D conversion data changes within -2000 (-1.0mA) to 6800 (21.0mA). When the input current is out of the scope, use
Output data changes within -400 (3.0mA) to 6800 (21.0mA). When the input data is out of the scope, use maximum

4-2 Setting and Various Functions
This chapter describes the functions of the "KV-AM40V" and how to set up the "KV-AM40V".
Setting Items List on Unit Editor
KV-AM40V setting also uses Unit Editor.

The setting items and default values of the set functions are as follows.
4 Common setting
KV-AM40V
Ladder
diagram Reference
Function Setting item Setting value
Change the page
setting
Common Leading DM No. Need set x 4-33
setting Leading relay No. Need set x
Temperature shift Enabled Default x
compensation Disabled
A/D conversion setting (channel 0, channel 1)
Ladder
diagram Reference
Change the page
setting
Channel Channel skip Disable Default x 4-34
skip Enable
Input range Input range -10 to +10V Default x 4-34
0 to 10V
-5 to +5V
0 to 5V
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
4 to 20mA
Scaling Scaling Disabled Default x 4-36
Enabled
Scaling selection Unit Editor selection Default x
DM selection
Scaling upper limit*1 -31999 to 32000 ○
( Default 32000)
Scaling lower limit*1 -32000 to 31999 ○
( Default -32000)
Averaging Averaging Disabled Default x 4-37
Enabled
Average constant Unit Editor selection Default x
selection DM selection
Simple averaging count 2 to 60000( Default 2) ○
Simple averaging time 1 to 1500( Default 1) ○
(ms)
Moving average count 2 to 64( Default 2) ○

Ladder
diagram Reference
Change the page
setting
Comparator Comparator Disabled Default x 4-46
Enabled
Comparator val selection Unit Editor selection Default x
DM selection
Comparator upper limit ON -32000 to 32000 ○ 4
level*2 ( Default 32000)
KV-AM40V
Comparator upper limit -32000 to 32000 ○
OFF level*2 ( Default 32000)
Comparator lower limit -32000 to 32000 ○
OFF level*3 ( Default -32000)
Comparator lower limit ON -32000 to 32000 ○
level*3 ( Default -32000)
Zero clip Zero clip Disabled x 4-35
Enabled Default
Line break Line break detection Disabled Default x 4-49
detection Enabled
*3 It fails to be set when comparator lower limit OFF level <comparator lower limit ON level.

D/A conversion setting (channel 2, channel 3)
Ladder
diagram Reference
Change the page
setting
Channel Channel skip Disable Default x 4-34
4 skip Enable
Output range Output range -10 to +10V Default x 4-51
KV-AM40V
0 to 10V
0 to 5V
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
4 to 20mA
Scaling Scaling Disabled Default x 4-51
Enabled
Scaling selection Unit Editor selection Default x
DM selection
Scaling upper limit*1 -31999 to 32000 ○
( Default 32000)
Scaling lower limit*1 -32000 to 31999 ○
( Default -32000)
Upper/lower Upper/lower limit alarm Disabled Default x 4-54
limit alarm Enabled
Upper/lower limit alarm Unit Editor selection Default x
selection DM selection
Upper/lower limit alarm -31999 to 32000 ○
upper limit value*2 ( Default 32000)
Upper/lower limit alarm -32000 to 31999 ○
lower limit value*2 ( Default -32000)
Output limit Output limit OFF Default x 4-56
ON
Error hold Error hold OFF Default x 4-57
ON
Output in Output in PROG mode Clear Default x 4-58
PROG mode Output
*2 It fails to be set to upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value <= upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value.

The definition of module editor

The Unit Editor is a software in Ladder Support Software KV STUDIO. The function settings of KV-
AM40V can be set by using Unit Editor and transferred to PLC. This setting is required when using KV-
AM40V firstly. For start and operating method of relevant module editor, please refer to KV STUDIO
User’s Manual.
How to Set up Unit Editor 4

Introduce the steps of using module editor to set KV-AM40V module.
KV-AM40V
1 Start KV STUDIO (after Ver.5.6), then start Unit Editor.
From the menu bar of the KV STUDIO, select [Tool(T)]
Select [Unit Editor].
Other procedure
• Click the button.
For details, see "KV STUDIO User's

Manual"
2 Select (1) from the module, select the module to be connected in the tab, drag and drop for
connecting to CPU module.

3 Set the details of the KV-AM40V on the unit layout area.

Select and right-click "KV-AM40V",
Select "display unit setup"
The setting of KV-AM40V will display in the unit setup
window.
Other procedure
4 • Press
• "view"
key
Select "display unit setup"
KV-AM40V
• Double-click the unit whose settings are to be

changed in the unit placement area.
• When entering from the text box
The text box is displayed. Enter the desired numerical value.
• When entering from the pull-down list The pulldown list is
displayed. Select the desired item.
5 Press key.
Confirm the change.
6 Set the details all connected units following the procedure in steps 3 to 5.
7 Select File (F) Close(O) from the menu. This saves the system you have created, and
returns to the Editor.
Other procedure


List of Devices Used
List of relay and DM (data memory) occupied by KV-AM40V.
Number of occupied devices

Number of relay and DM (data memory) used for KV-AM40V is as follows.
Relay : 96 point (6 channels)
4
KV-AM40V
Data Memory : 50 words
Name and content of the data memory used for KV-AM40V are as follows.
( N : Leading DM No.)
Normal read area

KV-AM40V saves data in this area in each scanning.
Ladder diagram program cannot be used to write data in this area.
Reference
CH DM No. Name
page
CH0 N + 000 A/D conversion data 4-22
N + 001 Special data
N + 002 Analog data
N + 003 Peak 4-44
N + 004 bottom
CH1 N + 005 A/D conversion data 4-22
N + 006 Special data
N + 007 Analog data
N + 008 Peak 4-44
N + 009 bottom
CH2 N + 010 Analog data 4-22
CH3 N + 011 Analog data 4-22
Common N + 012 Error code A-8

z A/D conversion data

Convert input signal into values within the scope of "-400 to 8400", "-8400 to 8400", "-2000 to 6800" via
A/D conversion, save as A/D conversion data.
"AD/DA Conversion Table", page 4-9
A/D conversion data are saved in the following data memory.

Channel No. CH0 CH1
4 DM No. N + 000 N + 005
KV-AM40V
N : Leading DM No.
z Special data
Save the value processed by zero amplitude limit function, scaling function, special data offset function,
averaging function, zero drift function. If these functions are not set, save the same values as A/D
conversion data.
When several functions are set, save the value processed by all functions.
"Zero Clip Function", page 4-35
"Scaling Function", page 4-36
"Special Data Offset Function", page 4-40
"Averaging Function", page 4-37
"Zero Drift Function", page 4-42
Special data are saved the following data memory.

Channel No. CH0 CH1
DM No. N + 001 N + 006
N : Leading DM No.
z Analog data
Convert A/D conversion data and output data into voltage/current value then save as analog data.
Analog quantity data can be obtained using the following reduction formula.
Analog data = A/D conversion data, (output data) x resolution
Unit is [1mV] for voltage input (output), unit is [1μA] for current input (output).
For saving, reject the values below 1[mV] and 1[μA].
The unit displayed on access window and unit monitor: [V] for voltage input (output), [mA] for current
input (output).
Analog data will be stored in the following data memory.

DM No. N + 002 N + 007 N + 010 N + 011
N : Leading DM No.

Constant write area

In this area, ladder diagram program may be used to write data.
For each scanning, KV-AM40V acquires the written value, it is unnecessary to operate the relay via
ladder diagram program.
Reference
CH DM No. Name
page
4
CH0 N + 014 Reserved for system -
N + 015 Special data offset 4-40
CH1 N + 016 Reserved for system -
KV-AM40V
N + 017 Special data offset 4-40
CH2 N + 018 Output data 4-23
N + 019 Output data offset 4-52
CH3 N + 020 Output data 4-23
N + 021 Output data offset 4-52
z Output data
Data before D/A conversion serve as output data, are saved in the data memory. Data within the scope
of "-400 to 8400", "-8400 to 8400", "-400 to 6800", "-80 to 8400" are saved.
If scaling function is used, scaling values are stored as data.
When the saved data are out of the scope in the "AD/DA Conversion Table", maximum value or
minimum value in the "AD/DA Conversion Table" are output via scaling function and output data offset
function.
Output data are saved in the following data memory.

Channel No. CH2 CH3
DM No. N + 018 N + 020
N : Leading DM No.

Setting value communication area

In this area, ladder diagram program may be used to write data.
However, this area may be used only when each item is set to "DM selection" in the unit setup.
If set to "Unit Editor Selection (Unit Editor Selection)", it cannot be used.
When powered on, CPU unit is switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode, A/D setting update
request relay ( n (+001) (only parameters of channel 0, channel 1) or D/A setting update request relay
( n +009) (only parameters of channel 2, channel 3) are set to OFF->ON via ladder diagram program,
4 KV-AM40V acquires values to be written in this area.
Reference
KV-AM40V
CH DM No. Name
page
CH0 N + 022 Scaling upper limit 4-36
N + 024 Average constant 4-37
N + 025 Comparator upper limit ON level 4-46
N + 031 Average constant 4-37
N + 032 Comparator upper limit ON level 4-46
N + 038 Reserved for system -
N + 039 Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value 4-54
N + 040 Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value
N + 042 Reserved for system
N + 046 Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value 4-54
N + 047 Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value
N + 049 Reserved for system

List of relay
Name and content of the data memory used for KV-AM40V are as follows.
( n : Leading relay No.)
Leading relay Reference
CH Name
No. page
Common n + 000 Reserved for system -
n
n
+ 001
+ 002
A/D setup update request
Reserved for system
4-28
-
4
to
KV-AM40V
n + 008
n + 009 D/A setup update request 4-28
to
n + 014
n + 015 Error clear A-8
CH0 n + 100 Zero drift 4-42
n + 101 Hold 4-44
n + 102 Line break detection clearing 4-50
n + 103 Comparator reset 4-46
to
n + 107
n + 109 Hold 4-44
n + 110 Line break detection clearing 4-50
to
n + 115
CH2 n + 200 Upper/lower limit alarm clean 4-54
to
n + 207
CH3 n + 208 Upper/lower limit alarm clean 4-54
to
n + 215
Common n + 300 A/D conversion in progress -
n + 301 A/D setup update completed 4-28
to
n + 307
n + 308 D/A conversion in progress -
n + 309 D/A setup update completed 4-28
to
n + 314
n + 315 Error A-8

Leading relay Reference

CH Name
No. page
n + 401 Hold 4-44
n + 402 Line break detection 4-49
n + 403 Comparator upper limit 4-46
4
to
n + 407
KV-AM40V

n + 409 Hold 4-44
n + 410 Line break detection 4-49
n + 411 Comparator upper limit 4-46
to
n + 415
CH2 n + 500 Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value 4-54
n + 501 Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value
to
n + 507
CH3 n + 508 Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value 4-54
n + 509 Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value
to
n + 515

Change the Setting of Ladder Diagram Programming
This section describes how to change the set value of each function from ladder program.
Change the set value by DM selection
Introduce how to change the set value by DM selection.

4
DM selection for the set value
KV-AM40V
Set corresponding selection method to "DM selection" in Unit setup of the Unit Editor.
Setting items and set values scope DM in selection are as follows.
Reference
Use ch Function Setting item Setting value
page
ch0, ch1 Scaling Scaling upper limit*1 -31999 to 32000 4-36
ch0, ch1 Averaging Simple averaging count 2 to 60000 4-37
Simple averaging time (ms) 1 to 1500
ch0, ch1 Comparator Comparator upper limit ON level*2 -32000 to 32000 4-46
Comparator upper limit OFF level*2 -32000 to 32000
Comparator lower limit OFF level*3 -32000 to 32000
Comparator lower limit ON level*3 -32000 to 32000
ch2, ch3 Scaling Scaling upper limit*1 -31999 to 32000 4-51
ch2, ch3 Upper/lower limit Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit -31999 to 32000 4-54
alarm value*4
Upper/lower limit alarm lower limit -32000 to 31999
value*4
Set value update timing for DM selection

KV-AM40V may read and update DM value of DM selection setting items at the following time.
(1)When powered on
(2)When CPU unit is switched from PROGRAM mode->RUN mode
(3)When setting items of channel 0 and channel 1 execute OFF->ON for A/D setting update request
relay( n +001) when setting items of channel 2 and channel 3 execute OFF->ON for D/A setting
update request relay ( n +009) when OFF->ON

Note
• Setting items of DM selection may be updated at the above moment. Only a part of
setting items cannot be updated. However, setting items of channel 2/channel 3 in
(3) A/D setting update request relay, as well as setting items of channel 0/channel 1
in D/A setting update request relay cannot be changed.
• Setting items other than DM selection (namely, via Unit Editor selection) will hold
the set value selected by Unit Editor, and are not updated, even if the values are
4 stored in DM of corresponding set value communication area.

• To execute setting update, if DM value exceeds the scope of the set value, unit error
KV-AM40V
will occur on KV-AM40V, A/D conversion/D/A conversion is not executed. (here,

error relay ( n +315) is ON.) To cancel unit error, execute A/D conversion/D/A
conversion, change DM value into the set value scope, execute any of the above-
mentioned (1) to (3).
Update detailed description of the set value by setting update request relay
(1) (5)
Setting value DM
A/D setup update request relay (1) (3) (5)

( ＋001)
(D/A setup update request relay
( ＋009)
A/D setup update finish relay (2) (4)

( ＋301)
(D/A setup update finish relay
( ＋309)
(6) (8)
Error relay
( ＋315)
(7)
Error clear relay

( ＋015)
(1) Ladder diagram Save the updated set value in the DM of DM selection setting items, set setting
update request relay to ON (also for the same scanning).
(2) KV-AM40V After update setting is completed, set update completion relay ON.
(3) Ladder diagram Set setting update request relay to OFF.
(4) KV-AM40V Set update completion relay OFF.
(5) Ladder diagram Save the value out of the set value scope, set setting update request relay to
ON.
(6) KV-AM40V Error relay is ON (setting update completion relay is not ON).
Error code is saved in DM ( n +020) simultaneously.
(7) Ladder diagram Save the value within the set value scope, execute setting update, then set error
clear relay to ON.
(8) KV-AM40V Set error relay to OFF.

Change the set value via unit specific instruction
Introduce how to change the set value via unit specific instruction.
Concerning unit specific instruction for changing the set value

Execute unit specific instruction to write the set value in KV-AM40V buffer memory, set A/D setting
update request relay/D/A setting update request relay to ON, change the set value from the ladder
diagram program. 4
KV-AM40V
Setting items and set values scope may be changed via unit specific instruction as follows.
Unit special Reference
Use ch Function Setting item Setting value
instruction page
ch0, ch1 Special data Special data offset -32768 to 32767 U_WROFST 4-40
Offset
ch0, ch1 Scaling Scaling upper limit*1 -31999 to 32000 U_WRSCL 4-36
ch0, ch1 Averaging Simple averaging count 2 to 60000 U_WRAVG 4-37
Simple averaging time 1 to 1500
(ms)
ch0, ch1 Comparator Comparator upper limit ON -32000 to 32000 U_WRLMT 4-46
Level
Comparator upper limit -32000 to 32000
OFF level
Comparator lower limit -32000 to 32000
OFF level
Comparator lower limit -32000 to 32000
value ON
Level
ch2, ch3 Output data Output data offset -32768 to 32767 U_WROFST 4-52
Offset
ch2, ch3 Scaling Scaling upper limit*1 -31999 to 32000 U_WRSCL 4-51
ch2, ch3 Upper/lower Upper/lower limit alarm -31999 to 32000 U_WRLMT 4-54
*4
limit alarm upper limit value
Upper/lower limit alarm -32000 to 31999
lower limit value*4
Note
To change special data offset value and output data offset value, it is unnecessary to
operate the A/D setting update request relay or D/A setting update request relay after
executing unit specific instruction.

Unit specific instruction may be used to update specific content of the set
value
(1) (5)
KV-AM40V Value within setting range Value out of setting range
buffer memory
4 A/D setup update request relay (1)

( ＋001)
(3) (5)
(D/A setup update request relay

KV-AM40V
( ＋009)
A/D setup update finish relay (2) (4)

( ＋301)
(D/A setup update finish relay
( ＋309)
(6) (8)
Error relay
( ＋315)
(7)
Error clear relay

( ＋015)
(1) Ladder program Execute unit specific instruction, write the set value in KV-AM40V buffer
memory.At the same time, set the setting update request relay to ON.
(2) KV-AM40V After update setting is completed, set update completion relay ON.
(3) Ladder diagram Set setting update request relay to OFF.
(4) KV-AM40V Set update completion relay OFF.
(5) Ladder diagram Save the value out of the set value scope, set setting update request relay to
ON.
(6) KV-AM40V Error relay is ON (setting update completion relay is not ON).
Error code is saved in DM ( N +012) simultaneously.
(7) Ladder diagram Set error clear relay to ON.
(8) KV-AM40V Set error relay to OFF.
Note
When the relays adopt direct I/O"DR" description, the set value may be changed in
primary scanning.

KV-AM40V Function Block Diagram (A/D Conversion)
Processing sequence of functions related with KV-AM40V A/D conversion is as follows.
A/D conversion
KV-AM40V
Analog data operation
Analog data A/D conversion data Zero clipper Wire break detection
Averaging Wire break detection relay
Scaling
special data offset
Zero drift
Peak/valley
hold
Peak value Comparator upper limit

Valley value Comparator lower limit

KV-AM40V Function Block Diagram (D/A Conversion)
Processing sequence of the functions related with KV-AM40V D/A conversion is as follows.
Output data
4
KV-AM40V
Error hold
Output data
Offset
Upper/lower limit Upper limit relay for

alarm upper/lower limit alarm
Scaling
D/A conversion
Analog data

KV-AM40V
Leading DM No.
Set the leading No. of the data memories to be used on the KV-AM40V.
Data memories of 50 words are occupied on the KV-AM40V.
First No. to be set varies with different CPU unit.
KV-5500/5000/3000 : DM00000 to DM65484
KV-1000 : DM00000 to DM64950
KV-700+M : DM00000 to DM39950
KV-700 : DM00000 to DM19950
"List of Devices Used", page 4-21
Leading relay No.

Set the leading channel of the relays to be used on the KV-AM40V.
KV-AM40V occupies 96-point (6ch) relay.
First No. to be set varies with different CPU unit.
KV-5500/5000/3000 : 010 (R1000) to 994 (R99400)
KV-1000/700 : 010 (R1000) to 594 (R59400)
Temperature Shift Compensation Function A/D conversion
If "Enabled" is selected, temperature shift compensation function is enabled.

When temperature shift compensation function is used, A/D conversion accuracy increases.
However, when temperature shift compensation function is used, update period of A/D conversion data
is extended to 80μs.
Update period of A/D conversion data = A/D conversion speed (80μs) x number of channels used + 80μs

Update period of A/D conversion data = A/D conversion speed (80μs) x number of channels used
Channel Skip Function Common
4
Channel skip function can be set to "Enable" or "Disable" for each channel.
KV-AM40V
When channel skip is not executed, execute A/D conversion or D/A conversion; when channel skip is
executed, A/D conversion or D/A conversion is not executed for this channel.
For channel 0 and channel 1, save 0 in A/D conversion data, special data, analog data of Skipped
channels.
However, value is saved only in case of power on, PROG/RUN, setting update.
For channel 2 and channel 3, voltage value or current value equal to 0 digit is saved in analog data of
the Skipped channel. However, value is saved only in case of power on, PROG/RUN, setting update.
Output data value will not change.
According to the number of conversion channels and usage of temperature shift compensation
function, update time of the conversion data is as follows,
used for A/D conversion + 80μs

used for A/D conversion
Input Range Setting A/D conversion
Switch scope according to the input analog signal level.

Set input range according to the channels respectively, selectable input range is as follows.
Input signal Range
Voltage -10 to +10V Default
0 to 10V
-5 to +5V
0 to 5V
1 to 5V
Current 0 to 20mA
4 to 20mA

Zero Clip Function A/D conversion
The data via KV-AM40V A/D conversion will be saved to Data Memory with 16 bit signed decimal
system. For example, if input range set to 0 to 10V, analog quantity input voltage 0 to 10V is converted
4
KV-AM40V
to numerical value 0 to 8000, if input voltage is less than 0V, will be saved as negative (-) value. Zero
Clip Function can limit the value to "0" if voltage less than 0V is input into special data stored by KV-
AM40V when Zero Clip Function used. In addition, if zero limitation function is not used, numerical
value exceeding 8000 will be saved when 10V above voltage is input, if zero limitation function is used,
the numerical value will be restricted to the " 8000 " range.
Values saved in the input range, maximum input range of analog input signal, special data memory are
as follows.
Numerical value saved in specific data
Input range Max. Input range
Zero clip: "disabled" Zero clip: "enabled"
-10 to +10V -10.5V to +10.5V -8400 to 8400 -8000 to 8000
0 to 10V -0.5V to +10.5V -400 to 8400 0 to 8000
-5V to +5V -5.25V to +5.25V -8400 to 8400 -8000 to 8000
0 to 5V -0.25V to +5.25V -400 to 8400 0 to 8000
1 to 5V -0.25V to +5.25V -2000 to 6800 0 to 6400
0 to 20mA -1mA to +21mA -400 to 8400 0 to 8000
4 to 20mA -1mA to +21mA -2000 to 6800 0 to 6400
Note
• Zero limitation function is valid only for specific data. Even if zero amplitude limit
function is set to "enabled", zero amplitude limit function will not be executed for
A/D conversion data and analog data.
• Although zero amplitude limit function is set to "enabled", however, if scaling
function, special data offset function, zero drift function are used, negative(-) value
is saved in special data according to the input voltage (current).

Scaling Function A/D conversion
4 Use scaling function for channel 0 and channel 1, namely, convert the data after A/D conversion
(scaling) in the set upper/lower limit value scope.
KV-AM40V
After scaling, the value is saved in the "special data" memory. Set scaling upper limit value to the value
corresponding to A/D conversion data upper limit value "8000" ("64" when input range is 1 to 5V, 4 to
20mA), set scaling lower limit value to the value corresponding to A/D conversion data lower limit value
"0" ("-8000" when the range is -10 to +10V, -5 to +5V).
Scaling upper/lower limit can be set within -32000 to 32000.
However, it fails to be set when scaling upper limit value <= scaling lower limit value.
In addition to select scaling upper/lower limit value via Unit Editor directly, data memory in the set value
communication area or unit specific instruction/function "U_WRSCL" may also be used for selection.
"Change the set value by DM selection", page 4-27
"unit specific instruction U_WRSCL" (Page 2-52)
Scaling function uses the following formulae to convert A/D data.
"When the input range is 0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V and 0 to 20mA"

Scaling value = A/D conversion value x (scaling upper limit value - scaling lower limit)/8000 +
scaling lower limit
"When the input range is 1 to 5 V or and 4 to 20mA"

scaling lower limit
"When the input range is -10 to +10V or and -5 to +5V"

(scaling upper limit value + scaling lower limit)/2

Example Input range "1 to 5V", A/D conversion data "0 to 6400" when scaled to "1000 to 5000"
Input range 1 to 5V
A/D conversion data0 to 6400
Scaling value 1000 to 5000
Scaling value
Upper limit→5000
KV-AM40V
Lower limit→1000 Input voltage (V)
1 2 3 4 5
Input signal A/D conversion data Scaling value

1V 0 1000
2V 1600 2000
3V 3200 3000
4V 4800 4000
5V 6400 5000
Averaging Function A/D conversion
What is averaging function
Averaging function means that KV-AM40V averages A/D converted data and saved them in the special
data. Can be used to reduce the fluctuation influence of input signal due to noise, etc. Averaging and
average constant selection method, average constant required when average constant selection is set
to "Unit Editor Selection" should be selected.
Averaging Explanation
Disabled (default value) Averaging is not executed. For each A/D conversion, the data after A/D
conversion should be saved in the special data.
Simple average(count Perform simple average processing according to the specified A/D conversion
designation) times of average processing and save the result into specific data.
Simple average(time Perform simple average processing according to the specified time interval of
designation) average processing and save the result into specific data.
Moving average Moving average processing according to specified A/D conversion times, the
result saved into specific data.
Average processing function operates against the processing result via zero limitation function.

Simple averaging count

Perform simple average processing according to the specified A/D conversion times of average
processing and save the result into specific data. It shall be saved after average processing completed
every time. In addition, the average processed result with decimal point after rounded up will be saved
into specific data.
Average constant unit specific
selection instruction/function
4 Simple averaging count 2 to 60000 (default value:2) ○ ○
KV-AM40V
Note
• Before the first averaging is completed, data at the beginning of A/D conversion
(without averaging) are saved in the special data.
• Before the first averaging is completed, peak/bottom value hold function and
comparator function cannot run.
z Averaging times and special data update period

Specific data updating cycle in the use of average processing (times specifying) is calculated according
to the following formulae.
Update period of special data = averaging times x update period of A/D conversion data
For update period of A/D conversion data, please refer to "update period of A/D conversion data" (Page
4-8).
Example The action when averaging times are set to 5 (times)
A/D conversion data

AVG1=（D1＋D2＋D3＋D4＋D5）/5
AVG2=（D6＋D7＋D8＋D9＋D10）/5
Simple averaging time (ms)

Perform simple average processing according to the specified time interval of average processing and
save the result into specific data. It shall be saved after average processing completed every time. In
addition, the average processed result with decimal point after rounded up will be saved into specific
data.
Average constant unit specific
selection instruction/function
Simple averaging time 1 to 1500 (default value: 1) ○ ○
(ms)
Note

z Average processing time and number of averaged A/D conversion data

The number of A/D conversion data for average processing in average processing (time specifying) is
calculated according to the following formulae.
Number of A/D conversion data to be averaged = averaging time ÷ update period of A/D
conversion data
For update period of A/D conversion data, please refer to "update period of A/D conversion data" (Page
4-8).
Example Number of channels used for A/D conversion: 2 channels, temperature shift compensation
function: used, operation when averaging time is set to 6ms
4
A/D conversion data of average processing = 6ms ÷ 240μs = 25
KV-AM40V
A/D conversion data
A/D conversion data D1 D2 ・・・ D24 D25 D26 D27 ・・・ D49 D50 D51
AVG1= (D1＋D2＋…＋D24＋D25)/25
AVG2= (D26＋D27＋…＋D49＋D50)/25
Moving average
Moving average processing according to specified A/D conversion times, the result saved into specific
data. The average processed result with decimal point after rounded up will be saved into specific data.
Average constant unit specific instruction/
selection function
Moving average count 2 to 64 (default value: 2) ○ ○
Note
Example The action when averaging time set to 5 times
A/D conversion data

AVG1=（D1＋D2＋D3＋D4＋D5）/5
AVG2=（D2＋D3＋D4＋D5＋D6）/5
AVG3=（D3＋D4＋D5＋D6＋D7）/5
AVG4=（D4＋D5＋D6＋D7＋D8）/5
AVG5=（D5＋D6＋D7＋D8＋D9）/5
AVG6=（D6＋D7＋D8＋D9＋D10）/5

Special Data Offset Function A/D conversion
What is special data offset function

Special data offset function may be used to save KV-AM40V special data plus special data offset value
stored in normal communication area.
4 The value saved in the special data = KV-AM40V internal data + special data offset value
KV-AM40V
This function is used to correct special data with DM value.

Special data offset function may be performed for each channel separately.
Special data offset value is distributed to the following data memory.
Channel No. CH0 CH1
DM No. N + 015 N + 017
N : Leading DM No.
Special data offset value is processed as signed 16 bit data. So, set within the range -32768 to 32767.
For each scanning, KV-AM40V reads DM of special data offset value. So it is unnecessary to operate
relay via ladder diagram program.
When special data offset function is used, special data change in the scope of signed 16 bit number (-
32768 - 32767) (out of the input range). If special data exceeds the signed 16 bit data range due to
addition of special data offset value, the data should be restricted to lower limit (-32768) or upper limit
(32767).
Specific data offset function operates against the processing result of zero limitation function, average
processing function and scaling function.
Unit specific instruction/function "U_WROFST" may also be used to change special data offset value.
"unit specific function U_WRSCL" (Page 2-61)
Note
For each scanning, KV-AM40V reads DM of special data offset value. At the same
time, special data offset function could not be disabled. Therefore, once a value other
than "0" is saved in special data offset value, special data will be offset, please pay
attention to it. If special data is not offset, please save "0" in special data offset value.

Detailed description of special data offset function

Example When input range is set to "- 10 to + 10V" (scaling: "disabled")
A/D conversion Special data

Input voltage Special data Diagram
data offset value
-10 to +10V -8000 to 8000 0 -8000 to 8000 (1)
10000 +2000 to 18000 (2)
30000 +22000 to 32767 (3)
-10000
-30000
-18000 to -2000
-32768 to -22000
(4)
(5) 4
KV-AM40V
Special data
32767 (3)
20000
(2)
10000
(1)
−10 −5 0 ＋5
5 ＋10
10
Input voltage (V)
(4)
−10000
−20000
(5)
−32768
Example When input range is set to "1 to 5V" (scaling: "disabled")

Input voltage Special data Diagram
data Offset value
1 to 5V 0 to 6400 0 0 to 6400 (1)
10000 10000 to 16400 (2)
30000 30000 to 32767 (3)
-10000 -10000 to -3600 (4)
-30000 -30000 to -23600 (5)
Special data
32767 (3)
20000
(2)
10000
(1)
0 ＋1 ＋5
Input voltage (V)
(4)
−10000
−20000
(5)
−32768

Zero Drift Function A/D conversion
What is zero drift function

Zero drift function may be used to set KV-AM40V special data to "0" when zero drift relay 0FF->ON.
Zero drift relay OFF->ON, KV-AM40V saves special data as zero drift reference value, when zero drift
relay is ON (KV-AM40V sets zero drifting relay to ON), special data will be deducted by zero drift
4 reference value then saved.

KV-AM40V
The value saved in the special data = KV-AM40V internal data - zero drift reference value
When zero drift relay is ON->OFF (KV-AM40V sets zero drifting relay to ON->OFF), special data are
changed to common data in KV-AM40V, zero drift reference value is lost.
Zero drift function may be used to correct special data at any time.
Every channel can separately perform comparator function.
The distributed zero drift relay and zero drifting relay are as follows.
Channel No. CH 0 CH 1
Zero drift relay n + 100 n + 108
Zero drift relay n + 400 n + 408
When zero drift function is used, special data change in the scope of signed 16 bit number (-32768 to
32767) (out of the input range). If special data exceeds the signed 16 bit data range due to use of zero
drift function, the data should be restricted to lower limit (-32768) or upper limit (32767).
Execute zero drift function for the result processed in zero amplitude limit function, averaging function,
scaling function, special data offset function.

Detailed description of zero drift function

Relay and data of zero drift function run as below.
(1) (4)
Zero drift relay

(2) (5)
4
KV-AM40V
KV-AM40V
internal data 12 15 10 12 15 23 19 18 17 16 15
（Example）
(3) (6)
Special data 12 15 0 2 5 13 9 18 17 16
DM value（Example）
Zero drift valid time
(1) Ladder diagram Set zero drift relay to ON.

(2) KV-AM40V Set Zero drift relay to ON.
(3) KV-AM40V When zero drift relay is OFF->ON, internal data ("10" in the figure above) are
saved as zero drift reference value. Thereafter, value is saved in the special
data after deducting zero drift reference value when zero drift is enabled.
(4) Ladder diagram Set zero drift relay to OFF.
(5) KV-AM40V Set Zero drift relay to OFF.
(6) KV-AM40V Thereafter, internal data are saved in the special data directly. Zero drift
reference value disappears.

Peak/bottom Hold Function A/D conversion
What is Peak/bottom hold function

This function may be used to save peak and bottom values of special data in the DM occupied by KV-
AM40V during holding relay is ON (holding relay is turned ON by KV-AM40V) respectively. When
holding relay is ON->OFF (holding relay is turned ON->OFF by KV-AM40V), suspension peak and
4 bottom values are kept, DM value will not be updated any more.
Distribution of hold relay and holding relay is shown below.
KV-AM40V
Channel No. CH0 CH1

Hold relay n + 101 n + 109
Hold relay n + 401 n + 409
Peak/bottom value will be saved in the following data memory.

Channel No. CH0 CH1
Peak N + 003 N + 008
bottom N + 004 N + 009
N : Leading DM No.
Since peak and bottom value stored by peak/bottom value hold function is updated during each internal
A/D conversion of KV-AM40V, so it is not influenced by CPU unit scanning time.
Peak/bottom value hold function may be performed for each channel separately.
Peak/bottom value hold function may be performed for the processing result of zero amplitude limit
function, screening function (averaging), scaling function, special data offset function and zero drift
function.
Note
Simple average (times selection), simple average (time processing), moving average
are selected in averaging function, before the first averaging is completed, peak/
bottom value is not updated.

Detailed description of peak/bottom value hold function

Relay of peak/bottom value hold function and data run as below.
(1) (4)
Hold relay
(2) (5)
Hold in progress relay 4
KV-AM40V
Special data（Example） 12 15 10 12 15 23 11 17 25 16 9
(3) (6)
Peak（Example） ※ ※ ※ 12 15 23 23 23 23 23 23
(3) (6)
Valley（Example） ※ ※ ※ 12 12 12 11 11 11 11 11
Validity period of peak/valley value hold
*The value will keep stored before relay on
(1) Ladder diagram Set hold relay to ON.

(2) KV-AM40V Set Hold relay to ON.
(3) KV-AM40V When holding in progress relay is OFF->ON, save special data to the peak and
bottom value. Then during peak/bottom value hold function is enabled, every
time when the special data more than (less than) the currently stored peak
(bottom value), peak (bottom value) of special data is updated once.
(4) Ladder diagram Set hold relay to OFF.
(5) KV-AM40V Set Hold relay to OFF.
(6) KV-AM40V Peak and bottom values are the values before holding relay is OFF, cannot be
updated later.

Comparator Function A/D conversion
What is comparator function

With comparator function, KV-AM40V may compare special data with comparator upper limit value/
lower limit value, turn ON/OFF comparator upper limit relay and lower limit relay.
4
KV-AM40V
Select whether to use comparator function, comparator value selection method, when comparator
value selection is set to "Unit Editor Selection", select each ON/OFF level of the comparator upper limit
value and lower limit value.
Every channel can separately perform comparator function.
Execute comparator function for the processing result of zero amplitude limit function, averaging
function, scaling function, special data offset function, zero drift function.
In addition to select comparator upper limit value ON/OFF level, lower limit value ON/OFF level via Unit
Editor directly, selection may also be made via data memory in the set value communication area or
unit specific instruction/function "U_WRLMT".
"Change the set value by DM selection", page 4-27
"Unit specific instruction U_WRSCL" (Page 2-54)
"Unit specific function U_WRSCL" (Page 2-63)
be forced OFF.
The distributed comparator upper limit relay, comparator lower limit relay and comparator reset relay
are as follows.
Channel No. CH0 CH1
Comparator upper limit relay n + 403 n + 411
Comparator lower limit relay n + 404 n + 412
Comparator reset relay n + 103 n + 111

Details of comparator function

Comparator function relay run as follows.
Special data

ON level
OFF level
4
KV-AM40V
OFF level
ON level
Time
(3) (4)
Comparator upper limit relay
(1) (2) (5)

Comparator lower limit relay
(1) KV-AM40V When special data are lower than comparator lower limit ON level, comparator
lower limit relay is ON.
(2) KV-AM40V When special data are higher than comparator lower limit OFF level, comparator
lower limit relay is OFF.
(3) KV-AM40V When special data are higher than comparator upper limit ON level, comparator
upper limit relay is ON.
(4) KV-AM40V When special data are lower than comparator upper limit OFF level, comparator
upper limit relay is OFF.
(5) KV-AM40V When special data are lower than comparator lower limit ON level, comparator
lower limit relay is ON.
Note
• When comparator upper limit value (lower limit value) ON level = comparator upper
limit value (lower limit value) OFF level, if special data reaches this value,
comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay will be ON.
• When CPU unit is switched from PROGRAM mode->RUN mode, comparator upper
• If comparator upper limit value (lower limit value) is selected in DM, setting is
updated, comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay will keep ON/OFF state before
the set update.

Action of comparator reset relay

Comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay and comparator reset relay run as follows.
(2) (4)
(lower limit) relay When special data above
(below) comparator
upper (lower) limit ON
4
(1) (3) level
KV-AM40V
Comparator reset valid time
(1) Ladder diagram Set comparator relay to ON.

(2) KV-AM40V Comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay is forced OFF.
(3) Ladder diagram Set comparator relay to OFF.
(4) KV-AM40V When special data exceeds (lower than) comparator upper limit value (lower
limit value) ON level, comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay will be ON. If
specific data not exceeding (less than) ON level of comparator upper limit (lower
limit), comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay will remain OFF.

Line break detection Function A/D conversion
What is Line break detection function

Breaking detection function may be used only when the set input range is 1 to 5V or 4 to 20 mA.
Breaking detection may be set to "Use", once input signal is lower than 0.5V when input range is 1-5V,
or once input signal is lower than 2mA when input range is 4 to 20mA, signal line will be deemed to be
disconnected, breaking detection relay is set to ON state.
When breaking detection clear relay is ON, breaking detection relay is OFF.
4
KV-AM40V
Select whether to use breaking detection function or not.
Every channel can separately perform broken detection function.
Distribution of breaking detection relay and breaking detection clear relay is as follows.
Channel No. CH0 CH1
Line break detection relay n + 402 n + 410
Line break detection clear n + 102 n + 110
relay
Note
• For input range out of 1 to 5V, 4 to 20mA, breaking detection function cannot be
used.
• When CPU unit is switched from PROGRAM mode->RUN mode, the breaking
detection relay will be OFF.

The action of broken detection relay, broken detection clear relay

Breaking detection relay and breaking detection clear relay run as follows.
Input signal is lower than

0.5V or 2mA
(5)
(1) (3)
4 Wire break detection relay

When input signal is
lower than 0.5V or
KV-AM40V
2mA
(2) (4)
Wire break detection clear relay
Wire break detection clear

valid time
(1) KV-AM40V If input signal is lower than 0.5V or 2mA, breaking detection relay is ON.
(2) Ladder program Set breaking detection clear relay to ON.
(3) KV-AM40V Set breaking detection relay to OFF.
(3) Ladder program Set breaking detection clear relay to OFF.
(4) KV-AM40V If input signal is lower than 0.5V or 2mA, breaking detection relay is ON. If not

Output Range Setting D/A conversion
Switch scope according to the output analog signal level.

4
KV-AM40V
Output range may be set as per channel respectively, selectable output range is as follows.
Output signal Range
Voltage -10 to +10V Default
0 to 10V
0 to 5V
1 to 5V
Current 0 to 20mA
4 to 20mA
Scaling Function D/A conversion
Scaling function is used for setting output data conversion (scaling) to the value within the scope of
upper/lower limit value.
The value is saved in the "special data" memory. Set the scaling upper limit value to the value
corresponding to output data upper limit value "8000" ("6400" when output range is 1 to 5V, 4 to 20mA),
set scaling lower limit value to the value corresponding to output data lower limit value "0" ("-8000"
output range is -10 to +10V.
Scaling upper/lower limit can be set within -32000 to 32000.
However, it fails to be set when scaling upper limit value <= scaling lower limit value.
In addition to select scaling upper/lower limit value via Unit Editor directly, selection may also be made
using the following methods.
• Save in data memory of set value communication area
• Use unit specific instruction/function "U_WRSCL" to save in KV-AM40V buffer memory

"U_WRSCL instruction" (Page 3-38)
"U_WRSCL function" (Page 3-45)
Scaling function is an output data conversion using the following formulae.

"Range:-10 to +10V"
Scaling value = output data x(upper limit value - lower limit value)/16000+(upper limit value +
lower limit value)/2
"Range:1to 5V, 4 to 20mA"
Scaling value = output data x (upper limit value - lower limit value)/6400 + lower limit value
"Out of range"
Scaling value = output data x(upper limit value - lower limit value)/8000 + lower limit value
Example When output range "1 to 5V", output data "0 to 6400" are scaled to "1000 to 5000"
Input range 1 to 5V
Output data 0 to 6400
Scaling value 1000 to 5000
Scaling value
Upper limit→5000
4
KV-AM40V
Lower limit→1000 Output voltage (V)

1 2 3 4 5
Output signal Scaling value D/A conversion data

1V 1000 0
2V 2000 1600
3V 3000 3200
4V 4000 4800
5V 5000 6400
Output Data Offset Function D/A conversion
What is output data offset function

Plus KV-AM40V output data with output data offset value in the communication area.
KV-AM40V internal data = output data + output data offset value
Required when DM value is used to compensate output data.
Output data offset function runs independently as per channel.
Output data offset value is distributed in the following data memory.
Channel No. CH2 CH3
DM No. N + 019 N + 021
N : Leading DM No.
Output data offset value is processed as signed 16 bit data. So, set within the range -32768 to 32767.
For each scanning, KV-AM40V reads DM of output data offset value. So it is unnecessary to operate
relay via ladder diagram program.
When output data offset function is used, output data change in the signed 16 bit scope (-32768 to
32767) (not output range). After plus output data offset value, if output data are out of the signed 16 bit
scope, lower limit (-32768) or upper limit (32767) is used.

unit specific instruction "U_WROFST" change output data offset value may also be used.
"U_WROFST instruction" (Page 3-36)
"U_WROFST function" (Page 3-44)
Note
For each scanning, KV-AM40V reads DM of output data offset value. At the same
time, special data offset function could not be disabled. Therefore, when the value
other than "0" is saved in the output data offset value, output data offset will occur,
please pay attention. If output data offset does not occur, always save "0" in the 4
output data offset value.
KV-AM40V
Detailed description of output data offset function
Example When the output range is set to "-10 to +10V" (scaling: "Disabled")

Output voltage Diagram
data Offset value
-10 to +10V -8000 to +8000 0 (1)
10000 (2)
30000 (3)
-10000 (4)
-30000 (5)
Output voltage (V)
10
(3) (2) (1) (4) (5) Output data

−32768 −20000 −10000 0 10000 20000 32767
−5
−10

Example When the output range is set to "1-5V" (scaling: "Disabled")

Output voltage Diagram
data Offset value
1 to 5V 0 to 6400 0 (1)
8000 (2)
30000 (3)
-8000 (4)
4 -30000 (5)
Output voltage (V)

KV-AM40V
(3) (2) (1) (4) (5)

1
Output data
-32768 -20000 -10000 0 10000 20000 32767
Upper/Lower Limit Alarm Function D/A conversion
What is upper/lower limit alarm function

Upper/lower limit alarm function means that KV-AM40V compares output data and upper/lower limit
alarm upper limit value, lower limit value, then set upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay and lower
limit relay to ON/OFF.
Select whether to use upper/lower limit alarm function, upper/lower limit alarm value selection method,
when upper/lower limit alarm value selection is set to "Unit Editor Selection", select upper/lower limit
alarm upper limit value and lower limit value.
Upper/lower limit alarm function runs independently as per channel.
Execute upper/lower limit alarm function for the processing result of output data offset function.
"Output Data Offset Function", page 4-52
After upper/lower limit alarm clear relay is ON, upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay and lower limit
relay will be forced OFF.

Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit relay, lower limit relay as well as upper/lower limit alarm clear relay will be
distributed to the following relays.
Channel No. CH2 CH3
Upper limit relay for n + 500 n + 508
Lower limit relay for n + 501 n + 509
Upper/lower limit alarm + 200 + 208
4
n n
clear relay
KV-AM40V
Detailed description of upper/lower limit alarm function
Operation of the relay with upper/lower limit alarm function is as follows.
Output data
upper/lower limit upper

alarm limit value
upper/lower limit lower

alarm limit value
Time
(3) (4)
upper/lower limit alarm lower
limit relay
(1)
(2) (5)
upper/lower limit alarm lower
limit relay
(1) KV-AM40V Output data are lower than upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value, so upper/
lower limit alarm lower limit relay will be ON.
(2) KV-AM40V Output data are higher than upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value, so upper/
lower limit alarm lower limit relay will be OFF.
(3) KV-AM40V Output data are higher than upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value, so upper/
(4) KV-AM40V Output data are lower than upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value, so upper/
lower limit alarm lower limit relay will be OFF.
(5) KV-AM40V Output data are lower than upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value, so upper/
Note
• When CPU unit is switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode, upper/lower limit
alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay will be OFF.
• After DM selects upper/lower limit alarm (lower limit value), when executing setting
update, upper/lower limit alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay keeps the ON/OFF
state before setting update.

Upper/lower limit alarm reset relay operates

Operation of upper/lower limit alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay and upper/lower limit alarm reset
relay is as follows.
(2) (4)
Upper/lower limit alarm
(lower limit) relay When output data exceeds
(is lower than) upper and
4 (1) (3)
lower limit alarm upper limit
value (lower limit value)
ON level
Upper/lower limit alarm reset relay
KV-AM40V
During validity period of upper

and lower limit alarm reset
(1) Ladder diagram Set upper/lower limit alarm relay to ON.

(2) KV-AM40V Upper/lower limit alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay will be forced OFF.
(3) Ladder diagram Set upper/lower limit alarm reset relay to OFF.
(4) KV-AM40V Output data are higher (lower) than upper/lower limit upper (lower) alarm limit
value, so upper/lower limit alarm upper (lower) limit relay will be ON. When no
higher than (lower than) upper limit value (lower limit value), upper/lower limit
alarm upper limit (lower limit) relay keeps OFF.
Output Limit Function D/A conversion
Output limit function refers to upper limit value/lower limit value of the output setting when output data
exceeds upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value/lower limit value. Values currently stored in output
data could not be output.
Output limit function may be set only when upper/lower limit alarm function is set.
Set upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value/lower limit value via Unit Editor.
When data memory is used for setting, the following data memory is used.
Storage location of upper/lower limit alarm upper limit value

Channel No. CH2 CH3
DM No. N + 039 N + 046
N : Leading DM No.
Storage location of upper/lower limit alarm lower limit value

Channel No. CH2 CH3
DM No. N + 040 N + 047
N : Leading DM No.

Example Output data 0 to 8000

Upper/lower limit upper alarm limit value6000
Upper/lower limit lower alarm limit value2000
Output data
Value output to unit at
8000 limit funcation ON
Value output to unit at
Upper/lower limit upper alarm limit value 6000

limit funcation OFF
4
KV-AM40V
4000
Upper/lower limit lower alarm limit value 2000
Error Hold Function D/A conversion
When KV-AM40V is in unit error state, set to stop external output, or hold via error hold function.
Error hold OFF Default : Stop external output.

"0V" when output signal range is "-10 to +10V", "0 to 5V".
"1V" for "1-5".
"0mA" for "0-20mA".
"4mA" for "4 to 20mA".
Error hold ON : Keep the state before error occurs.

Example External output of 0 to 5V scope when error keeps ON and OFF.
Output voltage Error

4
KV-AM40V
PROG Output Function
When CPU unit is in PROGRAM state (ladder diagram program executes stop state), set to stop or
continue external output via PROG Output function.
PROG Output clear Default : Stop external output.

"0V" when output signal range is "-10 to +10V", "0 to 5V".
"1V" for "1 to 5".
PROG Output : Output analog signal just as RUN.

4-3 KV-AM40V Unit Specific Instruction
Introduce KV-AM40V unit specific instruction used in ladder diagram program. When used in the script
program, please refer to "4-4 KV-AM40V Unit Specific Function", page 4-60.
KV-AM40V List of Unit Specific Instruction
A/D conversion
Function Instruction Instruction description Page 4

Read A/D compensation U_RDAD 2-46
KV-AM40V
Read A/D compensation data from buffer memory.
(special) data
Read all types of A/D U_RDADB Read A/D compensation data, special data, analog 2-48
Change special data U_WROFST 2-50
Special data offset value.
offset value
Write scaling setting U_WRSCL 2-52
Write scaling setting value to buffer memory.
value
Write comparator setting U_WRLMT 2-54
Write comparator setting value to buffer memory.
value
U_WRAVG 2-56
Write average constants Write average constant to buffer memory.
D/A conversion
Function Instruction Instruction description Page
Change D/A conversion 3-34

U_WRDA Change D/A conversion output data
output data
3-36
Change output data offset U_WROFST Change output data offset value.
3-38
Write scaling setting value U_WRSCL Write scaling setting value to buffer memory.
3-40
Write upper/lower limit alarm U_WRLMT Write upper/lower limit alarm value to buffer memory.
Unit specific instruction may operate during execution, so processing irrelevant to scanning
time might appear.
Note
Unit specific instruction may be used only when KV-AM40V is connected with KV-
5500/5000/3000. It cannot be used when connected with KV-1000/700.

4-4 KV-AM40V Unit Specific Function
Introduce KV-AM40V unit specific instruction used in ladder diagram program. When used in the ladder
diagram program, please refer to "4-3 KV-AM40V Unit Specific Instruction", page 4-59.
KV-AM40V List of Unit Specific Function
A/D conversion
4 Function Function Instruction description Page
Read A/D compensation 2-59

KV-AM40V
U_RDAD Read A/D compensation data from buffer memory.

(special) data
Read all types of A/D Read A/D compensation data, special data, analog 2-60
U_RDADB
2-61
Change special data offset value U_WROFST Special data offset value.
2-62
Write scaling setting value U_WRSCL Write scaling setting value to buffer memory.
2-63
Write comparator setting value U_WRLMT Write comparator setting value to buffer memory.
2-64
Write average constant U_WRAVG Write average constant to buffer memory.
D/A conversion
Function Function Instruction description Page

output data
Unit specific function operates during execution, so processing irrelevant to scanning time
might appear.
Note
Unit specific function may be used only when KV-AM40V is connected with KV-5500/
5000/3000. It cannot be used when connected with KV-1000/700.

4-5 Access Window
This section describes the procedure for monitoring and changing the settings of the "KV-AM40V" using
Access Window
The "KV-AM40V" can be monitored and its settings changed using the access window on the CPU Unit.
The following items can be monitored and set on the access window.
4
KV-AM40V
A/D conversion
Monitor Skip channel Zero clipper
-8#/8%* -8#/8%* -8#/8%*

#&㩗㩧㩀㩧㩍㩨㨺㩊 %*㩇㩁㨹㩖㩩㩈㩨㩥㩂㩢㨹㩖㩩
㩆㩏㨼㩇㩣
KV-AM40V CH0 KV-AM40V CH0 KV-AM40V CH0

AD Conv Data CH Disable ZeroClipping
+12345 No Yes
Input range Averaging Wire break detection
-8#/8%* -8#/8%* -8#/8%*

㩤㩧㩆㩨#& 㩗㨼㩁㩧㩆㨸㩢㩊㩨㩧㩈㩧㩃㩧㩋
8 㨼㩎㩨㨽㩗㨼㩁㩧㩇㩣

Range Averaging Signal Check
1 - 5V Moving Avg Yes
Scaling Comparator Special data offset

-8#/8%* -8#/8%* -8#/8%*
㩇㩃㨺㩢㩧㩂㩨㩄㩧㩔㩩㩤㨺㩊㩎㩂㩆㨷㨿㩖㩈㨹㩎㩋
㩇㩣㩇㩣

Scaling Comparator Func Offset
Yes Yes +1234

4-5 Access Window
D/A conversion
Monitor Output data Output signal range
㨻㩏㩥㩂㩨DA 㩆㨷㩌㩢㨸㩂㩍㩨㨺㩊㩤㩧㩆㩨DA
+3.456 +12345 -10 - +10V
‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬V

Analog OutputData Range
+3.456 +12345 -10 - +10V
4 ‫ ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬V
Scaling Output data offset Upper/lower limit alarm

KV-AM40V

㩇㩃㨺㩢㩧㩂㩨㩆㨷㩌㩢㨸㩂㨿㩖㩈㨹㩎㩆㩨㨸㨽㩀㩃㩨㩧㩃㨼㩘㨽
㩆㩏㨼 +1234 㩆㩏㨼

Scaling OutputOffset Set Warning
No +1234 No
Output limit Skip channel Error hold

㩆㨷㩌㩢㨸㩂㩢㩚㨹㩎 CH㩇㩁㨹㩖㩩㨾㩡㨺㩘㨺㩣㩎㩨

Output Limit CH Disable Error Hold
No No No
Output in PROG mode

KV-AM40V CH2
PROG㩆㩨㩆㨷㩌㩢㨸㩂
+0
KV-AM40V CH2
Prog Output
+0
Changing settings in the access window
Though some settings can be changed in the access window, basically use Unit Editor to change
settings.
When changing settings in the access window, change the CPU unit to PROGRAM mode first.
Change is made for practical application (enable new settings), CPU unit should be switched
to RUN mode.

4-5 Access Window
Menu structure
The structure of the access window is as follows.

Monitor CH0 AD A/D conversion data（initial display）
Special data
Anolog value
Peak
Valley
Monitor CH1 AD
Relay
4
Monitor CH2 DA Analog data
KV-AM40V
Relay
Monitor CH3 DA
Setting CH0 AD Skip channel No
Yes
Input range -10 to +10V
0 to 10V
-5 to +5V
0 to 5V
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
4 to 20mA
Special data offset value
Line-break detection No
Yes
Averaging No
Average times specification Averaging times
Average time specification Average time (Unit: ms)
Moving average Number of averaging
Scaling No
Scaling lower limit
Comparator No
Zero clipper No Comparator lower limit ON level
Yes
Setting CH1 AD
Setting CH2 DA Skip channel No
Yes When unit editor sets designation method
Output range -10 to +10V of the values to “DM designation”, the
0 to 10V above-mentioned items cannot be set/displayed.
0 to 5V
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
4 to 20mA
Output data offset
Scaling No
Scaling lower limit
Upper/lower limit alarm No
Yes Alarm upper limit
Alarm lower limit
Output limit No
Yes
Error hold No
Yes
Output in PROG mode No
Yes
Setting CH3 DA

4-5 Access Window
Operating of Access Window
The access window is operated by the setting/operation keys on the CPU unit.
Setup key Normal function For changing value
Not used. Changes the digit whose value is to

be incremented/decremented.
4 Turn page. Can also be used to change Add the variation to the setting value.
KV-AM40V
Switch to setting change mode when Press and hold for more than 1s.
holding down this button for at least Holding this key down for at least one
*
1s. second applies changes to settings.
*The settings can only be changed when the CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode.
1 Press the direct access switch of the KV-AM40V you want to monitor.
screen for CH0 on the KV-AM40V you selected is displayed
on the access window.
KV-AM40V CH0 KV-AM40V CH0

+0 +0

It displays Menu screen.
Use " " and " " key for scrolling view of the menu.
ｾｯﾃｲ CH2 DA Set CH2 DA

ｾｯﾃｲ CH3 DA Set CH3 DA
ﾓﾆﾀ CH0 AD Mon CH0 AD
ﾓﾆﾀ CH1 AD Mon CH1 AD
Note
To return the KV-AM40V menu screen, either press the " " key again, or press the
For specific content of access window, please refer to user manual of the CPU units.

4-5 Access Window
Setting Screen
Note
4
KV-AM40V
Partial setting of "KV-AM40V" may be changed in access window.
Change of scaling upper limit value sequence is described below.
1 In the menu screen, use" "and" "key, select the channel to be set from the menu, press
" "key.
Display input range setting menu of the selected channel.

ﾚﾝｼﾞAD Range AD
1 - 5V 1 - 5V
2 Use " " and " " key to select scaling H (upper limit value) menu.

+10000 +10000
3 Holding down key " " for more than 1 sec.


+10000 +10000
1 1

Increment/decrement value digit increase once every time when the key is pressed. If this value
exceeds 10000, it will return to "1".

+10000 +10000
10 10

4-5 Access Window

+10010 +10010
10 10
4 KV-AM40V CH0 KV-AM40V CH0

KV-AM40V
+9990 +9990
10 10
6 After make the decision, hold down the " " button for at least one second.
Note
• The settings can only be changed when the CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode. Change
cannot be made in the RUN mode.
• If designation method of the set value is set to "DM designation", change cannot be
made.
The set changeable items and set range are as follows.

A/D conversion
Item Setting range
Skip channel Disabled, enabled
Input range Voltage:-10 to +10V, 0 to 10V, -5 to +5V, 0 to 5V,
1 to 5V
Current :0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA
Scaling Disabled, enabled
Scaling upper limit -31999 to 32000
Scaling lower limit -32000 to 31999
Averaging Disabled, simple average (times selection), simple average
(time selection),
Moving average
Number of averaging 2 to 60000
Averaging time (1 to 1500) in ms
Moving average 2 to 64
Comparator Disabled, enabled
Comparator upper limit ON level -32000 to 32000
Comparator upper limit OFF level -32000 to 32000
Comparator lower limit OFF level -32000 to 32000
Comparator lower limit ON level -32000 to 32000
Zero clip Disabled, enabled
Line break detection Disabled, enabled

4-5 Access Window
D/A conversion
Item Setting range
Skip channel Disabled, enabled
Input range Voltage: -10 to +10V, 0 to 10V, 0 to +5V, 1 to 5V
Current: 0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA
Scaling Disabled, enabled
4
Upper/lower limit alarm Disabled, enabled
Upper/lower limit upper alarm limit -32000 to 32000
value
KV-AM40V
Upper/lower limit lower alarm limit -32000 to 32000
value
Output limit OFF, ON
Error hold OFF, ON
Output in PROG mode Clear, output
Monitor Screen
How to Monitor
1 Select the channels to monitor in the menu screen using the " " and " " keys, and press the
" " key.
Display A/D conversion data monitoring menu of the selected channel.

+12345 +12345
2 Select the display data you want to monitor by the:" " and " " keys.
࡮A / D c o n v e r s i o n d a t a ࡮S p e c i a l d a t a
-8#/8%* -8#/8%* -8#/8%* -8#/8%*

#&㩗㩧㩀㩧㩍㩨㨺㩊 #&%QPX&CVC 㩎㩂㩆㨷 (WPE&CVC

࡮A n o l o g d a t a ࡮P e a k
-8#/8%* -8#/8%* -8#/8%* -8#/8%*

㨻㩏㩥㩂㩨#& #PCNQI 㩕㩩㨺㩂㩋 2GCM&CVC

8 8
࡮V a l l e y ࡮R e l a y m o n i t o r
-8#/8%* -8#/8%* 4.; 4.;

㩘㩨㩎㩛㩋 $QVVQO&CVC
.AAAAAAA .AAAAAAA
*AAAAAAAA *AAAAAAAA

4-6 Unit Monitor
Ladder diagram is used to support software KV STUDIO unit monitor function, relay and DM value used
in the monitoring unit may be displayed in optimum way according to different units. This section
describes how to monitor Unit Monitor and how to operate Unit Monitor.
Unit Monitor Introduction
Unit Monitor is a window that optimally displays values relay or DM values matched to the unit that is
4
monitoring these values.

KV-AM40V
• DMs and relays currently assigned to each unit can be displayed in the state that they were originally
registered.
• Each unit has provided display formats and layout templates for convenient monitoring.
• The selected unit can be monitored simply by selecting the unit to monitor without having to worry
Note
Display of "Unit Monitor Window"
1 Select "monitor/simulator" from the menu "unit monitor".

Pop up "Unit Monitor Selection" dialog box.
2 Select the units to be displayed and click the "Display"

button.
Other procedure
• In unit setting of work space, select the unit to be
monitored and then double click. Right-click the menu
and select "Unit Monitor".
• Select the unit to be monitored t unit editor, right click
the menu to select "unit monitoring". Or, select
"view" "unit monitor" from the menu.

4-6 Unit Monitor
KV-AM40V Unit monitor
Brief display
(3) Temperature drift (1) Unit information
(2) A/D conversion in progress (4) D/A conversion in progress
(5) Display channel 4

(6) Display input (12) Output range
KV-AM40V
(7) A/D conversion data (13) Output data
(8) Special data (15) Offset value
(9) Offset value

(15) Analog data
(10) Analog data
(11) Display disconnection (16) "Display (18) Real-time chart monitoring
(17) "Display the assignment device" (19) Error message display area
Reference
Name Function
page
(1) Unit information Display connection No. and model of current unit. -
(2) A/D conversion in progress ON in A/D conversion process. OFF when system exception 4-21
indicator occurs, A/D conversion cannot be executed.
(3) Temperature drift correcting ON during temperature shift compensation 4-33
indicator lamp
(4) D/A conversion in progress ON in D/A conversion process. OFF when system exception 4-21
indicator occurs, D/A conversion cannot be executed.
(5) Display channel Display channel name. -
(6) Display input range Display the set input range. 4-34
(7) A/D conversion data Display A/D conversion data. 4-22
(8) Special data Display special data. 4-22
(9) Offset value Display special data offset value. 4-40
(10) Analog data Display analog data. 4-22
(11) Display disconnection Display ON/OFF state of breaking detection relay. 4-49
- : OFF
· : ON
Set the breaking detection to "Disabled" CH, displaying "---", no
change.
(12) Output range Display output range of the setting. 4-51
(13) Output data Display output data. 4-23
(15) Offset value Display output data offset value. 4-52
(15) Analog data Display analog data. 4-22
(16) "Display detailed" button After click, display detailed data. -
(17) "Display assignment After selected, display the relay, data memory address with -
device" check box distributed current display data.(display "---" for the data that are
not distributed to the relay or data memory.))
(18) Real-time chart monitoring After click, for channels that do not execute channel skip, in -
case of special data or output data are registered, start real
time chart monitoring.
(19) Error message display area Display error content. A-8

4-6 Unit Monitor
Detail display
After specific display, monitor state of the functions, change the set value.
Note
• If a function is set to "Disabled", it will be displayed as "---", this function cannot be
• If its designation method is set to "Unit Editor Designation", the set value
background of this function is displayed in gray, cannot be changed (set update).
4 • If its designation method is set to "DM designation", the set value background of the
function is displayed in white, change may be made (set update).
KV-AM40V
• In all channels, "disabled" row of function setting is not displayed.
(1) Scaling
(6) Upper/lower
(2) Zero drift
(3) Comparator
(4) Hold
(5) Averaging
(7) "Hide detail" button (8) "Read setting" (9) "Update setting"

4-6 Unit Monitor
Reference
Name Function
page
(1) Scaling Scaling upper limit value and scaling lower limit value may be 4-36
(2) Zero drift Relay ON/OFF state in zero drift may be monitored, zero drift 4-42
relay may be forced ON/OFF.
(3) Comparator Each level of comparator function may be monitored or 4-46
changed. In addition, ON/OFF state of comparator upper limit 4
relay, comparator lower limit relay may be monitored,
KV-AM40V
comparator reset relay may be forced ON/OFF.
(4) Hold Peak and bottom values of peak/bottom value hold function, 4-44
relay ON/OFF state in hold mode may be monitored. At the
same time, holding relay may be forced ON/OFF.
(5) Averaging Averaging function category may be monitored, average 4-37
constant may be monitored or changed.
(6) Upper/lower limit alarm Upper/lower limit value of upper/lower limit alarm function may 4-54
be monitored or changed. In addition, ON/OFF state of upper
limit alarm relay and lower limit alarm relay may be monitored,
upper/lower limit alarm may be eliminated.
(7) "Hide detail" button Close display of detailed data. -
(8) "Read setting" button For the set value of selected DM, read the DM value distributed -
to this set value from CPU unit.
(9) "Update setting" button Force the setting update request relay to ON/OFF, use input 4-27
value in unit monitor to update the set value in KV-AM40V (only
limited to the set value of selected DM).
Note
After "Unit Monitoring" is started, the set value updated from the ladder diagram
program (DM designation) could not be reflected in "Unit Monitoring". Please press
the "Set Reading" button to update the information.
On unit monitor, move cursor to the data, right click, after select cross reference,
display work position list of the distributed device.
(Any device that is not distributed to relay or data memory could not be used.)

4-6 Unit Monitor
MEMO
4
KV-AM40V

5
KV-AD40G
This chapter describes A/D conversion unit KV-AD40G.
5-1 Specification & A/D Conversion •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5-2

5-3 Buffering Function •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5-51
5-4 Access Window ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5-67
5-5 Unit Monitor •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 5-73

5-1 Specification & A/D Conversion
This section describes "KV-AD40G" specification, input terminal wiring and A/D conversion.
Specifications
Item Specification
Model KV-AD40G
Internal current consumption <220mA
5 Operating relative humidity
Storage relative humidity
10 to 95% RH (no condensation)*1
10 to 95% RH (no condensation)*1
KV-AD40G
Noise immunity
5 to 9Hz - 3.5mm
Compatible with 9 to 150Hz 9.8m/s2 - 10 times in X, Y,
respectively (100
5 to 9Hz - 1.75mm
9 to 150Hz 4.9m/s2 -
Insulation resistance 50MΩ or more (DC 500V ohmmeter, measured between power terminal and I/O terminal,
external terminal and housing)
Pollution degree 2
Weight ca. 150g
Item Specification
Analog input 4 points (differential input)
Voltage: -10 to 10V (0.33mV 1/60000) Current: 0 to 20mA (0.67 µA/30000)
Analog input 0 to 10V (0.33mV 1/30000) 4 to 20mA (0.67µA 1/24000)
range(resolution) 0 to 5V (0.17mV 1/30000)
1 to 5V (0.17mV 1/24000)
Input impedance Voltage:5MΩ Current: 250Ω
Isolation mode
CH_A (0 and 1) and CH_B (0 and 1); opto-coupler/transistor*
80µs/2ch, 160µs/4ch
Conversion speed
(when using buffering function, max. speed is 50µA/2ch, 100µA/4ch)
Voltage : ±0.05% of F.S. (@25°C) Voltage : ±0.05% of F.S. (@25°C)
Conversion precision
±0.1% of F.S. (@0 to 50°C) ±0.1% of F.S. (@0 to 50°C)
Max. input Voltage :±15V Current : 30mA
Number of points input : 1 point
Input signal : NPN open collector, dry contact signal
External trigger input
Min. ON voltage : 1V
Max. OFF current : 0.1mA
Buffer period : 50µs to 3s
Buffering function Isolation data size : 1000 word/ch
Data synchronization : CH_A0-CH_B0 and CH_A1-CH_B1

Item Specification
Scaling function, averaging function (time Selection, count Selection, moving average, first-order lag
Special function filter), data offset function, zero drift function, zero clipper function, peak/bottom hold function,
comparator function, Line-break detection function, buffering function, external trigger
* Not isolated between 1 CH_A0 and CH_A1, between CH_B0 and CH_B1.
■ Number of available devices
Relay 96 points (6ch)

When buffering function is set to "disabled": 62 words
DMs
When buffering function is set to "enabled": 1070 words
■ Dimensions 5
KV-AD40G
2.8 KPOO
27.3
90 35.9
3.5 97.5
9 35 3 (114) (4.4)
Wiring Input Terminals
Terminal Signal name Description

A0+ CH_A0 Voltage input
A1+ CH_A1 Voltage input
B0+ CH_B0 Voltage input
B1+ CH_B1 Voltage input
GND
TRIG A0_I CH_A0 Current input
A0−
A0+ A1_I CH_A1 Current input CH_A (0 & 1) and CH_B (0 & 1) are
C0M_A
A0_I B0_I CH_B0 Current input isolated electrically.
A1−
A1+ B1_I CH_B1 Current input
C0M_A
A1_I
A0- CH_A0 Analog input GND
B0− A1- CH_A1 Analog input GND
B0+
COM_B B0- CH_B0 Analog input GND
BO_I
B1− B1- CH_B1 Analog input GND
B1+
COM_B COM_A CH_A0/CH_A1 common
B1_I Connected to GND of internal circuit.
COM_B CH_B0/CH_B1 common
TRIG External trigger input
GND External trigger input GND

■ Wiring diagram for analog input terminals

Please connect peripherals according to wiring diagram for analog input terminal block .
● Wiring voltage input
GND
64+)
#㧙
#
Voltage signal Shielded %1/A#
CH_A0
#A+
#㧙
5
#
Shielded %1/A#
CH_A1
#A+
$㧙
KV-AD40G
$
Shielded
%1/A$
CH_B0
$A+
$㧙
$
Shielded
CH_B1 %1/A$
$A+
Note
· Voltage/current input wiring can not be laid in same channel.
· A0-/A1 - and COM_A or B0-/B1- and COM_B can be shorted to reduce noise influence of
voltage signal.
● Wiring current input
)0&
64+)
#㧙
#
Current signal V0+ and I0+ circuit-shorted
%1/A#
CH_A0
Shielded #A+
#㧙
#
V0+ and I0+ circuit-shorted
%1/A#
CH_A1
Shielded #A+
$㧙
$
V0+ and I0+ circuit-shorted
%1/A$
CH_B0
Shielded $A+
$㧙
$ V0+ and I0+ circuit-shorted
%1/A$
CH_B1
Shielded $A+
Note
· Voltage/current input wiring can not be laid in same channel.
· A0-/A1- and COM_A or B0-/B1- and COM_B can be shorted to reduce noise
influence of voltage signal.

■ External trigger input circuit diagram
＋5V Input signal NPN open collector, dry contact signal

Min. ON voltage 1V
1.5kΩ 3kΩ Max. OFF current 0.1mA
TRIG
GND
"Conversion Timing Setting (external trigger)", Page 5-29
5
A/D Conversion
KV-AD40G
The following describes A/D conversion principles, A/D conversion speed and data synchronization of KV-
AD40G.
How A/D Conversion Works
A/D conversion of KV-AD40G is introduced below.
External equipment
CPU unit KV-AD40G

Magnification circuit A Multiplexer A
A0+
A1+
16-bit A/D
converter A A0-
A1-
CPU
Magnification circuit B Multiplexer B
B0+
B1+
16-bit A/D
B0-
converter B
Data Memory
B1-
A/D conversion data
(1) The part identified with "--------" is electrically insulated part.

(2) In 2 CH mode, multiplexer A and B can not perform conversion will be not conducted except CH_A0
and CH_B0 sampling.
In 4 CH mode, multiplexer A and B will perform conversion and sampling of CH_A0 and CH _A1,
CH_B0 and CH_B1.
(3) Analog signal (voltage, current) of external equipment input to every channel is magnified via
magnification circuit, converted to A/D conversion data (numerical value) via 16-bit A/D converter
and then transferred to CPU inside KV-AD40G.
(4) CPU inside KV-AD40G stores A/D conversion data to DMs of CPU unit via a bus.
In DMs of CPU unit, A/D conversion data is stored as 16-bit signed DEC data.

About A/D Conversion Speed
KV-AD40G conversion speed (internal sampling period) varies with the number of channels used and
whether or not buffering function used.
KV-AD40G conversion speed

Number of occupied Buffering function
CHs disabled enabled
2CH mode 80µs/2ch 50µs/2ch
5 "Buffering Function", Page 5-51
But, please note that data will be stored once in DMs of CPU unit (KV-5500/5000/3000/1000/700) every
KV-AD40G
160µs or CPU unit scanning time.
About data synchronization of A/D conversion
The synchronization of A/D conversion data is available between CH_A0 and CH_B0, CH_A1 and
CH_B1.
There is no synchronization in other A/D conversion data combination.
The conversion and sampling reason of CH_□0 and CH_□1 are as follows.
Sampling schematic diagram when the number of channels used is "4CH mode".
Synchronization
Time
CH_A0 CH_A1 CH_A0 CH_A1
Thump noise Thump noise Thump noise Thump noise
Ring Ring Ring Ring
No synchronization No synchronization
CH_B0 CH_B1 CH_B0 CH_B1
Thump noise Thump noise Thump noise Thump noise
Ring Ring Ring Ring
t t t t
T: A/D conversion speed (internal sampling period)
If the number of channels used is set to "2CH mode", only CH_A0 and CH_B0 are sampled.

A/D Conversion Table

Example When voltage is +9.10V, A/D conversion data is 27300 (part in ).

Value before 2nd digit after decimal place of voltage
value
+10
.00
30000
.10
30300
.20
30600
5
+9 27000 27300 27600
KV-AD40G
+8 24000 24300 24600

Input range: -10 to +10V
A/D conversion data
30000
20000
10000
5 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2
0
+2 +4 +6 +8 +10
Voltage (V)
KV-AD40G
-10000
-20000
-30000
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 30000 30300 30600 30900 - - - - - -
+9 27000 27300 27600 27900 28200 28500 28800 29100 29400 29700
+8 24000 24300 24600 24900 25200 25500 25800 26100 26400 26700
+7 21000 21300 21600 21900 22200 22500 22800 23100 23400 23700
+6 18000 18300 18600 18900 19200 19500 19800 20100 20400 20700
+5 15000 15300 15600 15900 16200 16500 16800 17100 17400 17700
+4 12000 12300 12600 12900 13200 13500 13800 14100 14400 14700
+3 9000 9300 9600 9900 10200 10500 10800 11100 11400 11700
+2 6000 6300 6600 6900 7200 7500 7800 8100 8400 8700
+1 3000 3300 3600 3900 4200 4500 4800 5100 5400 5700
+0 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700
-0 0 -300 -600 -900 -1200 -1500 -1800 -2100 -2400 -2700
-1 -3000 -3300 -3600 -3900 -4200 -4500 -4800 -5100 -5400 -5700
-2 -6000 -6300 -6600 -6900 -7200 -7500 -7800 -8100 -8400 -8700
-3 -9000 -9300 -9600 -9900 -10200 -10500 -10800 -11100 -11400 -11700
-4 -12000 -12300 -12600 -12900 -13200 -13500 -13800 -14100 -14400 -14700
-5 -15000 -15300 -15600 -15900 -16200 -16500 -16800 -17100 -17400 -17700
-6 -18000 -18300 -18600 -18900 -19200 -19500 -19800 -20100 -20400 -20700
-7 -21000 -21300 -21600 -21900 -22200 -22500 -22800 -23100 -23400 -23700
-8 -24000 -24300 -24600 -24900 -25200 -25500 -25800 -26100 -26400 -26700
-9 -27000 -27300 -27600 -27900 -28200 -28500 -28800 -29100 -29400 -29700
-10 -30000 -30300 -30600 -30900 - - - - - -
* A/D conversion data changes within the range of -30900 (-10.30V) to 30900 (10.30V).
If voltage input is outside the range, it will be clipped at max. value 30900 or min. value-30900.

A/D conversion data

Voltage (V) 5
KV-AD40G
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 30000 30300 30600 30900
+9 27000 27300 27600 27900 28200 28500 28800 29100 29400 29700
+8 24000 24300 24600 24900 25200 25500 25800 26100 26400 26700
+7 21000 21300 21600 21900 22200 22500 22800 23100 23400 23700
+6 18000 18300 18600 18900 19200 19500 19800 20100 20400 20700
+5 15000 15300 15600 15900 16200 16500 16800 17100 17400 17700
+4 12000 12300 12600 12900 13200 13500 13800 14100 14400 14700
+3 9000 9300 9600 9900 10200 10500 10800 11100 11400 11700
+2 6000 6300 6600 6900 7200 7500 7800 8100 8400 8700
+1 3000 3300 3600 3900 4200 4500 4800 5100 5400 5700
+0 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700
-0 0 -300 -600 -900
* A/D conversion data changes within the range of -900 (-0.30V) to 30900 (+10.30V).
If voltage input is outside the range, it will be clipped at max. value 30900 or min. value -900.

A/D conversion data

5
Voltage (V)

KV-AD40G
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+5 30000 30600
+4 24000 24600 25200 25800 26400 27000 27600 28200 28800 29400
+3 18000 18600 19200 19800 20400 21000 21600 22200 22800 23400
+2 12000 12600 13200 13800 14400 15000 15600 16200 16800 17400
+1 6000 6600 7200 7800 8400 9000 9600 10200 10800 11400
+0 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400
-0 0 -600
* A/D conversion data changes within the range of -900 (-0.15V) to 30900 (5.15V).
Input range: +1 to +5V
A/D conversion data
24000
20000
10000

Voltage (V)

㧙6000
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+5 24000 24600
+4 18000 18600 19200 19800 20400 21000 21600 22200 22800 23400
+3 12000 12600 13200 13800 14400 15000 15600 16200 16800 17400
+2 6000 6600 7200 7800 8400 9000 9600 10200 10800 11400
+1 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400
+0 -6000 -5400 -4800 -4200 -3600 -3000 -2400 -1800 -1200 -600
-0 -6000 -6600
* A/D conversion data changes within the range of -6900 (-0.15V) to 24900 (+5.15V).
A/D conversion data
30000
20000
10000
5
KV-AD40G
0 Current (mA)
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 30000 30150 30300 30450 30600 30750 30900
19 28500 28650 28800 28950 29100 29250 29400 29550 29700 29850
18 27000 27150 27300 27450 27600 27750 27900 28050 28200 28350
17 25500 25650 25800 25950 26100 26250 26400 26550 26700 26850
16 24000 24150 24300 24450 24600 24750 24900 25050 25200 25350
15 22500 22650 22800 22950 23100 23250 23400 23550 23700 23850
14 21000 21150 21300 21450 21600 21750 21900 22050 22200 22350
13 19500 19650 19800 19950 20100 20250 20400 20550 20700 20850
12 18000 8150 18300 18450 18600 18750 18900 19050 19200 19350
11 16500 16650 16800 16950 17100 17250 17400 17550 17700 17850
10 15000 15150 15300 15450 15600 15750 15900 16050 16200 16350
9 13500 13650 13800 13950 14100 14250 14400 14550 14700 14850
8 12000 12150 12300 12450 12600 12750 12900 13050 13200 13350
7 10500 10650 10800 10950 11100 11250 11400 11550 11700 11850
6 9000 9150 9300 9450 9600 9750 9900 10050 10200 10350
5 7500 7650 7800 7950 8100 8250 8400 8550 8700 8850
4 6000 6150 6300 6450 6600 6750 6900 7050 7200 7350
3 4500 4650 4800 4950 5100 5250 5400 5550 5700 5850
2 3000 3150 3300 3450 3600 3750 3900 4050 4200 4350
1 1500 1650 1800 1950 2100 2250 2400 2550 2700 2850
0 0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350
-0 0 -150 -300 -450 -600 -750 -900
* A/D conversion data changes within the range of -900 (-0.60mA) to 30900 (+20.60mA).
If current input is outside the range, it will be clipped at max. value 30900 or min. value -900.

A/D conversion data
24000
20000
5
10000
0 2
KV-AD40G
0
Current (mA)
4
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
-6000
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 24000 24150 24300 24450 24600 24750 24900
19 22500 22650 22800 22950 23100 23250 23400 23550 23700 23850
18 21000 21150 21300 21450 21600 21750 21900 22050 22200 22350
17 19500 19650 19800 19950 20100 20250 20400 20550 20700 20850
16 18000 18150 18300 18450 18600 18750 18900 19050 19200 19350
15 16500 16650 16800 16950 17100 17250 17400 17550 17700 17850
14 15000 15150 15300 15450 15600 15750 15900 16050 16200 16350
13 13500 13650 13800 13950 14100 14250 14400 14550 14700 14850
12 12000 12150 12300 12450 12600 12750 12900 13050 13200 13350
11 10500 10650 10800 10950 11100 11250 11400 11550 11700 11850
10 9000 9150 9300 9450 9600 9750 9900 10050 10200 10350
9 7500 7650 7800 7950 8100 8250 8400 8550 8700 8850
8 6000 6150 6300 6450 6600 6750 6900 7050 7200 7350
7 4500 4650 4800 4950 5100 5250 5400 5550 5700 5850
6 3000 3150 3300 3450 3600 3750 3900 4050 4200 4350
5 1500 1650 1800 1950 2100 2250 2400 2550 2700 2850
4 0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350
3 -1500 -1350 -1200 -1050 -900 -750 -600 -450 -300 -150
2 -3000 -2850 -2700 -2550 -2400 -2250 -2100 -1950 -1800 -1650
1 -4500 -4350 -4200 -4050 -3900 -3750 -3600 -3450 -3300 -3150
0 -6000 -5850 -5700 -5550 -5400 -5250 -5100 -4950 -4800 -4650
-0 -6000 -6150 -6300 -6450 -6600 -6750 -6900
* A/D conversion data changes within the range of -6900 (-0.60mA) to 24900 (+20.60mA).
If current input is outside the range, it will be clipped at max. value 24900 or min. value -6900.

This section describes functions and setting methods of KV-AD40G.
List of Setting Options
KV-AD40G is also set using Unit Editor. The setting values of some items can be specified in DMs
(DMs). The functions settable, default value and the DM Selection, as follows.
Function Setting Item Setting Value DM Specify See page

Setting the Leading Leading DM No. Need set ×
5-28
Device Leading relay No. Need set ×
Number of used CHs

4CH mode Default
2CH mode
×
5
Common setting 5-28
Internal fixed period timer Default
KV-AD40G
conversion timing*1 ×
External trigger
-10 to +10V Default
0 to 10V
0 to 5V
Set range Input signal range × 5-31
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
4 to 20mA
Disabled Default
Scaling ×
Enabled
Unit Editor Selection Default
Scaling function Scaling selection × 5-33
DM Selection
Scaling upper limit -29999 to +30000 ( Default +30000)*2 ○
Scaling lower limit -30000 to +29999 ( Default -30000)*2 ○
Disable Default
Averaging (count Selection)
Averaging Averaging (time Selection) ×
Moving average
First-order lag filtering
Filter function Average constant Unit Editor Selection Default 5-35
×
Selection DM Selection
Averaging count 2 to 65000 ( Default 2) ○
Averaging time (ms) 1 to 3000 ( Default 1) ○
Moving average count 2 to 1000 ( Default 2) ○
First-order lag filter 2 to 500 ( Default 2) ○
Disable Default
Comparator ×
Enabled
Comparator value Unit Editor Selection Default
×
-32768 to +32767 ( Default 30000)*4*5 ○
ON level
Comparator 5-46
function*3 -32768 to +32767 ( Default 30000)*4*5 ○
OFF level
-32768 to +32767 ( Default -30000)*5*6 ○
OFF level
-32768 to +32767 ( Default -30000)*5*6 ○
ON level
Disable
Zero clip Zero clip × 5-32
Enabled Default

Function Setting Item Setting Value DM Specify See page

Line-break detection Disable Default
Line-break detection × 5-49
function*3 Enabled
Disable Default
Buffer ×
Enabled
Buffer cycle Unit Editor Selection Default
×
Buffering cycle
0 to 30000 ( Default 0)*7 ○
(in 100µs)
Internal relay Default
Outside trigger terminal
5 CH_A0 level (↑)
CH_A0 level (↓)
CH_A1 level (↑)
KV-AD40G
Trigger condition ×
CH_A1 level (↓)
Buffering function 5-51
CH_B0 level (↑)
CH_B0 level (↓)
CH_B1 level (↑)
CH_B1 level (↓)
Unit Editor Selection Default
Trigger level setting ×
DM Selection
Buffering num before trigger -32768 to +32767( Default 0) ○
Buffering relay num Unit Editor Selection Default
×
selection DM Selection
Buffering num 1 to 10000 ( Default 1000) ○
Buffering num before
0 to 9999 ( Default 0)*8 ○
trigger
*1 When using buffering function, this item is fixed as "internal fixed period timer".
*2 It can not be set scaling upper limit value <= scaling lower limit value.
*3 It can not be used when buffering function is used.
*4 It can not be set comparator upper limit ON level < comparator upper limit OFF level.
*5 It can not be set comparator upper limit value < comparator lower limit value.
*6 It can not be set comparator lower limit OFF level < comparator lower limit ON level.
*7 If buffer period is set to "0", changes buffer period to the time as follows.
Number of
Buffer period
used CHs
4CH mode 100µs
2CH mode 50µs
*8 The value exceeding the number of buffers shall not be set.


setting up KV-AD40G communication functions. This setting is very necessary in the first use of KV-
AD40G. For how to start and operate Unit Editor, see "KV STUDIO User's Manual".

To describe the procedures to set KV-AD40G using the Unit Editor .
1 Start KV STUDIO, and start Unit Editor.

Select "Tool" -> "Unit Editor" from KV STUDIO
menu.
5
Other procedure
KV-AD40G
· Click button.
2 Select the unit to be connected from "Select

unit (1)" tab and drag it to the CPU unit.
3 Set the details of the KV-AD40G on the unit configuration area.

Select "KV-AD40G" and right-click to select
"Display unit setting".
The "KV-AD40G" setting is displayed in the "Unit
setup" window.
Other procedure
• Press key
• Select "View" -> "Display unit setting ".
• Double-click the unit whose settings are to be
changed in the unit configuration area.

· When entering from the text box:
The text box is displayed. Enter the desired numerical
value.
· When entering from the dropdown list:
The dropdown list is displayed. Select the desired item.
5
KV-AD40G
5 Press key
7 Select "File" -> "Close" from the menu. This saves the system you have created, and returns to
the Editor.
Other procedure
· Click button.
· Click button.

About DM Selection of Setting Value
For some items set in unit compiler, their setting values can be specified using constant or DM (DMs)
value. DM Selection method of setting value and refresh timing of setting value specified by DM are
described below.
How to specify setting value in DM
KV-AD40G
In "Unit setup" of Unit Editor, set corresponding Selection method to "DM Selection".
Function Setting item Setting range See page
Scaling function Scaling upper limit -29999 to +30000*1
5-33
Scaling lower limit -30000 to +29999*1
Specify number of
2 to 65000 5-36
averages
Averaging time (ms) 1 to 3000 5-37
Filtering function
First-order lag filter 5-38
2 to 500
constant
-32768 to +32767*3*4
ON resistance
-32768 to +32767*3*4
Comparator OFF resistance
5-46
function*2 Comparator lower limit
-32768 to +32767*4*5
OFF resistance
-32768 to +32767*4*5
ON resistance
*2 It cannot be used when buffering function is used.
*3 It can not be set comparator upper limit ON level < comparator upper limit OFF level.
*6 The setting item specified by DM via buffering function will buffer be read by KV-AD40G when request
relay ( n +003) turns OFF -> ON. For details, please see "5-3 Buffering Function", Page 5-51.

Setting value updating timing during DM Selection
KV-AD40G can read and update the DM value of the item specified by DM in the following time period:
(3) When CH0 setting update request relay ( n +001) is changed from OFF to ON
Note
• The setting item specified by DM via buffering function, will be read by KV-AD40G
when buffer request relay ( n +003) turns OFF -> ON.
5 "5-3 Buffering Function", Page 5-51
• For the item specified by DM can be updated during the period mentioned above.
KV-AD40G
Only a part of setting items fails to be updated.

• The item not specified by DM (i.e. specified via Unit Editor), its setting value set
of corresponding setting communication area.
• In the case of above (1) and (2), if DM value exceeds setting range, KV-AD40G will
fail and A/D conversion is not performed. (In this case, error relay ( n +315) will be
ON. To clear unit error and perform A/D conversion, DM value must be changed
within setting range, and perform any one of above (1) to (3).
• In the case of above (3), if DM value exceeds the setting range, KV-AD40G will fail.
(In this case, error relay ( n +315) will be ON. But during A/D conversion, setting

■ Details on updating setting value via setting update request relay

㧔㧕

Setting value DM
㧔㧕㧔㧕

Setting refresh request relay
( +001)
5
㧔㧕

Setting refresh complete relay

( +301)
KV-AD40G

Error relay
( +315)
Error clear relay

( +015)
(2) KV-AD40G After completing setting update, setting update complete relay is ON.
(3) Ladder Turn setting update request relay OFF.
(4) KV-AD40G Turn setting update complete relay OFF.
(5) Ladder Save the value exceeding range of set value, then turn the setting update request
relay ON.
(6) KV-AD40G Error relay is ON (setting update complete relay is not ON).
Meanwhile, error code is stored in DM ( n +020).
(7) Ladder Turn the error clear relay to ON.
(8) KV-AD40G Turn the error relay to OFF.
Read internal setting value from KV-AD40G to DMs
To read the setting value currently saved in KV-AD40G to DM of DM Selection item. DM setting value is
read when setting read request relay ( n +002) is changed from OFF to ON.
Note
· All setting values of the setting item specified via DM can be read. Only a part of
setting items can not be read in DM.
· The setting value of the setting item not specified via DM (specified via Unit Editor)
can not be read in DM. The value currently saved in CPU unit is remained as DM
value.

■ Read detailed setting value by setting read request relay

(1) (4)
Setting read request relay
( +002)
(3) (5)
Setting read complete relay

( +302)
5 (2)
KV-AD40G
Setting value DM
Internal setting value
KV-AD40G
(1) Ladder Setting read request relay to ON.

(2) KV-AD40G Transfer the setting value stored in KV-AD40G to DM.
(3) KV-AD40G After transferring, set read complete relay to ON.
(4) Ladder Turn OFF setting read request relay.
(5) KV-AD40G Turn OFF setting read complete relay.
KV-AD40G Sample Program
■ Read/update setting (KV-AD40G)

For the item specified by DM, the program can read the setting value currently saved in KV-AD40G to
DM, change CH_A0 scaling upper limit value and scaling lower limit value so as to update the setting
value.
R10000 R30002 R30001 R30002

Use Unit Editor to set KV-AD40G unit
↑ SET Leading DM No. : DM10000
Setting read request Setting read request Setting read request Leading relay No. : 30000
R30302 R30002 CH_A0
↑ RES
Scaling : "Used"
Setting read complete Setting read request
Scaling value selection : "DM selection"
R30302 #10000 #0 R30001 Scaling upper limit : "DM10025"
↓ DW DW SET
Setting read complete DM10025 DM10026 Scaling lower limit : "DM10026"
Setting read request
ch_A0 Scaling upper limit ch_A0 Scaling lower limit
R30301 R30001
↑ RES
Setting update complete Setting read request
■ Error clear (KV-AD40G)

The program can clear the error occurring in KV-AD40G.
R30315 DM10020 R30015

Use Unit Editor to set KV-AD40G unit
↑ LDA SET Leading DM No. : DM10000
Error relay Error code Error clear Leading relay No. : 30000
R30315 R30015
↓ RES
Error relay Error clear

List of relays and DMs occupied by KV-AD40G.
Number of occupied devices
Number of relays and DMs used in KV-AD40G are as follows.
■ Number of occupied DMs

Number of DMs occupied by KV-AD40G varies with whether or not buffering function used.
When buffering function is set to "disabled": 62 words 5
KV-AD40G
■ Number of occupied relays
The relays occupied by KV-AD40G are 96 points (6ch)
■ Normal read area

KV-AD40G stores scanning data in this area.
Data cannot be written into this area using Ladder.
CH DM No. Name See page
N + 000 A/D convert data
N + 001 Special data 5-22
CH_A0 N + 002 Analog data
N + 003 Peak
5-44
N + 004 bottom
CH_A1 N + 007 Analog data
N + 008 Peak
5-44
N + 009 bottom
CH_B0 N + 012 Analog data
N + 013 Peak
5-44
N + 014 bottom
CH_B1 N + 017 Analog data
N + 018 Peak
5-44
N + 019 bottom
Common N + 020 Error code A-9

● A/D convert data

The value acquired via A/D conversion input signal ("-900 to 30900", "-30900 to 30900", "-6900 to
24900") will be stored as A/D conversion data.
"A/D Conversion Table", Page 5-7
A/D conversion data will be stored in the following DMs.

Channel No. CH_A0 CH_A1 CH_B0 CH_B1
DM No. N + 000 N + 005 N + 010 N + 015
N : Leading DM No.
5 ● Special data
KV-AD40G
The value, processed via zero clipper function, scaling function, special data offset function, filtering
function (averaging), zero drift function, will be stored as special data. If these functions are not set, the
value identical to A/D conversion data will be stored.
If using multiple functions, all numerical values processed will be stored.
"Zero Clipper Function", Page 5-32
"Filtering Function (Averaging)", Page 5-35

DM No. N + 001 N + 006 N + 011 N + 016
N : Leading DM No.
● Analog data
Voltage/current value converted from A/D conversion data will be stored as analog data.
Analog data can be obtained using the following formula:
Analog data = A/D conversion data× resolution
Unit: [1 mV] for voltage input; [1μA] for current input.

Units displayed in Access Window or Unit Monitor: "V" for voltage, "mA" for current.

DM No. N + 002 N + 007 N + 012 N + 017
N : Leading DM No.

■ Normal communication area

Due to no relay operation during data written from Ladder, KV-AD40G will acquire the data written in every
scanning.
CH_A0 N + 021
CH_A1 N + 022
Special data offset 5-39
CH_B0 N + 023
CH_B1 N + 024
■ Setting value communication area 5

KV-AD40G
But, the area can be used only "DM Selection" is set in unit setting for each item.
It fails to be used if set to "Unit Editor Selection".
In addition, when power is ON, CPU unit switched from PROGRAM to RUN mode, and the setting
update request relay ( n +001) is set from OFF to ON using Ladder, KV-AD40G will acquire the data
written into this area.
5-33
N + 027 Averaging constants 5-35
CH_A0 N + 028 Comparator upper limit ON level
5-46
5-33
CH_A1 N + 035 Comparator upper limit ON level
5-46
5-33
CH_B0 N + 042 Comparator upper limit ON level
N
5-46
+ 044 Comparator lower limit OFF level
N
5-33
CH_B1 N + 049 Comparator upper limit ON level
N
5-46
+ 051 Comparator lower limit OFF level
N + 053
Common to Reserved for system -
N + 061

■ Buffer communication area

When buffer is set to "enabled" in unit setting, the area is occupied. If it is set to "disabled", the area is
not occupied.
Attributes
Ch DM No. Name W: use Ladder to write data See page
R: write data via KV-AD40G
N + 062 Buffering cycle W
N + 063 Buffer trigger level W
5-52
N + 064 Buffering count W
N + 065 Buffering data count before W
N + 066 Buffer trigger data No. R
5 Common N
N
+ 067 Buffering complete count R
5-56
+ 068 Buffer read page No. W

KV-AD40G
N + 069 Buffering read completed count R

N + 070 5-60
to Buffer data R
N + 1069
List of relays
The following describes the names and description of relays occupied by KV-AD40G.
( n : leading relay No.)
CH Relay No. Name See page
n + 001 Setting refresh request
n
5-17
+ 002 Setting read request
n + 003 Buffer request
n
5-56
+ 004 Buffer trigger
n + 005 Buffer read request 5-60
Common n + 006 Reserved for system -
n + 007 Trigger refresh information clear 5-30
n + 008
n + 014
n + 015 Error clear A-9
n + 100 Zero drift 5-42
n + 101 Hold 5-44
n + 102 Break detected clear 5-49
CH_A0
n + 104
n + 107
n + 109 Hold 5-44
CH_A1
n + 112
n + 115


n + 201 Hold 5-44
CH_B0
n + 204
n + 207
n + 209 Hold 5-44
n
5
+ 210 Break detected clear 5-49
CH_B1
n + 212
KV-AD40G
n + 215
n + 300 In A/D Conversion -
n + 301 Setting refresh complete
n
5-17
+ 302 Settings read complete
n + 303 On buffering
n
5-56
+ 304 Buffer trigger detected
n + 305 Buffering read complete 5-60
Common n + 306 Buffering complete 5-56
n + 307 Trigger refresh information 5-30
n + 308
n + 314
n + 315 Error relay A-7
n + 400 ch_A0 On zero drift 5-42
n + 401 ch_A0 On hold 5-44
n + 402 ch_A0 Break detected 5-49
n + 403 ch_A0 Comparator upper limit
CH_A0 n
5-46
+ 404 ch_A0 Comparator lower limit
n + 405
n + 407
n + 408 ch_A1 On zero drift 5-42
n + 409 ch_A1 On hold 5-44
n + 410 ch_A1 Break detected 5-49
n + 411 ch_A1 Comparator upper limit
CH_A1 n
5-46
+ 412 ch_A1 Comparator lower limit
n + 413
n + 415
n + 500 ch_B0 On zero drift 5-42
n + 501 ch_B0 On hold 5-44
n + 502 ch_B0 Break detected 5-49
n + 503 ch_B0 Commparator upper limit
CH_B0 n
5-46
+ 504 ch_B0 Commparator lower limit
n + 505
n + 507


n + 508 ch_B1 On zero drift 5-42
n + 509 ch_B1 On hold 5-44
n + 510 ch_B1 Break detected 5-49
n + 511 ch_B1 Comparator upper limit
CH_B1 n
5-46
+ 512 ch_B1 Comparator lower limit
n + 513
n + 515
5
KV-AD40G

KV-AD40G Functional Block Diagram
Processing sequence for KV-AD40G functions is as follows.
A/D conversion
Analog data
operation 5
KV-AD40G
Analog data A/D conversion data Zero clipper Line-break detection
Averaging Line-break detection relay
Scaling
Special data offset
Zero drift
Peak/Valley hold
Peak Comparator upper limit relay

Valley Comparator lower limit relay
* It cannot be used when buffering function is used.

5 ■ Leading DM No.
Sets the leading No. of the data memories to be occupied by KV-AD40G.
KV-AD40G
The number of DMs occupied by KV-AD40G varies with the use or non-use of buffering function.
When buffering function is set to "disabled": 62 words
Sets the leading channel of the relay occupied by KV-AD40G.
KV-AD40G occupies 96 (6 channels) relays.
Set Number of Used Channels
Sets number of analog input points used by KV-AD40G.

If setting the number of used channels to "2CH mode", only A/D conversion of CH_A0 and CH_B0 is
conducted. A/D conversion of CH_A1 and CH_B1 is not conducted. It will be stored as "0" into the DMs for
storing A/D conversion data, special data and analog data. In addition, "0" will be also displayed in Access
Window, and the data not displayed in the window of Unit Monitor.
A/D conversion speed (sampling period) in "2CH mode" shall be set faster than the setting of "4CH
mode".
Relationship between number of used channels and A/D conversion speed *1
Number of occupied Buffer

CHs disabled enabled
2CH mode 80µs/2ch 50µs/2ch*2
*1 Please note that data will be stored once in DMs of CPU unit every 160μs or CPU unit scanning time.
*2 The value when buffer period is set to "0".
"A/D Conversion", Page 5-5
"5-3 Buffering Function", Page 5-51

Conversion Timing Setting (external trigger)
Set A/D conversion time of KV-AD40G.

If buffering function is set to "Enabled", the time is fixed to "internal fixed period timer", and can not be
5
set to "external trigger ".
KV-AD40G
"5-3 Buffering Function", Page 5-51
Conversion timing Description

Internal fixed period timer
A/D conversion is conducted in fixed period according to KV-AD40G internal timer.
(Default)
External trigger A/D conversion is conducted according to input timing of external trigger input terminals.

■ About A/D conversion timing via external trigger input

If the conversion timing is set to external trigger, KV-AD40G performs A/D conversion during "external
trigger input (TRIG terminal)" signal input. The input signals such as external trigger input, A/D
conversion inside KV-AD40G, data storing time of CPU unit DMs, the action of trigger update
notification relay, and the operations of trigger update notification clear relay, etc. are as follows.
2 3
ON
5
A B
External trigger input
(TRIG terminal)
OFF
KV-AD40G
KV-AD40G internal A/D A/D

A/D conversion Trigger input wait conversion Trigger input wait conversion Trigger input wait
DM values of CPU unit

(A/D conversion data, The value of trigger input The value of trigger input
special data,analog data) through A after A/D conversion through B after A/D conversion
(1) (1) (3)

(3)
Trigger refresh information relay

( +307)
(2) (4) (2)

Trigger refresh information clear relay
( +007)
(1) KV-AD40G During DM value update scanning, trigger update notification relay is ON.
(2) Ladder trigger updating notification clear relay is ON. *
(3) KV-AD40G trigger updating notification relay is OFF.
(4) Ladder trigger updating notification clear relay is OFF.
* If trigger update notification clear relay is not ON, the trigger update notification relay will remain ON, DM
values (A/D conversion data, special data, analog data) will be updated.
Various time intervals are specified as follows:

Time
Item Number of CHs occupied Number of CHs occupied
in "2CH mode" in "4CH mode"
t1: trigger input interval 250µs or more 500µs or more
t2: trigger input ON time 50µs or more
t3: trigger input OFF time 50µs or more
t4: time between trigger input ON
140µs (typ.) 265µs (typ.)
and starting A/D conversion

Setup Input Signed Range
Set according to analog signal level input to KV-AD40G.

Input signal range can be separately set according to every channel. Optional input signal range as follows:
5
KV-AD40G
Input signal Range
-10 to +10V (default)
0 to 10V
Voltage
0 to 5V
1 to 5V
0 to 20mA
Current
4 to 20mA

Zero Clipper Function
5 Conversion data of KV-AD40G A/D will be stored into DMs as signed 16-bit DEC data. For example, if
input range is set to 0 to 10V, analog input voltage 0 to 10V is converted to numerical value 0 to 30000.
If input voltage is less than 0V, it will be stored as a negative (-) value. In this case, zero clipper function
KV-AD40G
can limit the numerical value to "0", and stored as special data in KV-AD40G. In addition, if zero clipper
function is Disable, numerical value exceeding 30000 will be stored when 10V or more is input. If zero
clipper function is used, the value will be restricted up to "30000".
Input range, max. input range of analog input signal and the value saved to special data DMs are as follows:
Numerical value stored in special data DMs
Input Range Max. Input Range
Zero clip : "Disable" Zero clip : "Used"
-10 to +10V -10.3 to 10.3V -30900 to +30900 -30000 to +30000
0 to +10V -0.3 to +10.3V -900 to +30900 0 to 30000
0 to +5V -0.15 to +5.15V -900 to +30900 0 to 30000
1 to 5V -0.15 to +5.15V -6900 to +24900 0 to 24000
0 to 20mA -0.6 to +20.6mA -900 to +30900 0 to 30000
4 to 20mA -0.6 to +20.6mA -6900 to +24900 0 to 24000
Note
· Zero clip function is only enabled to special data. Even if zero clipper function is set to
"Enabled", zero clipper will not executed for A/D conversion data and analog data.
· Even if the zero clipper function is set to "Used", once scaling function, special
data offset function and zero drift function are used, negative (-) value will be
stored into special data DM due to input voltage (current).

Scaling Function
A/D conversion data of KV-AD40G can be converted (scaled) within the upper/lower limit setting range
by using scaling function and then saved into special data. Set the value corresponding to the upper
5
KV-AD40G
limit value "30000" ("24000" for input range 1 to 5V and 4 to 20mA) of A/D conversion data to the
scaling upper limit value. Set the value corresponding to the scaling lower limit value "0" ("-30000" for
input range -10 to +10V) of A/D conversion data to the lower limit value.
Scaling upper/lower limit can be set within the range of -30000 to +30000. But, it can not be set scaling
upper limit value <= scaling lower limit value.
The constant can be also specified using the value in DMs of KV-AD40G setting communication area in
addition to directly specified in the Unit Editor as the scaling upper/lower limit.
"About DM Selection of Setting Value", Page 5-17
Scaling function can be conducted according to results processed by of filtering function (averaging).
Scaling function uses the following formula to convert A/D data.
When input range is 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V, 0 to 20mA

Scaling value = A/D conversion data x (scaling upper limit value + scaling lower limit)/30000
When input range is 1 to 5V, 4 to 20mA

Scaling value = A/D conversion data x (scaling upper limit value + scaling lower limit)/24000
When input range is -10 to 10V

Scaling value=A/D conversion data x (scaling upper limit value - scaling lower limit value)/
60000+ (scaling upper limit value + scaling lower limit)/2

Example When the setting input range "1 to 5V", A/D conversion data "0 to 24000" is scaled to "1000 to
5000".
The scaling upper limit value is set to "5000", the scaling lower limit value is set to "1000".
The relation of converting to (scaling) input signal: 1 to 5V -> A/D conversion data: 0 to 24000 -> scaling
value: 1000 to 5000.
Scaling
Upper limit -> 5000
5
KV-AD40G
Lower limit ->1000 Input voltage (V


1V 0 1000
2V 6000 2000
3V 12000 3000
4V 18000 4000
5V 24000 5000

Filtering Function (Averaging)
With averaging function, A/D conversion data can be averaged internally and stored to special data
DMs to reduce the fluctuation influence of input signal due to noise, etc.
5
The averaging and averaging constants Selection method as well as averaging constants required
KV-AD40G
when the averaging constants Selection is set to "Unit Editor Selection" must be specified.
Averaging Description
Averaging is not performed. A/D conversion data will be stored to special data
Disable (default)
DM during every A/D conversion.
Perform simple averaging according to the specified A/D conversion times of
Averaging (count selection)
averaging and save the result into special data DM.
Perform simple averaging according to the specified time interval of averaging
Averaging (time selection)*
and save the result into special data DM.
Moving averaging according to specified A/D conversion times, the result saved
Moving average
into special data.
Perform first-order lag filtering processing using specified filtering constant and
First-order lag filtering
save the result to special data DM.
* It can not be set conversion timing is set to "external trigger".
Filtering function (averaging) shall be performed according to the results processed by zero clipper
function.
When using buffering function, filtering function (averaging) is performed in every sampling period
inside KV-AD40G instead of performed in every buffer period (if the number of channels used is set to "
2CH mode", it is 50µs; if the number of channels used is set to "4CH mode", it is 100µs).

■ Averaging (count selection)

To perform simple averaging according to the specified time interval for averaging and save the result
into special data. It shall be stored after averaging is completed every time. In addition, the averaging
result with DEC point after rounded up will be stored into special data DM.
Specified averaging
Setting value DM Selection
constants
Averaging time (ms) 1 to 3000 (default : 1) ○
Note
· Before completing the first averaging, the data after A/D conversion (without
5 averaging) is stored in special data DM.
· Before the first averaging completed, peak/bottom hold function and comparator
KV-AD40G
● Number of averages and update period for special data

Update period for special data when using averages (count Selection) is calculated according to the
following formula.
Update period for special data = Number of averages x A/D conversion speed
Number of averages and update period for special data when averages (count Selection is used)
Data update period, in ms
Buffer "Disable" Buffer "Used"
Number of
Number of Number of Number of Number of
averages
occupied CHs occupied CHs occupied CHs occupied CHs
in "2CH mode" in "4CH mode" in "2CH mode" in "4CH mode"
5 0.4 0.8 0.25 0.5
10 0.8 1.6 0.5 1
50 4 8 2.5 5
100 8 16 5 10
500 40 80 25 50
1000 80 160 50 100
5000 400 800 250 500
10000 800 1600 500 1000
50000 4000 8000 2500 5000
65000 5200 10400 3250 6500
Example Operation when number of averagings is set to 5 times.
A/D conversion start A/D conversion speed
AVG1=(D1+D2+D3+D4+D5)/5
AVG2=(D6+D7+D8+D9+D10)/5

■ Averaging (time selection)

To perform simple averaging according to the specified time interval for averaging and save the result into
special data. It shall be stored after averaging is complete every time. In addition, the averaging result
with DEC point after rounded up will be stored into special data.
Specified averaging constants Setting value DM Selection
Averaging time (ms) 1 to 3000 (default: 1) ○
Note
· Before complete of the first averaging, the data after A/D conversion (without
· Before the first averaging completed, peak/bottom hold function and comparator 5
KV-AD40G
● Averaging time and number of data to be A/D converted
Number of A/D conversion data for averaging in averaging (time Selection) is calculated according to
the following formula.
Number of A/D conversion data for averaging = averaging time÷A/D conversion speed
Averaging time (time Selection) and the number of A/D conversion data under averaging
Number of A/D conversion data under averaging
Buffer "Disable" Buffer "Enabled"
Averaging time
Number of Number of Number of Number of
(ms)
occupied CHs occupied CHs occupied CHs occupied CHs
in "2CH mode" in "4CH mode" in "2CH mode" in "4CH mode"
1 12 6 20 10
5 62 31 100 50
10 125 62 200 100
50 625 312 1000 500
100 1250 625 2000 1000
500 6250 3125 10000 2000
1000 12500 6250 20000 10000
3000 37500 18750 60000 30000
Example The operation when the number of channels is set to "4CH mode", buffer set to "disabled" and
averaging time set to 20ms
Number of A/D conversion for averaging = 20ms ÷160µs = 125
A/D conversion data D1 D2 ࡮࡮࡮D124 D125 D126 D127 ࡮࡮࡮D249 D250 D251
AVG1=(D1+D2+……+D124+D125)/125
AVG2=(D126+D127+……+D249+D250)/125

■ Moving averaging
To perform moving averaging according to specified A/D conversion times, the result saved into special
data. The averaging result with DEC point after rounded up will be stored into special data.
Specified averaging
Setting value DM Selection
constants
Moving average count 2 to 1000 (default : 2) ○
Note
· Before complete of the first averaging, the data after A/D conversion (without
5 · Before the first averaging completed, peak/bottom hold function and comparator
KV-AD40G
Example Operation when number of moving averages is set to 5 times
AVG1=(D1+D2+D3+D4+D5)/5
AVG2=(D2+D3+D4+D5+D6)/5
AVG3=(D3+D4+D5+D6+D7)/5
AVG4=(D4+D5+D6+D7+D8)/5
AVG5=(D5+D6+D7+D8+D9)/5
AVG6=(D6+D7+D8+D9+D10)/5
■ First-order lag filtering

To perform first-order lag filtering processing using specified filtering constant and save the result to special
data DM. The result processed by filtering with DEC point after rounded up will be stored into special data DM.
Specified Averaging
Setting Value DM Selection
Constants
First-order lag filter constant 2 to 500 (default: 2) ○
To calculate the first-order lag filtering value saved into special data according to the following formula:
Yn ＝ Yn-1 +　(Dn - Yn-1) ÷ τ
Y : Special data after first-order lag filtering

D : A/D conversion value before first-order lag filtering
τ: Constan for first-order lag filtering
But, if DM Selection is immediately conducted for the setting value of special data Y0 after A/D
conversion and the setting value is updated, the data will become special data before powering on and
setting updated.

Special Data Offset Function
■ What is special data offset function

With special data offset function, KV-AD40G special data can be stored after adding a special data
offset value stored in normal communication area.
Value stored in special data DM = KV-AD40G internal data + special data offset value
The function is used to correct special data using DM value.

Special data offset function can be conducted separately on every channel. 5
Special data offset value is assigned to the following DMs.
KV-AD40G
DM No. N + 021 N + 022 N + 023 N + 024
N : Leading DM No.:
Special data offset value is processed as signed 16-bit DEC data. So, it can be set within -32768 to
32767.
KV-AD40G reads DM of special data offset value during every scanning. So, it is not necessary to
operate relays via Ladder.
When using special data offset function, special data is in the range of signed 16-bit DEC range (32768
to 32767). The special data, exceeding signed 16-bit DEC data range due to the added special data
offset value, will be limited to lower limit (-32768) or upper limit (32767).
Special data offset function can be available for results processed by of zero clipper function, filtering
function (averaging) and scaling function.
Note
KV-AD40G reads always DM of special data offset value. Special data offset function
can not be disabled. So, please note that once the value other than "0" is stored to
the special data offset value, special data is offset. If special data is not offset, "0"
shall be stored to special data offset value.

Example 1 When input range is set to "-10 to +10V" (scaling: "disabled")

data offset value
0 -30000 to +30000 (1)
100 -29900 to +30100 (2)
-10 to +10V -30000 to +30000 20000 -10000 to +32767*1 (3)
-1000 -31000 to +29000 (4)
-20000 -32768 to 10000*2 (5)
*1 If data exceeds the signed 16-bit data range, it shall be limited to upper limit value 322767.
*2 If data exceeds the signed 16-bit data range, it shall be limited to lower limit value -32768.
5 Special data Clipped at 32767
KV-AD40G
32767
Special data offset 30000 30100
(4) (1)
29000
20000
(2)
10000
(3) 10000
Input voltage (V)

0
-10 -5 5 10
-10000
-10000
-20000
-29900 (5)
-30000
-31000
-32768
Clipped at -32767

Example 2 When input range is set to "1 to 5V" (scaling: "disabled")

data Offset value
0 0 to 24000 (1)
100 100 to 24100 (2)
1 to 5V 0 to 24000 20000 20000 to 32767*1 (3)
-1000 -1000 to 23000 (4)
-30000 -30000 to -600 (5)
*1 If data exceeds the signed 16-bit data range, it shall be limited to upper limit value 322767.
Special data Clipped at 32767 5
KV-AD40G
32767
(3)
24100
24000
(2) (1)
20000 23000
(4)
100
Input voltage (V)
0
1 2 3 4 5
-1000
Special data offset
-6000
(5)
-30000
--32768

Zero Drift Function
■ What is zero drift function

With zero drift function, special data of KV-AD40G can be set to "0" when zero drift relay is from OFF -> ON.
When zero drift relay is turned from OFF to ON, KV-AD40G can store the special data as a zero drift
reference value and when zero drift relay is ON (zero drift in progress relay changes to ON via KV-
AD40G), store the result obtained by subtracting the reference value from the special data.
Value stored in special data DM = KV-AD40G internal data - zero drift reference value
5
After zero drift relay is turned from ON -> OFF (zero drift in progress relay ON -> OFF via KV-AD40G),
KV-AD40G
special data will become KV-AD40G internal data, and zero drift reference value will be lost.
With zero drift function, special data can be corrected at any time.
Zero drift relay and zero drift in progress relay assigned as follows:
Zero drift relay n + 100 n + 108 n + 200 n + 208
Zero drift in progress relay n + 400 n + 408 n + 500 n + 508
If using zero drift function, the special data will change within the signed 16-bit range (-32768 to 32767)
(not in the input range). The special data, exceeding signed 16-bit data range due to the zero drift
function used, will be limited to lower limit (-32768) or upper limit (32767).
Zero drift function can be available for results processed by zero clipper function, filtering function
(averaging), scaling function and special data offset function.
Note
When buffering function is used, zero drift function cannot be used.

■ Details on zero drift function

Relays and data for zero drift function shall be operated as follows.
(1) (4)
Zero drift relay
(2) (5)
KV-AD40V internal data

5
(Example) 12 15 10 12 15 23 19 18 17 16 15
KV-AD40G
(3) (6)
Special data 12 15 0 2 5 13 9 18 17 16
DM value (Example)
when zero drift function enabled
(1) Ladder Zero drift relay becomes ON.

(2) KV-AD40G Zero drift in progress relay becomes ON.
(3) KV-AD40G When zero drift relay is ON -> OFF, internal data ("10" in above Fig.) will be stored
as zero drift reference value. When zero drift function is enabled, the value, after
zero drift reference value deducted, is stored into special data DM.
(4) Ladder Zero drift relay becomes OFF.
(5) KV-AD40G Zero drift in progress relay becomes OFF.
(6) KV-AD40G Internal data will be stored into special data DM. Zero drift reference value
disappears.

Peak/bottom Hold Function
■ What is peak/bottom hold function

With the function, peak and bottom of special data can be stored separately to DM occupied by KV-AD40G
during hold relay is ON (hold in progress relay ON via KV-AD40G). When hold relay is ON -> OFF (hold in
progress relay ON -> OFF via KV-AD40G), peak and bottom holding will be stopped and DM value will be not
updated.
Hold relays and hold in progress relay assigned as follows:
5 Channel No.
Hold relay
CH_A0
n + 101
CH_A1
n + 109
CH_B0
n + 201
CH_B1
n + 209
Hold in progress relay n + 401 n + 409 n + 501 n + 509
KV-AD40G
Peak/bottom are assigned in following DMs:

Peak N + 003 N + 008 N + 013 N + 018
bottom N + 004 N + 009 N + 014 N + 019
N : Leading DM No.
Because that the peak and bottom saved via peak/bottom hold function are updated in internal A/D
conversion of KV-AD40G, so, it will be not influenced by scanning time of CPU unit.
Peak/bottom hold function can be separately conducted on every channel.
Peak/bottom hold function can be conducted for results processed by zero clipper function, filtering
function (averaging), scaling function, special data offset function and zero drift function.
Note
· If averaging (count Selection), averaging (time Selection) and moving average are
specified in filtering function (averaging), the peak/bottom will be not updated
before the first averaging is completed.
· When buffering function is used, peak and bottom hold function cannot be used.

■ Details on peak/bottom hold function

Relays and data for peak/bottom hold function are as follows.
(1)

Hold relay
(2) (5)
Hold in progress relay
5
Special data (Example)
KV-AD40G
(3) (6)
Peak (Example) ̪ ̪ ̪
(3) (6)
Valley (Example) ̪ ̪ ̪
When peak/valley hold function enabled
* The value stored before the hold in progress relay is on
(1) Ladder Hold relay becomes ON.

(2) KV-AD40G Hold in progress relay is ON.
(3) KV-AD40G When hold in progress relay is ON ->OFF, save special data into peak and bottom.
When peak/bottom hold function is enabled and special data exceeds the peak
(bottom) saved currently, the peak (bottom) of special data will be updated.
(4) Ladder Hold relay becomes OFF.
(5) KV-AD40G Hold in progress relay is OFF.
(6) KV-AD40G Peak/bottom are the values before hold in progress relay is OFF, and fails to be
updated.

Comparator Function
■ What is comparator function

With comparator function, KV-AD40G can compare special data with comparator upper/lower limit
value, and turn the comparator upper limit relay and lower limit relay ON/OFF.
5
KV-AD40G
Comparator function, how to select comparator and the ON/OFF level of upper limit value and lower
limit value of every comparator when comparator value Selection is set to "Unit Editor Selection" shall
be specified.
Comparator function can be separately conducted on every channel.
Peak/bottom hold function can be conducted for result processed by comparator function (averaging),
scaling function, special data offset function and zero drift function.
be forcedly set to OFF.
Comparator upper limit relay, comparator lower limit relay and comparator reset relay are assigned as
follows:
Comparator upper limit relay n + 403 n + 411 n + 503 n + 511
Comparator lower limit relay n + 404 n + 412 n + 504 n + 512
Comparator reset relay n + 103 n + 111 n + 203 n + 211
Note
When buffering function is used, comparator function cannot be used.

■ Details on comparator function

Relays for comparator function shall be operated as follows.
Special data

ON level
OFF level

OFF level
ON level
Time
5
KV-AD40G
(3) (4)
(1)
(2) (5)
(1) KV-AD40G When special data is less than comparator lower limit ON level, comparator lower
limit relay is ON.
(2) KV-AD40G When special data is exceeds comparator lower limit OFF level, comparator lower
limit relay is OFF.
(3) KV-AD40G When special data exceeds comparator upper limit ON level, comparator upper limit
relay is ON.
(4) KV-AD40G When special data is less than comparator upper limit OFF level, comparator upper
limit relay is OFF.
(5) KV-AD40G When special data is less than comparator lower limit ON level, comparator lower
limit relay is ON.
Note
· If comparator upper limit value (lower limit value) ON level = comparator upper limit
value (lower limit value OFF level, the special data becomes the value, comparator
upper limit value (lower limit value) relay is ON.
· After CPU unit switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode, comparator upper
· If comparator upper limit value (lower limit value) is specified in DM, and the setting
has been updated, the comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay will remain the ON/
OFF status before updating.

■ Operation of comparator reset relay

Comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay and comparator reset relay, shall be operated as follows.
(2) (4)
Comparator upper/lower limit relay When special data
exceeds (lower than)
upper limit value (lower
(3) limit value) on level of
(1) comparator,
5 When comparator reset enabled

KV-AD40G
(1) Ladder Set comparator reset relay to ON.

(2) KV-AD40G Comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay becomes OFF forcedly.
(3) Ladder Set comparator reset relay to OFF.
(4) KV-AD40G If special data exceeds (less than) comparator upper limit (lower limit) ON level, the
comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay will be ON.
If special data not exceeding (less than) ON level of comparator upper limit (lower
limit), comparator upper limit (lower limit) relay will remain OFF.

Line-break Detection Function
■ What is Line-break detection function

Line-break detection function can be used only when setting input range is 1 to 5V or 4 to 20 mA. When Line-break
detection is set to "enabled", input range is voltage 1 to 5V when input signal is less than 0.5V, or input range is 4
to 20mA when input signal is less than 2mA, the signal line will be treated as broken, and Line-break detection
relay will be set to ON.
If the Line-break alarm clear relay is set to ON, the Line-break detection relay changes to OFF.
KV-AD40G
Please specify whether Line-break detection function is used or not.
Line-break detection function can be separately conducted on every channel.
Line-break detection relay and Line-break alarm clear relay assigned are as follows:
Line-break detection relay n + 402 n + 410 n + 502 n + 510
Line-break alarm clear relay n + 102 n + 110 n + 202 n + 210
Note
· Line-break detection function fails to be used other than the range of 1 to 5V or 4 to 20mA.
· When CPU unit is switched from PROGRAM mode to RUN mode, the Line-break detection
relay is OFF.
· When buffering function is used, Line-break detection function cannot be used.

■ Operations of Line-break detection alarm relay and Line-break alarm clear relay
Line-break detection relay and Line-break alarm clear relay shall be operated as follows.
Input signal <0.5V or 2mA.

(1) (3)
Line-break detection relay
When input signal
<0.5V or 2mA.
5 (2)
(4)
Line-break alarm clear relay

KV-AD40G
Line-break alarm clear

valid time
(1) KV-AD40G If input signal is less than 0.5V or 2mA, the Line-break detection relay is ON.
(2) Ladder Line-break alarm clear relay becomes ON.
(3) KV-AD40G Line-break relay becomes OFF.
(4) Ladder Line-break alarm clear relay becomes OFF.
(5) KV-AD40G If input signal is less than 0.5V or 2mA, the Line-break detection relay is ON. If not

5-3 Buffering Function
This section describes buffering function of KV-AD40G.
Buffering Function Overview
■ What is buffering function

With buffering function, can save the special data whose quantity is specified (max. 10000 words/
channel) into internal buffer of KV-AD40G in every buffer period specified (min. 50μs). After buffering,
the data saved in internal buffer can be read to DMs of CPU unit via reading processing performed in
Ladder.
As data acquisition and storing can be completed within A/D conversion unit, buffering function is not 5
influenced by CPU scanning time, for example, when multiple data are stored to DMs of CPU unit (via
KV-AD40G
Ladder). The data is collected
· in the shortest 50μs/2 chs (100μs/4 chs) and in fixed interval.
Note
The data saved in KV-AD40G internal buffer will lost due to power off.
■ Restrictions when buffering function is used

Conversion timing is fixed to " internal fixed period timer "
· Zero drift function can not be used
· Peak/bottom hold function can not be used
· Comparator function can not be used
· Line-break detection function can not be used
· Conversion timing is fixed to "internal fixed period timer"
· During data buffer and buffer data reading, there are restricts on the updating of the setting items
specified by DM, reading setting and buffer data reading.
"About DM Selection of Setting Value", Page 5-17
"Procedures for reading buffer data", Page 5-61
Setting updating and setting

State Buffer data read
read
Buffer in progress relay OFF ○ ○
Buffer in progress relay ON
× *1 × *3
Buffer complete relay OFF
Buffer in progress relay ON
× *1 ○
Buffer complete relay ON
Read buffer data in progress × *2
*1 When setting update relay and setting reading request relay are turned from OFF to ON, setting update/
setting reading error will occur (error No. 560).
*2 After buffer data reading, setting update or reading will be performed.
*3 After buffering completed or interruption, buffer data will be read.

■ Buffer setting
5 Please specify whether buffering function is used or not, and every constant when constant Selection
method is set to "Unit Editor Selection".
KV-AD40G
Item Content Setting value

Disable (default)
Buffer Set use or non-use of buffering function.
Used
Unit Editor Selection (default)
Buffering cycle selection To set up how to specify buffer period.
DM Selection
Buffering cycle When buffer period Selection is set to " Unit Editor
0 to 30000 (default : 0)*1
(in 100μs) Selection ", the buffer period is set in 100µs.
Set trigger condition of buffering function. Inner relay (default)
Internal relay : set up edge of buffer trigger External trigger terminal
relay ( n +004) as trigger.
CH_A0 level(↑)
External trigger terminal: take signal input of
CH_A0 level(↓)
external trigger input terminal
CH_A1 level(↑)
Trigger condition*2
(TRIG) as trigger. CH_A1 level(↓)
Ch_□□level : take the special data of CH CH_B0 level(↑)
specified more than (↑) or CH_B0 level(↓)
less than (↓) trigger level as CH_B1 level(↑)
trigger. *3 CH_B1 level(↓)
When trigger condition is specified as "CH_level", Unit Editor Selection (default)
Trigger level selection
set the method of trigger level. DM Selection
When trigger level is specified as "Unit Editor
Buffering num before trigger -32768 to 32767 (default: 0)
specify", set trigger level.
The method setting the number of buffer points, Unit Editor Selection (default)
Buffering relay num selection
the number of data points before trigger. DM Selection
When Selection the number of buffer points to "Unit
Buffering num 1 to 10000 (default: 1000)
Editor Selection", set the number of buffer points.
When Selection the number of buffer points to
Buffering num before
*4 "Unit Editor Selection", set the number of buffer 0 to 9999 (default: 0)*5
trigger
points before trigger condition established.
*1 If buffer period is set to "0", changes buffer period to the time as follows.
Number of occupied CHs Buffer period

4CH mode 100µs
2CH mode 50µs
*2 If trigger condition is set to "external trigger terminal" and "ch_□□level", it will be triggered via internal
relay (buffer trigger relay).
*3 The trigger condition "CH_□□level" is established in the following time:
↑ : Special data of the specified channel is less than triggering level, reaches or exceeds trigger level.
↓ : Special data of the specified channel exceeds triggering level, reaches or less than triggering level.
*4 See "About buffer data before triggering"。
*5 The value exceeding the number of buffers shall be not set.
■ About buffer data before triggering

The special data buffer can be conducted before and after trigger condition established via the number
of data points before trigger specified.
Example When the number of buffers is set to "10000", the number of data before buffering is set to
"2000"
On buffering
relay
( +303)
Buffer trigger detected

relay
5
KV-AD40G
( +004) or
trigger condition established
Buffering complete relay
( +306)
Data before triggering =2000

points (number of data before triggering)
Buffer data Data before triggering

=8000 points
Number of buffers =10000 points
Data buffered here is discarded
Note
· As the data is not buffered before buffer relay is turned ON, if the time from buffer
relay OFF -> ON to trigger condition established is shorter than the number of data
X buffer loop time before trigger, the data concerning the number of data before
trigger is not buffered.
· Data No. during trigger condition establishment is stored to buffer trigger data No.
(DM N +066).

DMs and relays used in buffering function
■ List of DMs
Attribu
DM No. Name Description
tes*
When buffer period Selection is set to "DM Selection ", the
N + 062 Buffering cycle W
buffer period is set in 100µs.
N
When trigger condition is set to "ch_□□level", trigger level
+ 063 Buffer trigger level W
set to "DM Selection", set trigger level.
When Selection the number of buffer points to "DM
5 N + 064 Buffering count W
Selection", set the number of buffer points.
When Selection the number of buffer points to "DM
Buffering data count
KV-AD40G
N + 065 W Selection", set the number of buffer points before trigger

before trigger
condition established.
Save the buffer data No. under trigger condition. When the
N + 066 Buffering trigger data R
number of data points before trigger is "0", save "0".
Buffering completed
N + 067 R Save the number of buffer data points (enable).
count
When reading buffer data, specify page No. of buffer data
N + 068 Buffer read page No. W
to be read.
Buffering read When reading buffer data, save the number of buffer data
N + 069 R
completed count points that have been read.
N + 070
to Buffering data area R When reading buffer data, save the buffer data read.
N + 1069
N : Leading DM No.
* Attribute
W: write data with Ladder
R: write data via KV-AD40G

■ List of Relays
Attribu
DM No. Name Description
tes*
Buffer request relay OFF->ON : read buffer condition, start to buffer.
n + 003 W
ON->OFF : if buffering in progress, stop buffer.
n + 004 Buffering trigger relay W OFF->ON : trigger occurs.
OFF->ON : transfer the data saved in KV-AD40G internal
Buffering read request buffer to DMs area of buffer data.
n + 005 W
relay ON->OFF : when buffer read complete relay is ON, buffer
read end relay is OFF.
n + 303 On buffering relay R

ON : Buffering performed. 5
OFF : Buffering not performed.
KV-AD40G
Buffering trigger OFF->ON : detect out trigger.
n + 304 R
detected relay ON->OFF : OFF when buffer read request relay is OFF.
OFF->ON : transfer the data saved in KV-AD40G internal
n + 305 Buffering read complete relay R buffer to data storage area of buffer data.
ON->OFF : OFF when buffer read request relay is OFF.
OFF->ON : Buffering of specified points is completed.
n + 306 Buffering complete relay R
ON->OFF : OFF when buffer read request relay is OFF.
ON : KV-AD40G is in error state.
n + 315 Error relay R
OFF : KV-AD40G is not in error state.
* Attribute
W : with Ladder program ON/OFF relay.
R : with KV-AD40G ON/OFF relay.

Buffering Procedure
The following describes procedures of special data buffering in KV-AD40G internal buffer with buffering
function.
■ When buffering the data that is specified via number of buffers
(1)
Buffer request relay (6)

( +003)
5 On buffering relay
(2) (7)
KV-AD40G
( +303)
(3)
Buffering trigger relay

( +004)or trigger
condition established (4) (7)
Buffering trigger detected relay

( +304)
(5) (7)
Buffering read complete relay

( +306)
Buffering data count before trigger (5)

(DM +066)
Buffering completed count Result
(DM +067)
(1) Ladder Turn buffer request relay ON.

(2) KV-AD40G Reads buffer condition (buffer period, triggering level, number of buffers, number of
data before triggering), starting buffering.
Buffering trigger data No. and the number of buffers completed are saved as "0" in
DMs.
Trigger in progress relay is ON.
(3) Ladder Buffer request relay becomes ON, or trigger condition established.
(4) KV-AD40G Turn buffering trigger detection relay ON.
(5) KV-AD40G After data buffering, results is stored in DMs for buffering trigger data No. and
number of completed buffers/DMs and buffering complete relay is turned ON. Buffer
data is stored in KV-AD40G internal buffer.
(6) Ladder buffering request relay becomes OFF.
(7) KV-AD40G buffering relay, buffering trigger detected relay and buffering complete relay are
OFF.

■ After trigger detection, before buffering completed, and when buffer

request relay is OFF
Special data from buffer request relay ON -> OFF to relay OFF is stored in internal buffer of KV-AD40G
(when the number of data exceeds the number of buffers, the data concerning the number of buffers
will be stored from the final data). Relay operates as follows.
(1) (5)
Buffering request relay
( +003)
On buffering relay
(2) (6)
5
( +303)
KV-AD40G
(3)

( +004)or trigger
condition established (4)

( +304)

( +306)
(6)
Buffering data count before trigger
(DM +066)
(DM +067)
(1) Ladder Turn buffer request relay ON.

(2) KV-AD40G Reads buffer condition (buffer period, triggering level, number of buffers, number of
data before triggering), starting buffering.
Buffering trigger data No. and the number of buffering completed are saved as "0" in
DMs.
(3) Ladder Buffering request relay becomes ON, or trigger condition established.
(4) KV-AD40G Turn buffering trigger detection relay ON.
(5) Ladder Buffering request relay becomes OFF and stop buffering.
(6) KV-AD40G The data No. detected by trigger is stored in DMs for buffering trigger data No., the
number of data saved in KV-AD40G internal buffering will be stored in DMs for
number of buffers, and on buffering relay and buffering trigger detection relay will be
set to OFF (buffer complete relay is not ON). The buffering data acquired before
buffering stop is stored in internal buffering of KV-AD40G.

■ Before trigger detection and when buffer request relay is OFF

Special data from buffer request relay ON -> OFF to relay OFF is stored in internal buffer of KV-AD40G
(when the number of data exceeds the number of buffers, the data concerning the number of buffers
will be stored from the final data). Relay operates as follows.
(1) (3)
( +003)
(2) (4)
On buffering relay
5 ( +303)
KV-AD40G
( +004) or trigger
condition established
( +304)
( +306)
(4)
Buffering data count before trigger
(DM +066)
(DM +067)
(1) Ladder Turn buffering request relay ON.

(2) KV-AD40G Reads buffering condition (buffer period, triggering level, number of buffer, number
of data before triggering), starting buffering.
Buffering trigger data No. and number of buffering completed are saved as "0" in
DMs.
(3) Ladder Buffering request relay becomes OFF and stop buffering.
(4) KV-AD40G DMs for buffering trigger data No. and number of completed buffering remain to "0",
and buffering relay is OFF. Buffering data is not stored in internal buffering of KV-
AD40G.

■ When buffering condition out of range of setting value

When buffer period, trigger level, number of buffers, number of data or buffer condition is set out of
setting range, buffering will not be performed and relays operate as follows.
(1)
( +003)
Buffering in progress relay
( +303)
(2) (4) 5
Error relay
KV-AD40G
( +315)
(3)
(5)
Error clear relay
( +015)
(1) Ladder Turn buffering request relay ON.

(2) KV-AD40G Error relay is ON (On buffering relay is not ON).
(3) Ladder Error clear relay becomes ON.
(4) KV-AD40G Turn error relay to OFF.
(5) Ladder Turn error clear relay OFF.
Note · Buffering trigger detection relay, buffering complete relay keeps OFF without
change, DMs for buffer trigger data No. and number of completed buffers are not
changed.
KV-AD40G internal memory will not change.

Procedure for Reading Buffer Data
To describe the procedures for reading buffer data in buffer inside KV-AD40G to DMs of CPU unit.
Buffer data reading macro (macro name: READBF-AD40G) are provided in system macro of Ladder
Support Software KV STUDIO.
“KV-5500/5000/3000/1000 Series System Marcos Manual (only PDF)
■ Storage state of buffer data

To store buffer data, KV-AD40G has an internal buffer of 40000 words (10000 word/ch X 4ch), but
5 because that data storage area for reading buffer data is occupied by 1000 words (DM N +070 to
DM N +1069), shown as follows, the internal buffer is partitioned in 1000-word unit, and managed with
KV-AD40G
page No.
To read buffer data saved in internal buffer and page No. to DMs of buffer data area.
In addition, data No. for trigger condition establishment is stored into buffer trigger data
No.(DM N +066) by managing data No.
CH Data No. Page No. CH Data No. Page No.
0 to 999 0 0 to 999 20
1000 to 1999 1 1000 to 1999 21
2000 to 2999 2 2000 to 2999 22
CH_A0 ·
· ·
· CH_B0 ·
· ·
·
· · · ·
7000 to 7999 7 7000 to 7999 27
8000 to 8999 8 8000 to 8999 28
9000 to 9999 9 9000 to 9999 29
0 to 999 10 0 to 999 30
1000 to 1999 11 1000 to 1999 31
2000 to 2999 12 2000 to 2999 32
CH_A1 ·
·
· ·
·
· CH_B1 ·
·
· ·
·
·
7000 to 7999 17 7000 to 7999 37
8000 to 8999 18 8000 to 8999 38
9000 to 9999 19 9000 to 9999 39

■ Procedures for reading buffer data

The following describes procedures for reading the buffer data stored in buffer inside KV-AD40G to DMs of
buffer data area.
(1) (5)
Buffering read page No.
Page No.* for read buffer data Page No.* for read buffer data
(DM +068)
(1) (5)
Buffering read (3)
request relay
5
( +005)
(2) (4)
Buffering read
KV-AD40G
complete relay
( +305)
(2)
Buffering
read complete count
Number of read buffer data Numbef of read buffer data
(DM +069)
Buffer data
Buffer data of page No. specified in (1) Buffer data of page No specified in (5)
(DM +070 to
DM +1069)
* Please refer to in the next page
(1) Ladder Page No. of read buffering data is stored in DMs on buffering read page No., and
buffering read request relay is set to ON (even if same scanning).
If the value other than "0 to 39" is stored in buffer read page No., and buffering read
request relay is ON, error will occur (error code: 700), and buffering data is not read.
(2) KV-AD40G Number of data transferred from internal buffer and the buffering data read to DMs
are saved to DMs for completed buffer reads and buffering read complete relay is
set to ON.
(3) Ladder Buffering read request relay becomes OFF.
(4) KV-AD40G Turn buffering read complete relay OFF.
(5) Ladder When reading buffering data exceeding ladder 1000 points or other CH buffering
data, the value saved in buffering read page No. is changed and the steps of (1) to
(4) shall be repeated (please transfer buffering data to other devices).

Note · According to the number of buffer data saved in internal buffer of KV-AD40G, the
number of completed relays and the value saved in buffer data, as shown below.
Page No. Number of
number of buffer data in completed buffer Buffer data
buffer inside KV-AD40G reads
All 1000 points are stored 1000 DM N +070 to DM+1069 updated
Number of stored Part of stored points starting from
1 to 999 points are stored
points (1 to 999) N +070 updated
No buffer data is stored DM N +070 to DM N +1069 not
0
5 updated
KV-AD40G

Sample Program for Buffering Function
The following describes how to read the data saved in KV-AD40G internal buffer, and then save it in
CSV format to DMs of CPU unit using a sample program.
■ Sample Program for KV-5500/5000/3000/1000

Set KV-AD40G with Unit Editor
Leading DM No. : DM10000
Leading relay No. : 30000
Buffer : "Used" 5
Scaling period Selection : "DM Selection"
KV-AD40G
Trigger condition : "Internal relay"
Number of scaling Selection: "DM Selection"
Buffer start->Trigger input->end
MR000 R30303 R30005 #0 #10000 #5000 R30003

↑ DW DW DW SET If MR000 is on, specify buffering
Start flag Buffering in progress Buffering read request DM10062 DM10064 DM10065 Buffering request period, number of buffers, number
Buffering cycle Buffering count Buffering data count
before trigger of data before triggering, start
buffering.
R000 R30303 R30306 R30004
If R000 is ON, enable buffer
↑
Trigger input On buffering Buffering complete Buffering trigger
trigger relay is ON, trigger
condition is established.
R30004
Buffering trigger
R30306 R30003
RES If buffering is completed, enable
Buffering complete buffer request relay is OFF,
Buffering read request
buffering ends.
Read buffering data (only 10000 point part of CH_A0)
R30003 R30005 #0 MR001

↑
DW SET
If buffering is completed, read
Buffering read request Buffering read request Z1 10000 data of CH_A0 buffered into
Read flag
KV-AD40G internal trabsfer into
EM0 to EM9999 in 1000 points unit.
MOV
MR001 Z1
↑ < Z1 DM10068
Read flag #10
Buffering read
page No.
R30005 MR001
SET RES
Buffering read Read flag

request
Z1 MR002 MR001
= SET RES
#10
Read complete flag Read flag
R30305 Z1 #1000 Z2
↑ LDA MUL STA
Buffering read complete
BMOV
DM10070 EM0:Z2 #1000
The initial buffer The initial read data

data
Z1 MR001 R30005
INC SET RES
Read flag Buffering read request

Save into memory card in the form of CSV file
MR002 #0 #0
↑ DW LOGE With recording function, store the
Z3 buffer data transferred in EM0 to
Read complete flag
EM9999 into memory card in the
form of CSV file.
MR002 EM0:Z3 DM1000
Send the buffer data transferred
LDA STA
in EM0 to EM9999 into DM1000
Read complete flag Initial read data Used for record
writing
temporarily.
Record the value of DM1000.
Z3 MR010 Turn record trigger to ON,
<
#10000
execute each scanning, record.
Record trigger If recording of 10000 points, set
MR011 to ON, finish (disable)
record.
5
Z3 MR011 #0 MR002
= SET LOGD RES
#10000
Record complete Read complete
flag
KV-AD40G
Z3
INC
END
ENDH
● ID0 record setting
Specify DM1000 as record device. Specify DM1000 as record device.
Buffer start macro (macro name: PICKUP-AD40G) and buffer data read macro (macro
name: READBF-AD40G) are provided in system macros of Ladder Support Software KV
STUDIO. For details of KV-AD40G system macros, press "Help" -> "System Macro Manual"
from KV STUDIO menu, the PDF manual appears and confirm.

■ Sample Program for KV-700

Set KV-AD40G with Unit Editor
Leading DM No. : DM10000
Leading relay No. : 30000
Buffer : "Used"
Scaling period Selection : "DM Selection"
Trigger condition : "Internal relay"
Number of scaling Selection: "DM Selection"
’Buffering start->Trigger input->end

If 10000 is ON, specify buffering period,
5
10000 30303 30005 #00000 #10000 #05000 30003
↑ DW DW DW SET number of buffers, number of data
Start flag Buffering in progress Buffering read request DM10062 DM10064 DM10065 Buffering request before triggering, start buffer.
Buffering cycle Buffering count Buffering data
00000 30303 30306 count before trigger 30004
If R000 is ON, enable buffer trigger
KV-AD40G
↑
Trigger input Buffering in progress Buffering complete
Buffering trigger relay is ON, trigger condition is
30004 established.
Buffering trigger
If buffering is completed, enable
30306 30003
RES
buffer request relay is OFF,
Buffering read complete Buffering buffering ends.
request
’Read buffer data (only 10000 point part of CH_A0)

If buffering is completed, read
30003 30005 #00000 TM010 10001
↑
LDA STA SET 10000 data of CH_A0 buffered into
Buffering
request
Buffering read request Read flag KV-AD40G internal transfer into
10001 TM010 MOV DM0 to DM9999 in 1000 points unit.
↑ < TM010 DM10068
Read flag #00010
Buffering read page No.
30005 10001
SET RES
Buffering read request Read flag
TM010 10002 10001

= SET RES
#00010 Buffering read complete Read flag
30305 TM010 BMOV

↑ = DM10070 DM00000 #01000
Buffering read complete #00000
The initial Buffering data The initial read data
TM010 BMOV
= DM10070 DM01000 #01000
#00001
The initial Buffering data
TM010 BMOV
= DM10070 DM02000 #01000
#00002
TM010 BMOV
= DM10070 DM03000 #01000
#00003
TM010 BMOV
= DM10070 DM04000 #01000
#00004
TM010 BMOV
= DM10070 DM05000 #01000
#00005
TM010 BMOV
= DM10070 DM06000 #01000
#00006
TM010 BMOV
= DM10070 DM07000 #01000
#00007
TM010 BMOV
= DM10070 DM08000 #01000
#00008
TM010 BMOV
= DM10070 DM09000 #01000
#00009
TM010 10001 30005

INC SET RES
Read flag Buffering read request

’Save into memory card in the form of CSV file (only 10000 point part of CH_A0)
10002 MOV.D
↑ #0000500020 CM2600
Read complete flag
With recording function, store the
Record device
type 1 buffer data transferred in DM0 to
MOV
#00001 CM2671 DM9999 into memory card in the
Record number of form of CSV file.
register devices
CR3200 CR3201
SET SET
Record function Record function
trigger specification trigger specification
MOV.D
#0000110003 CM2664
Record trigger
specification content 1
MOV
#00000 CM2672
Record storage
capacity of card
5
#00000 TM011 CR3203
LDA STA SET
Record function
enable
Send the buffer data transferred in DM0 to
10002 #TM011 TM020 DM9999 into TM20 temporarily. Record
LDA STA the value of DM20.
KV-AD40G
Read complete flag Used for record

writing Set record trigger (10003) ON/OFF
6/ CR3210 10003 10003 for every other scanning, execute

Executing Record trigger
recording.
Record trigger
record function
If record of 10000 points is
6/ 10100 CR3203 10002
SET RES RES executed, set relay 10100 to on,
Record complete Record function Read complete flag finish record.
enable
10003 TM011
INC
Record trigger
END
ENDH

5-4 Access Window
This section describes procedures for monitoring and changing the settings of the KV-AD40G with the
Access Window of the CPU Unit.
Access Window
With Access Window of CPU unit , KV-AD40G can be monitored and the setting can be changed. The
following items can be monitored and set on the Access Window.
KV-AD40G
Monitor Averaging Line-break
㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪤㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪
㪘㪛䍫䍻䍔䍻䍡䍼䍎䍞䍫䍐䍕䍻䍚䍌䍶䍞䍼䍻䍜䍻䍗䍻䍟
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪂㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍㩷㩷㩷㩷䍐䍢䍼䍑䍫䍐䍕䍻㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷䍛䍷
㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪤㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪
㪘㪛㩷㪚㫆㫅㫍㩷㪛㪸㫋㪸㪘㫍㪼㫉㪸㪾㫀㫅㪾㪪㫀㪾㫅㪸㫃㩷㪚㪿㪼㪺㫂
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪂㪉㪊㪋㪌㪍㩷㩷㪤㫆㫍㫀㫅㪾㩷㪘㫍㪾㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪰㪼㫊
Input range Comparator Special data offset

㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪
䍸䍻䍚䍼䍘䍻䍨䍽䍸䍎䍞䍢䍖䍚䍋㩷䍓䍪䍜䍍䍢䍟
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪈㩷㪄㩷㪌㪭㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷䍛䍷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪂㪈㪉㪊㪋
㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪
㪩㪸㫅㪾㪼㪚㫆㫄㫇㪸㫉㪸㫋㫆㫉㪝㫌㫅㪺㩷㪦㪽㪽㫊㪼㫋
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪈㩷㪄㩷㪌㪭㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪰㪼㫊㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪂㪈㪉㪊㪋
Scaling Zero clipper

㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪
䍛䍗䍎䍶䍻䍖䍼䍜䍼䍹䍖䍶䍍䍪䍽
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷䍛䍷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷䍛䍷
㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪㪢㪭㪄㪘㪛㪋㪇㪞㩷㪘㪇㪪
㪪㪺㪸㫃㫀㫅㪾㪱㪼㫉㫆㪚㫃㫀㫇㫇㫀㫅㪾
㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪰㪼㫊㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㩷㪰㪼㫊

5-4 Access Window
About changing of setting in the Access Window
Though some settings can be changed in the Access Window, basically use Unit Editor to change settings.
When changing settings in the Access Window, change the CPU unit to PROGRAM mode
first.
To apply the change (enable new setting), switch CPU unit to RUN mode.
Menu structure
5 The configuration of the Access Window is as follows.

KV-AD40G
Monitor CH_A0 A/D conversion data(initial display)

Special data
Analog data
Peak
Valley
Relay
Monitor CH_A1
Monitor CH_B0
Monitor CH_B1
Setting CH_A0 Input range -10 to +10V

0 to 10V
0 to 5V
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
4 to 20mA
Line-break detection No
Yes
Averaging No
Number of averages specification Number of averages
Average time setting Average time (In ms)
Moving average Number of averages
First-order lag filtering Filter constant
Scaling No
Scaling lower limit
Comparator No
Comparator lower limit ON level
Zero clipper No
Setting CH_A1 Yes
Setting CH_B0
Setting CH_B1
Special data offset CH_A0

CH_A1
CH_B0
CH_B1

5-4 Access Window
Operation of Access Window
The Access Window can be operated by the setup keys on the CPU unit.
Setup key Normal function Value changing
Display menu Display menu
Disable. Changes the digit of the variation.
Changes page. Can also be used to
change options when changing a setting.
Changes page. Can also be used to Subtract the variation from the setting
change options when changing a setting. value.
Switch to setting change mode when
holding down this button for at least 1s.
Press and hold for more than 1s. When
holding it, can change setting. *
5
KV-AD40G
* The settings can only be changed only when the CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode.
Moving to Menu Screen
The following describes the procedure for moving to the menu screen.
1 Press the direct access switch of the KV-AD40G to be monitored.

screen on the KV-AD40G you selected is displayed on the
Access Window.
KV-AD40G A0M KV-AD40G A0M

+23456 +23456

ｾｯﾃｲ CH-B0 Set CH-B0

ｾｯﾃｲ CH-B1 Set CH-B1
ｾｯﾃｲｵﾌｾｯﾄﾁ Set Offset
ﾓﾆﾀ CH-A0 Mon CH-A0
Note

5-4 Access Window
Setup Screen
The following describes the procedure for changing the settings of the KV-AD40G using the Access
Note
The settings can be changed only when the CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode.

5
A part of setting contents of KV-AD40G can be changed in Access Window. The sequence for changing
KV-AD40G
scaling upper limit value is as follows.
1 Select the channel to be set in the menu screen with " " and " " keys, and press the key.
Input range setup screen for the selected channel appears.
KV-AD40G A0S KV-AD40G A0S

ﾚﾝｼﾞ Range
1 - 5V 1 - 5V
2 Select the scaling H (upper limit) screen with " " and " " keys

+20000 +20000
3 Hold down the " " key for at least 1s.


+20000 +20000
1 1
4 Set increment/decrement value.

Each press of the " " key increments the increment/decrement value once. If this value exceeds

+20000 +20000
10 10

5-4 Access Window

+20010 +20010
10 10

+19990 +19990
10 10
5
KV-AD40G
6 To apply the setting, hold down the " " for at least 1 s.
Note
· The settings can be changed only when the CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode.
Cannot be changed in the RUN mode.
· If the Selection method of setting value is set to "DM Selection", it can not be changed.

Item Set range
Input range
Scaling Not scaled, scaling
Scaling upper limit -29999 to +30000*1
Scaling lower limit -30000 to +29999*1
Disable, averaging (count Selection), averaging (time
Averaging Selection)
Moving average, first-order lag filter
Averaging count 2 to 65000
Averaging time 1 to 3000 (in mm)
Number of first-order lag filterings 2 to 500
Comparator Disable/used
Comparator upper limit ON level -32768 to +32767*2*3
Comparator upper limit OFF level -32768 to +32767*2*3
Comparator lower limit OFF level -32768 to +32767*3*4
Comparator lower limit ON level -32768 to +32767*3*4
Zero clip Disable/enabled
Line-break detection Disable/enabled
*2 It can not be set comparator upper limit ON level <comparator upper limit OFF level.

5-4 Access Window
Monitor Screen
This following describes the procedure for monitoring the settings of the KV-AD40G using the Access
How to Monitor the KV-AD40G
1 Select items to be verified in the menu screen with " " and " " keys, and press the key.
5
Monitor screen for A/D conversion data of the selected channel appears.
KV-AD40G A0M KV-AD40G A0M

KV-AD40G

+23456 +23456
2 Select the display data to be monitored by the or keys.
࡮ A/D conversion data ࡮Speci al data
-8#&)#/ -8#&)#/ -8#&)#/ -8#&)#/

#&㩗㩧㩀㩧㩍㩨㨺㩊 #&%QPX&CVC 㩎㩂㩆㨷 (WPE&CVC

࡮A n a l o g data ࡮Peak
-8#&)#/ -8#&)#/ -8#&)#/ -8#&)#/

㨻㩏㩥㩂㩨 #PCNQI 㩕㩩㨺㩂㩋 2GCM&CVC

8 8
࡮Va l l e y ࡮ Relay moni tor
-8#&)#/ -8#&)#/ 4.; 4.;

㩘㩨㩎㩛㩋 $QVVQO&CVC
.AAAAAAA .AAAAAAA
*AAAAAAAA *AAAAAAAA

5-5 Unit Monitor
The Unit Monitor function of Ladder Support Software KV STUDIO optimally displays relay or DM values matched to the
unit that is monitoring these values. This section describes how to view Unit Monitor and how to operate Unit Monitor.
Unit Monitor is a window that optimally displays values of relays or DMs.

5
KV-AD40G
Note
The unit to be monitored is displayed as follows.

"Unit Monitor Selection" dialog box appears.
2 Select the units to be displayed, click the "Display" button.

Other procedure In the "Unit setup" workspace, select the unit to
be monitored, right-click and select "Unit Monitor"
from the menu.

5-5 Unit Monitor
KV-AD40G Unit Monitor
■ Brief display
(1) Unit information
(2)Way for displaying current value
(4)display CH
(5)Input range
(3)A/D conversion lamp
(6) Display comments

5
(7) Display current value
KV-AD40G
(8)Display analog data
(9)Display Line-break
(10) "Detailed" button (11)Display area for error message
* About "read setting" button, "updating setting" button, please see the next page. "Detailed display", Page 5-75
Name Function
(1) Unit information Display the connection No. and Model of unit.
A/D conversion data : value after A/D conversion of input signal
(2) Current value display way
Special data : value processed via zero clipper, scaling, special
data offset, averaging, zero drift
ON during A/D conversion process. OFF when system functions abnormal or
(3) A/D conversion lamp
A/D conversion fails.
(4) Display CH Display CH name.
(5) Input range display Display set input range.
(6) Display comments Display device comment of DMs corresponding to current display data.
(7) Display current value Display data set by current value display way.
(8) Display analog data Display the voltage/current value converted from A/D conversion data.
Display the ON/OFF state of the Line-break detection relays.
- :OFF
(9) Display Line-break
● :ON
If one function is set to "disabled", and "---" will be shown.
(10)"Detailed" button Click to display detailed data.
(11) Display area for error message Display error contents when an error occurs.

5-5 Unit Monitor
Status of every function can be monitored and setting value changed by detailed display.
Note
· If the Selection method is set to "Unit Editor Selection", the background of the
· If its Selection method is set to "DM Selection", the background of its function
KV-AD40G
(1) Scaling
(2) Special data offset correct
(3) Zero drift
(4) Comparator
(5) Hold
(6) Averaging
(7) "Detailed close" button (8) "read setting" button (9) "updating setting" button

5-5 Unit Monitor
Name Function
(1) Scaling Can monitor and change scaling upper limit, scaling lower limit value.
(2) Special data offset correction Can monitor and change special data offset value.
Can monitor ON/OFF status of zero drift relay and forcedly turn the zero
(3) Zero drift
drift relay ON/OFF.
Can monitor and change every level of comparator function. In addition, can
(4) Comparator also monitor ON/OFF status of comparator upper limit relay, comparator
lower limit relay and forcedly turn comparator reset relay ON/OFF.
Can monitor peak/bottom and ON/ OFF status of status keeping relay. In
(5) Hold
addition, can forcedly turn the hold relay ON/OFF.
5 (6) Averaging
Can monitor category of filtering function (averaging), monitor and change
average constant.
KV-AD40G
(7) "Detailed close" button Close detailed data display.

Forcedly turn the setting update request relay ON/OFF, update the internal
(8) "Read setting" button setting value of KV-AD40G (only DM specified setting value) with the value
input to the Unit Monitor.
Forcedly turn the setting update request relay ON/OFF, update the internal
(9) "Updating setting" button setting value of KV-AD40G (only DM specified setting value) with the value
input to the Unit Monitor.
Note
After "Unit Monitor" is started, setting value (DM Selection) updated via Ladder
cannot be mapped in the "Unit Monitor". Click "Read setting" button, update to latest
information.

6
KV-AD40
This chapter describes A/D conversion unit KV-AD40.
6-1 Specification & A/D Conversion •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 6-2

6-3 Access Window ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 6-29
6-4 Unit Monitor •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 6-34

This section describes specification, input terminal wiring and A/D conversion of KV-AD40.
Specifications
Item Specification
Model KV-AD40
Internal current consumption 110Ma or less
Storage relative humidity 10 to 95% RH (no condensation)*1
6 Withstand voltage
Noise immunity
AC 1500V, 1 min (between power terminal and input terminals, and between all terminals and housing)
IEC standard compliant (IEC61000, 4-2/3/4/6)
KV-AD40

5 to 9Hz - 3.5mm
Compatible with 9 to 150Hz 9.8 m/s2 - 10 times in
Vibration JIS B 3502/ X, Y, Z direction
respectively (100
5 to 9Hz - 1.75mm
9 to 150Hz 4.9m/s2 -
Operational altitude 2,000m or less
Overvoltage category II (when KV-U7 is used)
Pollution degree 2
Weight ca. 150g
Item Specification
Analog input 4 points (differential input)
Voltage : -10 to +10V (2.5mV 1/8000) Current :0 to 20mA (5µA 1/4000)
0 to 10V (2.5mV 1/4000) 4 to 20mA (1µA 1/3200)
Analog input range
0 to 5V (1.25mV 1/4000)
1 to 5V (1.25mV 1/3200)
Input impedance Voltage :1MΩ *1 Current :250Ω
Conversion speed 80μs/ch
Voltage :±0.2% of F.S. @25°C±5°C Voltage :±0.2% of F.S. @0 to 50°C
Composite precision
Current :±0.2% of F.S. @25°C±5°C Current :±0.2% of F.S. @0 to 50°C
Isolation mode
Ch: not insulated
Max. input Voltage: ±15V Current: 30mA
Input signal : NPN open collector, dry contact signal
Response time : Max. 200µA
TRIG input
Max. ON voltage : 1V
Max. OFF current: 0.1mA
Input range switching function, scaling function, high-speed conversion/averaging
Special functions conversion function, peak/Bottom hold function, comparator function, input capture function,
channel skip function, Line-break detection function
*1 ca. 500k Ω common point used

■ Number of available devices

Data memory (DM) 22 points
■ Dimensions
2.8
27.3
90 35.9 6
KV-AD40
3.5 80
9 29 3 (96.5) In: [mm]
Wiring Input Terminal

Terminal Signal name Remarks
V0+ ch0 voltage input
V1+ ch1 voltage input Input range shall be selected from -10 to
V2+ ch2 voltage input +10V, 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V.
V3+ ch3 voltage input
GND I0+ ch0 current input
TRIG
I1+ ch1 current input Input range shall be selected from 0 to
0−
V0+ I2+ ch2 current input 20mA or 4 to 20mA.
C0
I0+ I3+ ch3 current input
1−
V1+ 0- ch0 analog input GND
C1
I1+
1- ch1 analog input GND
2− 2- ch2 analog input GND
V2+
C2 3- ch3 analog input GND
I2+
3− TRIG Trigger input
V3+
C3
GND GND trigger
I3+ C0 GND common
C1 Internal common
C2
C3

■ Input circuit diagram (trigger input)

+5V
1.5kΩ
TRIG
3kΩ
GND
■ Wiring diagram for analog input terminal

Please refer to the following wiring diagram when wiring analog input terminal block.
● Wiring voltage input (ch0 to ch3)

6 Please verify whether or not input range of connecting terminal (channel) is proper.
" Setup Input Signal Range", Page 6-19
KV-AD40
)0&
64+)
㧙
8
Voltage signal Shielded %
ch0
+
㧙
8
Shielded %
ch1
+
㧙
8
Shielded
%
ch2
+
㧙
8
Shielded %
ch3
+
Note
· Voltage/current input can not be used on the same channel simultaneously.
· Do not use input voltage during power off. Otherwise it may damage the internal circuit.
● Wiring current input (ch0 to ch3)

Please verify whether or not input range of connecting terminals (channel) is proper.
" Setup Input Signal Range", Page 6-19
)0&
64+)
㧙
8 V0+ and I0+ circuit-shorted
Current signal
%
ch0
Shielded +
㧙
%
ch1
Shielded +
㧙
%
ch2
Shielded +
㧙
%
ch3
Shielded +

Note
· Voltage/current input can not be used on the same channel simultaneously.
· Do not use input current during power off. Otherwise it may damage the internal
circuit.
A/D Conversion
The following describes A/D conversion principle, and how A/D conversion data is written into CPU unit
memory via KV-AD40 after A/D conversion.
How A/D Conversion Works 6
KV-AD40
A/D conversion of KV-AD40 is introduced below.
Voltage
CPU unit KV-AD40 Converter Current
(4) Sequence Energy
Power unit
program
(2) A/D Power
conver (1) Analog input Temperature
Data Memory sion
Pressure
Pre-Amplifier
Flow
(3) Write A/D conversion
Speed
data to CPU unit
(1) Analog signal (voltage or current) is input from external equipment to KV-AD40.
· Such operation is called as "analog input".
(2) KV-AD40 converts analog signal to A/D conversion data (0 to 4000/-4000 to 4000).
· Such operation is called as "A/D conversion".
(3) KV-AD40 writes A/D conversion data to DMs of CPU unit.
· Write automatically during scanning every time
(4) A/D conversion data processing can be conducted in Ladder of CPU unit as required.
· Actual voltage or current value input can be calculated from A/D conversion data.
The calculated value can be used in other processings of Ladder.

Processing of A/D conversion data
The value converted from analog signal (voltage or current) to A/D conversion data is written to DMs of
CPU unit via KV-AD40.
In Unit Editor, set DMs for storing A/D conversion data. The data writ able to CPU unit is 16-bit/CH(
lower 12 bits are valid).
Calculate voltage/current from A/D conversion data
To describe how to calculate actual voltage or current input value (DEC) according to A/D conversion
data.
■ To calculate the voltage or current from analog input according to each

6 input range
KV-AD40
Input range A/D conversion data range Resolution

0 to 10V 0 to 4000 2.5mV
-10V to +10V -4000 to 4000 2.5mV
0 to 5V 0 to 4000 1.25mV
0 to 20mA 0 to 4000 5µA
Analog input voltage (mV)=A/D conversion data x resolution (mV)
Analog input current (µA) =A/D conversion data x resolution(µA)
Input range A/D conversion data range Resolution

1 to 5V 0 to 4000 1.25mV
4 to 20mA 0 to 4000 5μA
( ) x resolution (mV)
4
Analog input voltage (mV)= xA/D conversion data+800
5
Analog input current (µA) =( ) x resolution (µA)
4
xA/D conversion data+800
5
Note
If input range is 1 to 5V, the A/D conversion data range is 0 to 4000, actual resolution
is 1.25mV (1/3200), not 1mv (1/4000).
If input range is 4 to 20 mA, the A/D conversion data range is 0 to 4000, actual
resolution is 5µA (1/3200), not 4 μ A(1/4000). That is why the value within 0 to 3200
range is converted to the range of 0 to 4000.
KV-AD40 operates same in both PROGRAM mode and RUN mode of CPU unit.
A/D conversion data, special data, analog data, etc can be monitored.
In addition, special functions related relays (comparator relay, hold relay, input capture relay, Line-break
detection relay) also operate.

A/D Conversion Table

Example When voltage is +9.10V, A/D conversion data is 3640 (part in ).

Value before 2nd digit after DEX place of voltage value
Corresponding voltage A/D conversion data
.00 .10 .20

+10 4000
+9
+8
3600
3200
3640
3240
3680
3280 6
KV-AD40

Input range 0 to +10V and -10 to +10V
0 to +10V range -10V to +10V range
A/D conversion data A/D conversion data

Voltage (V)
㧙㧙㧙㧙㧙㧗㧗㧗㧗㧗
6 㧙
㧙
KV-AD40
Voltage
8
㧗㧗㧗㧗㧗㧙
㧙
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 4000
+9 3600 3640 3680 3720 3760 3800 3840 3880 3920 3960
+8 3200 3240 3280 3320 3360 3400 3440 3480 3520 3560
+7 2800 2840 2880 2920 2960 3000 3040 3080 3120 3160
+6 2400 2440 2480 2520 2560 2600 2640 2680 2720 2760
+5 2000 2040 2080 2120 2160 2200 2240 2280 2320 2360
+4 1600 1640 1680 1720 1760 1800 1840 1880 1920 1960
+3 1200 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1480 1520 1560
+2 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160
+1 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760
+0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360
-0 0 -40 -80 -120 -160 -200 -240 -280 -320 -360
-1 -400 -440 -480 -520 -560 -600 -640 -680 -720 -760
-2 -800 -840 -880 -920 -960 -1000 -1040 -1080 -1120 -1160
-3 -1200 -1240 -1280 -1320 -1360 -1400 -1440 -1480 -1520 -1560
-4 -1600 -1640 -1680 -1720 -1760 -1800 -1840 -1880 -1920 -1960
-5 -2000 -2040 -2080 -2120 -2160 -2200 -2240 -2280 -2320 -2360
-6 -2400 -2440 -2480 -2520 -2560 -2600 -2640 -2680 -2720 -2760
-7 -2800 -2840 -2880 -2920 -2960 -3000 -3040 -3080 -3120 -3160
-8 -3200 -3240 -3280 -3320 -3360 -3400 -3440 -3480 -3520 -3560
-9 -3600 -3640 -3680 -3720 -3760 -3800 -3840 -3880 -3920 -3960
-10 -4000

Input range : 0 to +5V
A/D conversion data

6
Voltage (V)

KV-AD40
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
5 4000
4 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920
3 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120
2 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000 2080 2160 2240 2320
1 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520
0 0 80 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720
Input range : +1 to +5V
A/D conversion data
4000
3000
2000
1000
Voltage (V)
0 1 2 3 4 5

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
5 4000
4 3000 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900
3 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900
2 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900
1 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

Input range : 0 to 20mA
A/D conversion data
4000
3000
2000
1000
6
Current (mA)
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
KV-AD40
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 4000
19 3800 3820 3840 3860 3880 3900 3920 3940 3960 3980
18 3600 3620 3640 3660 3680 3700 3720 3740 3760 3780
17 3400 3420 3440 3460 3480 3500 3520 3540 3560 3580
16 3200 3220 3240 3260 3280 3300 3320 3340 3360 3380
15 3000 3020 3040 3060 3080 3100 3120 3140 3160 3180
14 2800 2820 2840 2860 3880 2900 2920 2940 2960 2980
13 2600 2620 2640 2660 2680 2700 2720 2740 2760 2780
12 2400 2420 2440 2460 2480 2500 2520 2540 2560 2580
11 2200 2220 2240 2260 2280 2300 2320 2340 2360 2380
10 2000 2020 2040 2060 2080 2100 2120 2140 2160 2180
9 1800 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980
8 1600 1620 1640 1660 1680 1700 1720 1740 1760 1780
7 1400 1420 1440 1460 1480 1500 1520 1540 1560 1580
6 1200 1220 1240 1260 1280 1300 1320 1340 1360 1380
5 1000 1020 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120 1140 1160 1180
4 800 820 840 860 880 900 920 940 960 980
3 600 620 640 660 680 700 720 740 760 780
2 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580
1 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

Input range : 4 to 20mA
A/D conversion data
4000
3000
2000
1000
6
Current (mA)
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
KV-AD40
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 4000
19 3750 3775 3800 3825 3850 3875 3900 3925 3950 3975
18 3500 3525 3550 3575 3600 3625 3650 3675 3700 3725
17 3250 3275 3300 3325 3350 3375 3400 3425 3450 3475
16 3000 3025 3050 3075 3100 3125 3150 3175 3200 3225
15 2750 2775 2800 2825 2850 2875 2900 2925 2950 2975
14 2500 2525 2550 2575 2600 2625 2650 2675 2700 2725
13 2250 2275 2300 2325 2350 2375 2400 2425 2450 2475
12 2000 2025 2050 2075 2100 2125 2150 2175 2200 2225
11 1750 1775 1800 1825 1850 1875 1900 1925 1950 1975
10 1500 1525 1550 1575 1600 1625 1650 1675 1700 1725
9 1250 1275 1300 1325 1350 1375 1400 1425 1450 1475
8 1000 1025 1050 1075 1100 1125 1150 1175 1200 1225
7 750 775 800 825 850 875 900 925 950 975
6 500 525 550 575 600 625 650 675 700 725
5 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450 475
4 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225

This chapter describes functions and setting methods of KV-AD40.
List of Setting Items
KV-AD40 is also set using Unit Editor.

Setting item Setting value See page

Leading DM No. Need set 6-18
Leading relay No. Need set 6-18
Disable (default)
Skip channel 6-18
Enable
6 Voltage -10 to +10V (default)

0 to 10V
KV-AD40
0 to 5V
Input signal range 6-19
1 to 5V
Current 0 to 20mA
4 to 20mA
Scaling Not scaled (default)
Scaled
6-19
Scaling upper limit -32000 to +32000 (default : +32000)
Scaling lower limit -32000 to +32000 (default : -32000)
Conversion mode High-speed conversion (default)
Averaging (count specifying)
Averaging (time specifying) 6-21
Number of averagings (count) 3 to 62500 (default : 3)
Averaging time (ms) 2 to 5000 (default : 2)
Disabled (default)
Peak/Bottom hold Peak hold 6-23
Bottom hold
Disabled (default)
Comparator 6-24
Enabled
Disabled (default)
Input capture 6-26
Enabled
Disabled (default)
Line-break detection 6-27
Enabled
What is Unit Editor
The Unit Editor is a software in Ladder Support Software KV STUDIO, used for configuring settings
related to PLC units or setting up KV-AD40 communication functions. This setting is very necessary in
the first use of KV-AD40. For starting and operation method of Unit Editor, please refer to "KV
STUDIO User's Manual".

How to Set up with Unit Editor
To describe the procedures to set KV-AD40 using the Unit Editor.

Other procedure
· Click button.
6
2
KV-AD40
Select the unit to be connected from "Select
unit (1)" tab, and drag it to the CPU unit.
3 Set the details of the KV-AD40 on the unit configuration area.

Select "KV-AD40" and right-click to select "Display unit setting".
The "KV-AD40" setting is displayed in the "Unit setup" window.
Other procedure
· Press key
· Select "View" -> "Unit setup".
· Double-click the unit whose settings are to be changed
in the unit configuration area.

4 Click the item whose setting is to be changed, and

enter the new set value.
· When entering from textbox,
display textbox, enter the value.
· When entering from dropdown menu,
display dropdown menu, select items.
6
KV-AD40
5 Press key.
7 Select from menu "File" -> "Close". This saves the system you have created, and returns to the
Editor.
Other procedure
· Click button.
· Click button.

■ List of Data Memories

Attributes
CH DMs R: Only read Content See page
Blank: R/W
DM N R A/D conversion data in ch0
6-15
DM N +1 R Special data in ch0
CH0 DM N +2 R Analog data in ch0 6-16
DM N +3 Comparator upper limit in ch0
6-24
DM N +4 Comparator lower limit in ch0
DM N +5 R A/D conversion data in ch1
6-15
CH1
DM
DM
N
N
+6
+7
R
R
Special data in ch1
Analog data in ch1 6-16
6
DM N +8 Comparator upper limit in ch1
KV-AD40
6-24
DM N +9 Comparator lower limit in ch1
DM N + 10 R A/D conversion data in ch2
6-15
DM N + 11 R Special data in ch2
CH2 DM N + 12 R Analog data in ch2 6-16
DM N + 13 Comparator upper limit in ch2
6-24
DM N + 14 Comparator lower limit in ch2
DM N + 15 R A/D conversion data in ch3
6-15
DM N + 16 R Special data in ch3
CH3 DM N + 17 R Analog data in ch3 6-16
DM N + 18 Comparator upper limit in ch3
6-24
DM N + 19 Comparator lower limit in ch3
Comm DM N + 20 R Input capture value 6-26
on DM N + 21 R Error code A-11
N : Leading DM No.( "Setting the Leading Device", Page 6-18)
● A/D conversion data

The value "0 to 4000" or "-4000 to 4000" after A/D conversion from input signal is stored as A/D conversion
data.
A/D conversion data will be stored in the following DMs.

A/D conversion data storage destination
DM No. N +0 N +5 N + 10 N + 15
N : Leading DM No.

● Special data
To save the value processed via special functions (scaling function, averaging, peak/Bottom hold
function). If special function is not set, the value identical to A/D conversion data will be stored.
If multiple functions are set, the value processed via various functions will be stored.
For example, if all of scaling function, averaging and peak/Bottom hold function are set, the data
obtained after averaging, scaling and peak/ Bottom hold function of A/D conversion data will be stored
in special data.
"Conversion Mode Setting (High-speed conversion mode/Averaging mode)", Page 6-21
"Peak/Bottom Hold Function", Page 6-23
6 Ch No. CH0
Special data storage destination
CH1 CH2 CH3
KV-AD40
DM No. N +1 N +6 N + 11 N + 16
N :Leading DM no.
● Analog data
Voltage/current value converted from A/D conversion will be stored as analog data.
Analog quantity data can be obtained using the following formula:
· When input signal range is 0 to 10V, -10 to +10V, 0 to 5V or 0 to 20mA
Analog data = A/D conversion data x resolution
· When input signal range is 1 to 5V or 4 to 20mA

4
Analog data = ( x A/D conversion data + 800) x resolution
5
Unit: [10mV] for voltage input; [10µA] for current input.
The value less than 10 [mV/µA] is rejected.
Units displayed in Access Window or "Unit Monitor" window: "V" for voltage, "mA" for current.

Analog data storage destination
DM No. N +2 N +7 N + 12 N + 17
N : Leading DM No.
Example for data storing and display monitoring during voltage input and current input as follows.
Example When inputting 1.234V to CH0
DM N +2 : 123 [10mV]
Access Window : 1.23[V]
Unit Monitor : 1.23[V]
Example When inputting 2.345mA to CH1

DM N +7 : 234 [10µA]
Access Window : 2.34[mA]
Unit Monitor : 2.34[mA]

■ List of Relays
CH Relay No. Item Designation See page

n 00 Hold relay Hold function is performed during ON 6-23
n 01 Blocked line detected When input signal Line-break detected, ON 6-27
When special data exceeds compared
CH0 n 02 Comparator upper limit relay
upper limit value, ON
6-24
When special data less than compared
n 03 Comparator lower limit relay
lower limit value, ON

6-24
6
KV-AD40
6-24
6-24
n+1 00 Input capture relay If captured in input, it will be ON. 6-26
Common n+1 01 Error relay When the control relay is error, OFF. A-11
n : Leading relay channel( " Setting the Leading Device", Page 6-18)

On the KV-AD40, DMs of 22 words and relays of two channels (32 relays) are occupied.
Set its leading DM No. and leading relay No. by setting leading device.
■ Leading DM No.
6 Set up DM leading No. used in KV-AD40.
DMs of 22 words are occupied by KV-AD40.
KV-AD40
DMs are set as follows:

KV-5500/5000/3000 : DM00000 to DM65512
KV-1000 : DM00000 to DM64978
KV-700+M : DM00000 to DM39978
KV-700 : DM00000 to DM19978

Set up the leading channel of the relays used in KV-AD40.
KV-AD40 occupies 2 channel (32) relays.
The relay CH (relay No.) that can be set as follows:
KV-5500/5000/3000 : 010(R1000) to 998(R99800)
KV-1000/700 : 010(R1000) to 598(R59800)
Channel Filter Function

If channel filter function is set to "disabled", A/D conversion will be conducted; if it is set to "enabled", A/D
conversion will be not conducted.
"0" is stored in the A/D conversion data, special data and analog data of the channel filtered.
Thanks to channel filter setting, the update period of A/D conversion data on every channel is shorten.
According to the number of A/D conversion channels, update period of A/D conversion data changes as follows.
Number of conversion channels Update period (μs)
1 80
2 160
3 240
4 320

Setup Input Signal Range
The range is switched according to input signal level.

Input signal range can be set as per every channel. Optional input signal range is as follows.
Input signal Range
Voltage
0 to 10V 6
0 to 5V
KV-AD40
1 to 5V
0 to 20mA
Current
4 to 20mA
Scaling Function
"Scaling function" is to scale A/D conversion data to any value.

Save the scaled value into special data. The value corresponding to the upper limit value "4000" of A/D
conversion data is set to scaling upper limit, and the value corresponding to the lower limit value "0" ("-
4000" for -10 to +10V) of A/D conversion data is set to scaling lower limit value. In this case, the set
lower limit value can not exceed the upper limit value.
If scaling function is set to "disabled", the scaling upper/lower limit value can not be changed.
For example, if combining scaling function, averaging and peak/Bottom hold function are used, and the
data obtained by averaging, scaling and peak/Bottom hold function of A/D conversion data in turn will
be stored in special data.
"Special data", Page 6-16

DM No. N +1 N +6 N + 11 N + 16
N : Leading DM No.:
Note
Even if output data change exceeds the resolution, the resolution will be not
increased during scaling.
For example: when resolution is 1/4000, even if setting the scaling to "0 to 10000", the
resolution fails to become 1/10000.

Scaling function subjects to the following calculation formula.

[Range -10 to +10V]
Scaling value = A/D conversion data x (upper limit - lower limit)/8000 +(upper limit + lower limit)/22
[Out of range]
Scaling value= A/D conversion data x (upper limit - lower limit)/4000 + lower limit
Example When the input range "0 to 5V" and A/D conversion data "0 to 4000" is scaled to "-3000 to 7000".
A/D conversion data 0 to 4000
Scaling upper limit 7000
Scaling lower limit -3000
Scaling value -3000 to 7000
6 Scaling upper limit 7000
KV-AD40
Scaling value
Digit data
4000
0
5V

0V 0 -3000
1V 800 -1000
2V 1600 1000
3V 2400 3000
4V 3200 5000
5V 4000 7000

Conversion Mode Setting (High-speed conversion mode/Averaging mode)
There are two conversion modes, i.e. high-speed conversion mode and averaging mode.
Please separately select the mode as required.
These conversion modes are used for the value stored in special data DMs.

Ch No. CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 6
DM No. N +1 N +6 N + 11 N + 16
KV-AD40
N : Leading DM No.:
■ High-speed conversion mode

The value after A/D conversion can be stored in special data via high-speed conversion mode. Save
the value identical to A/D conversion data.
For example, if combining scaling function, averaging and peak/Bottom hold function, the data obtained
by averaging, scaling and peak/Bottom hold function of A/D conversion data in turn will be stored in
special data.
Data update period calculation as follows:

Data update period (µs) = number of used CHs x conversion rate of every channel (80µs)
Input signal change response in this mode is faster than in average mode.
An additional scanning period is needed for data updating in CPU unit.
Data updating periodic table

Number of CH to be converted Update period (µs)
1 80
2 160
3 240
4 320
■ Averaging mode
Averaging mode is designed for averaging of data after A/D conversion according to conversion times and
time unit. The value after averaging is stored in special data. When input signal is influenced by noise, etc ,
averaging can be used to minimize the influence of noise, etc.
Averaging is conducted inside KV-AD40. Averaging is not influenced by scanning time of CPU unit.
For example, if combining scaling function, averaging and peak/Bottom hold function are used, and the
data obtained by averaging, scaling and peak/ Bottom hold function of A/D conversion data in turn will
be stored in special data.

· Averaging (count specifying)

Specify number of A/D conversions of input signal, and then conduct averaging.
If the number of averagings is same on all channels, data update period will be as follows:
Data update period [ms] = number of settings x number of used CHs x conversion speed/CH (0.08ms)
Data update period table
Number of Data update period [ms]
averagings (count) 1 ch used 2 chs used 3 chs used 4 chs used
3 0.24 0.48 0.72 0.96
10 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2
50 4 8 12 16
100 8 16 24 32
500 40 80 120 160
6
1000 80 160 240 320
5000 400 800 1200 1600
10000 800 1600 2400 3200
KV-AD40
50000 4000 8000 12000 16000

62500 5000 10000 15000 20000
Note
Temperature drift compensationis performed once 10 seconds. Correction time is
160µs.
Correction time is not included in data update period table.
· Averaging (time specifying)

Conduct averaging of input signal via specified time.
Data update period is calculated as follows:
Data update period (ms) = Set time (ms)
If averaging time of all channels are same, the number of A/D conversions conducted within the setting
time is as follows:
Number of A/D conversions (count) = setting time (ms)/(number of used CHs x conversion rate speed per CH
(0.08ms)
Number of A/D conversions

Data update Number of A/D conversions (count)
period [ms] 1 ch used 2 chs used 3 chs used 4 chs used
2 25 12.5 8 6
10 125 62 41 31
50 625 312 208 156
100 1250 625 416 312
500 6250 3125 2083 1562
1000 12500 6250 4166 3125
5000 62500 31250 20833 15625
Note
Temperature drift compensationis 1 count/10 seconds, correction time is 160µs.
Data update period (setting time) excludes correction time.

Peak/Bottom Hold Function
Peak/Bottom hold function is used to keep peak and Bottom in the value stored to special data.
Holding instruction relay is controlled via Ladder. Holding enabled when the relay is ON and disabled
when the relay OFF.
Peak/Bottom hold function is only performed inside KV-AD40 and not influenced by CPU internal
scanning time, and max./min. value can be obtained.
When used with scaling function and averaging mode, in special data DMs A/D conversion data after 6
averaging is scaled and the value is stored.
KV-AD40

DM No. N +1 N +6 N + 11 N + 16
N : Leading DM No.:
Hold instruction relay

Relay No. n 00 n 04 n 08 n 12
n : Leading relay channel
■ Peak hold
If special data exceeds the previous value stored, the data will be updated. If it is less than the previous
value, the data stored previously is remained.
Special data
Value stored in special data DMs
when hold function is enabled.
Value stored in special data DMs
when hold function is disabled.
ON
Hold instruction relay
OFF
Hold start Hole complete
Note
It can not be used with the Bottom hold function at the same time.

■ Bottom hold
If special data is less than the previous value stored, the data will be updated. If it exceeds the previous
value, the data stored previously is remained.
Special data
Value stored is special data DM
when hold function is enabled.
Value stored is special data DM
when hold function is disabled.
6 Hold instruction relay

ON
OFF
KV-AD40
Hold start Hole complete
Note
It can not be used with the peak hold function at the same time.
Comparator Function
With comparator function, KV-AD40 can compare special data with comparator upper/lower limit value,
turn ON comparator upper/lower limit relay according to the result. Comparator upper/lower limit value
is stored in DMs. Turn OFF comparator upper/lower limit value relay via Ladder.
If it is lower/upper limit value, the error relay will be ON.
If the error relay is ON, comparator function fails to be conducted on the channel with error.
Comparator upper limit relay: ON when special data exceeds compared upper limit value
Comparator lower limit relay: ON when special data exceeds compared lower limit value
When scaling function is used, due to scaling value stored in special data, the value
corresponding to the scaling value is stored as upper/lower limit value.

Relay No. n 02 n 06 n 10 n 14

Comparator upper limit storage destination

DM No. N +3 N +8 N + 13 N + 18
N : Leading DM No.

Relay No. n 03 n 07 n 11 n 15
Comparator lower limit storage destination

Ch No.
DM No.
CH0
N +4
CH1
N +9 N
CH2
+ 14
CH3
N + 19
6
KV-AD40
N : Leading DM No.
Example Special data : 0 to 4000

Comparator upper limit : 3000
Comparator lower limit : 1000
Special data
4000
Comparator upper limit 3000
2000
Comparator lower limit 1000
ON
OFF
* OFF via ladder program
ON
OFF
*OFF via ladder program

Input Capture Function
A/D conversion data during trigger input can be stored into DMs using "input capture function". If the
scaling function is set, the scaling value is stored.
Due to not influenced by CPU scanning time, so, all values between scannings can be collected. Max.
response speed of trigger input is 200μs.
6
Input capture function can be set only on one channel. It fails to be set on 2 channels or more. CH0 to
KV-AD40
CH3 can be selected.
When the input capture value is stored to DM, the input capture relay will be ON. Turn the capture relay
OFF using Ladder.
During relay ON, even if input, the input is also disabled.
"Analog input terminal block", Page 6-3
Input capture value storage destination

DM No. N + 20
N : Leading DM No.
Input capture relay

Relay No. n+1 00

Example A/D special data :0 to 4000
Scan of CPU unit
Trigger input Trigger input
Numerical value
4000
3000 3000
2000
1000
1500 6
KV-AD40
0
A/D conversion data 2000 3000 2000 1256 2125 4000 2000 1000
Input *1 *2
0 0 0 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
capture value
ON
Input
capture relay OFF
* Through ladder program OFF
*1 Trigger input is ON, input capture value is saved.

*2 Since input capture relay is ON, input capture value is not saved.
Broken Line Detect Function
With this function, the broken line detect relay can be turned ON when the input signal is less than 0.5V
(input range is set to 1 to 5V) or 2mA (input range is set to 4 to 20mA). Turn the relay OFF using
Ladder.
Note
Broken line detect function fails to be used other than the range of 1 to 5V, 4 to 20mA.
Broken line detect relay

Relay No. n 01 n 05 n 09 n 13

Example Input range : 1 to 5V
Input voltage (V)
Line-break occurs
Line-break return
0.5
ON
6
Broken line detect relay
OFF
* OFF via ladder program
KV-AD40

6-3 Access Window
This following describes the procedure for monitoring and changing the settings of the KV-AD40 using
Access Window
The Access Window on the CPU Unit can be used to monitor the KV-AD40 or change KV-AD40
settings.
KV-AD40
Monitor Input capture +PRWVUKIPCNTCPIG
-8#&%*/ -8#&%*5 -8#&%*5

#&㩗㩧㩀㩧㩍㩨㨺㩊㨼㩧㩖㩩㨹㩎㩁㨶㩖㩩㩋㨶㩤㩧㩆㩨
㩆㩏㨼 8
-8#&%*/ -8#&%*5 -8#&%*5

#&%QPX&CVC +PRWV%CRVWTG 4CPIG
0Q 8
Conversion Mode Skip Channel Scaling

-8#&%*5 -8#&%*5 -8#&%*5
㩗㩧㩀㩧㩝㨺㩎㩨 %*㩇㩁㨹㩖㩩㩇㩃㨺㩢㩧㩂㩨
㩄㨽㩉㩂㩆㩏㨼㩆㩏㨼
-8#&%*5 -8#&%*5 -8#&%*5

%QPX/QFG %*&KUCDNG 5ECNKPI
*KIJ5RGGF 0Q 0Q
Peak/valley hold Comparator

-8#&%*5 -8#&%*5
㩕㩩㨺㩂㩘㩨㩎㩛㩄㩧㩔㩩㩤㨺㩊
㩚㩆㩠㨽㩆㩏㨼
-8#&%*5 -8#&%*5
2GCM$QVVQO %QORCTCVQT
&KUCDNG 0Q

6-3 Access Window
Menu Structure
The structure of the Access Window is as follows.
Monitor CH0 A/D conversion datainitial display)

Special data
Analog data
Comparator upper limit (Only displayed when using comparator function)
Comparator lower limit (Only displayed when using comparator function)
Relay
Monitor CH1
Monitor CH2
Monitor CH3
Setting CH0 Channel skip No
6 Range
Yes
-10 to +10V
0 to 10V
KV-AD40
0 to 5V
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
4 to 20mA
Conversion mode High speed
Count specifying Number of averagings
Time specifying Averaging time
Scaling No
Scaling lower limit
Peak/Valley Not used
Peak
Valley
Comparator No
Yes Comparator upper/lower limit
Input capture No
Yes
Setting CH1
These settings are
Setting CH2
displayed in left
Setting CH3
items respectively
after they are set.
The Access Window can be operated by the setup keys on the KV-700.
Turn page. Can also be used to change
Switch to setting change mode when Hold down for at least 1s. When
holding down this key for at least 1s. holding it, can change setting. *
* The settings can be changed only when the CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode.

6-3 Access Window
1 Press the direct access switch of the KV-AD40 to be monitored.

screen for CH0 of the KV-AD40 you selected is displayed on
the Access Window.
KV-AD40 CH0M KV-AD40 CH0M

+0 +0
KV-AD40

Note
To return the menu screen of the CPU unit, either press the " " key again, or press
the direct access switch that is blinking.

6-3 Access Window
Setup Screen
The following describes the procedures for changing the settings of the KV-AD40 using the Access Window of the CPU Unit.
Note
The settings can be changed only when the CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode.
KV-AD40 setting can be monitored.

The following takes an example to describe how to change skip setting.
6 1 Select the channel to be set in the menu screen using the " " and " " keys, and press the key.
KV-AD40
Setup screen for channel skip of the selected channel appears.
KV-AD40 CH0S KV-AD40 CH0S

CHｽｷｯﾌﾟ CH Disable
ｼﾅｲ No
2 Hold down the " " key for more than 1 second.
The setting item blinks.

ｼﾅｲ No
3 Use the " "/" " key to select the setting, and hold down the " " key for more than 1 s, to determine.

ｽﾙ Yes

Item Setting range
Channel skip Skip No,Skip Yes
Input signal range
Current : 0 to 20mA or 4 to 20mA
High-speed conversion, averaging (count selection),
Conversion mode
Averaging (time selection)
Averaging count (times) 3 to 62500
Averaging time (ms) 2 to 5000
Scaling Scalling No,Scalling Yes
Peak/Bottom hold Disable, peak hold, bottom hold
Comparator No, Yes
Input capture No, Yes
6-3 Access Window
Monitor Screen
This following describes the procedures for monitoring the settings of the KV-AD40 using the Access Window of the CPU Unit.
How to Monitor the KV-AD40
1 Select items to be verified in the menu screen using the " " and " " keys, and press the key.
Monitor screen for A/D conversion data of the selected channel appears.

+0 +0
6
2 Select the display data to be monitored by the or keys.
KV-AD40
The following 6 items can be monitored:
· A/D conversion data · Special data ·Analog data
· Comparetor upper limit · Comparator lower limit ·Relay monitor
How to change comparator upper/lower limit value
Comparator upper/ lower limit value can be changed via monitor screen for comparator upper/lower limit value.
1 When the value (upper limit value or lower limit value) to be changed is displayed, hold down
the " " key for more than 1 s.
Increment/decrement value is displayed on the right bottom.

ｺﾝﾊﾟﾚｰﾀL Comparator L
+0 +0
1 1
2 Each press of the " " key increments the increment/decrement value. If this value exceeds

+0 +0
100 100
3 If pressing the " " key, the value will be added to current value, if pressing the " " key, the
value is deducted from the current value.

+100 +100
100 100
4 If pressing the " "key for more than 1 s, the current value is changed.
6-4 Unit Monitor
The Unit Monitor function of Ladder Support Software KV STUDIO optimally displays relay or DM
values matched to the unit that is monitoring these values. This section describes how to view Unit
Monitor and how to operate Unit Monitor.
Unit Monitor is a window that optimally displays relay or DM values matched to the unit that is
monitoring these values.

6 · Each unit has provided display formats and layout templates for convenient monitoring.
KV-AD40
Note
Unit Monitor can be selected only from Monitor or edit menu.
1 Select from the menu "Monitor/Simulator (N)"->"Unit Monitor(U)".

"Unit Monitor specifying" dialog box appears.
2 Select units to be displayed, click "Display" button.
Other procedure In the "Unit settings" workspace, select the unit
to be monitored, right-click and select "Unit

Monitor" from the menu.

6-4 Unit Monitor
AD Unit Monitor
(2)Comments description area (6)Unit information
(5)Setting unit (7)Hold button

(8)Comparator alarm lower limit area
(9)Comparator alarm upper limit area

(1)Display channel
(12)Broken line detected indicator light

(3) Display current value area
(4) Device assignment (11)Comparator upper limit
(10)Comparison lower limit lamp
KV-AD40
(17)"Upper/lower limit read" button
(18)"Upper/lower limit write" button
(19)"Re-load setting" button
(13)Current value display method setting area (16)Input capture light
(14)Display error info area (15)Input capture data display area
Designation Function See page

(1) Display channel Display channel -
(2) Comments
Display device comment of DMs corresponding to current data. -
description area
(3) Display current
Display data set by current value display way. -
value area
(4) Device
Display DMs, relay No. assigned to data display, button and lamp. 6-15, 6-17
assignment
When "analog data" is displayed using current value display method, the
(5) Setting unit -
unit corresponding to input signal range is displayed.
(6) Unit information Display the connection No. and model of unit. -
During ON, peak holding value will be stored to special data. (Note)
(7) Hold button when operating hold relay using Ladder, operation fails on Unit Monitor 6-23
sometimes.
(8) Comparison
Display comparator upper/lower limit value.
alarm lower limit
To change upper/lower limit value.
area
To display the latest value, click (17) the "upper/lower limit read" button.
(9) Comparison
To write the changed value to CPU, click (18) the "upper/lower limit
alarm upper limit
writing" button.
area
6-24
When "special data" is less than comparator lower limit value, ON.
(10) Comparison
OFF via Ladder.
lower limit lamp
The lamp is not displayed when comparator function is not set.
When "special data" exceeds comparator upper limit value, ON.
(11) Comparison
OFF via Ladder.
upper limit lamp
The lamp is not displayed when comparator function is not set.
6-4 Unit Monitor
Designation Function See page

When input signal range is 4 to 20mA, input current less than 2mA, ON.
(12) Broken line
When input signal range is 1 to 5V, input voltage less than 0.5V, ON.
detected 6-27
OFF via Ladder.
indicator light
The lamp is not displayed when Line-break detection function is not set.
A/D conversion data: set input signal, A/D conversion to "0 to 4000/-
(13) Current value 4000 to +4000" .
display way Special data: the value after scaling, peak/Bottom holding, 6-5
setting area averaging
Analog data: the value after "A/D conversion data" converted to
voltage/current value
6 (14) Display error info

area
Displays error contents when an error occurs. -
(15) Input capture

KV-AD40
Display the data after input capture. 6-26

data display area
When input capture data is stored, ON. During ON, trigger input changes to invalid.
(16) Input capture
OFF via Ladder. 6-26
light
The lamp is not displayed when input capture function is not set.
(17) "Upper/lower
limit read" Read comparator upper/lower limit value of all channels from CPU unit. 6-24
button
(18) "Upper/lower Write comparator upper/lower limit value of all channels displayed in the
limit write" display area of comparator upper/lower limit value to CPU unit.
6-24
button (Note) when writing from Ladder to upper limit value/lower limit value,
writing from Unit Monitor fails sometimes.
(19) "Re-load
Update all items displayed in Unit Monitor to the latest message. -
setting" button
Note
Setting change after starting of the Unit Monitor program fails to be mapped in the
"Unit Monitor" window. Unit monitor message can be updated using the "read upper/
lower limit value" or "writing upper/lower limit value" button.

7
KV-DA40
This chapter describes D/A conversion unit KV-DA40.
7-1 Specification & D/A Conversion •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 7-2

7-3 Access Window ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 7-24
7-4 Unit Monitor •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 7-29

This section describes specification, output terminal wiring and D/A conversion of KV-DA40.
Specifications
Item Specification
Model KV-DA40
Internal current consumption 230mA or less(when max. output)
Storage relative humidity 10 to 95% RH (no condensation)*1
Noise immunity
7
KV-DA40
5 to 9Hz - 3.5mm
Compatible with 10 times in X, Y,
9 to 150Hz 9.8m/s2 -
respectively (100
5 to 9Hz - 1.75mm
9 to 150Hz 4.9m/s2 -
Pollution degree 2
Weight ca. 150g
Item Specification
Analog output 4 points
Voltage: -10 to +10V (2.5mV 1/8000) Current: 0 to 20mA (1µA 5/4000)
0 to 10V (2.5mV 1/4000) 4 to 20mA (1µA 1/3200)
Analog output range
0 to 5V (1.25mV 1/4000)
1 to 5V (1.25mV 1/3200)
Conversion speed 80μs/ch
Voltage: ±0.2% of F.S. @25°C±5°C Voltage : ±0.4% of F.S. @0 to 50°C
Precision
Current: ±0.2% of F.S. @25°C±5°C Current : ±0.4% of F.S. @0 to 50°C
Isolation mode
Ch: not isolated
Min. load impedance Voltage: 1kΩ
Max. load impedance Current: 400Ω
Input range switching function, scaling function, error output holding/clear selecting
Special functions
function, upper/lower limit alarm function, output limit function, channel skip function

■ Number of used devices
Relay 16 (ch)
Data Memory 18
■ Dimensions
2.8
27.3
90 35.9
KV-DA40
3.5 80
9 29 3 (96.5) in mm
Wiring Output Terminal
■ Analog output terminal block
Terminal Signal name Description

V0+ ch0 voltage output
V3+ ch3 voltage output Input range shall be selected from -10 to
NC V0- ch0 voltage output GND +10V, 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V or 1 to 5V.
NC
V0− V1- ch1 voltage output GND
V0+
I0− V2- ch2 voltage output GND
I0+
V1− V3- ch3 voltage output GND
V1+
I1−
I0+ ch0 current output
I1+
I1+ ch1 current output
V2−
V2+ I2+ ch2 current output
I2−
I2+ I3+ ch3 current output Output range shall be selected from 0 to
V3−
V3+ I0- ch0 current output GND 20mA or 4 to 20mA.
I3−
I3+ I1- ch1 current output GND
I2- ch2 current output GND
I3- ch3 current output GND
NC NC not connected

■ Wiring diagram for analog output terminals

Please refer to the following wiring diagram when wiring analog output terminal block.
● Wiring voltage output (ch0 to ch3)

Please verify whether output range of connecting terminals (channel) is proper.
0%
0%
8㧙
㧙
8 㧗 Voltage signal
+㧙 ch0
+ Shielded
8㧙
㧙
8 㧗 ch1
+㧙
+ Shielded
8㧙
㧙
7
8 㧗 ch2
+㧙
+ Shielded
8㧙
KV-DA40
㧙
8 㧗 ch3
+㧙
+ Shielded
Note
Voltage/current output can not be used on the same channel simultaneously.
● Wiring current output (ch0 to ch3)

Please verify whether output range of connecting terminals (channel) is proper.
0%
0%
8㧙
8
+㧙㧙
+ 㧗 Current signal
8㧙 ch0
8 Shielded
+㧙㧙
+ 㧗 ch1
8㧙
8 Shielded
+㧙㧙
+ 㧗 ch2
8㧙
Shielded
8
+㧙㧙
+ 㧗 ch3
Shielded
Note
Voltage/current output can not be used on the same channel simultaneously.

D/A Conversion
The following describes D/A conversion principle, and how to convert analog signal (voltage or current)
to output data and how output data is written into DMs.
D/A conversion of KV-DA40 is introduced below.
CPU unit KV-DA40 Inverter
(1) Sequence
Power unit
program Servo controller

(4) D/A
conver
(5) Analog output
Thermograph
7
(2) Data memory sion
KV-DA40
Analog regulator
(3) Read output data from CPU unit
(1) Voltage value or current value output to peripheral is converted output data via CPU Ladder.
(2) Output data (0 to 4000/-4000 to 4000) is written into DMs via Ladder.
(3) KV-DA40 Automatically read output data from DMs of CPU unit automatically.
· Read automatically during scanning every time
(4) KV-DA40 converts output data to analog voltage or current signal.
· Such operation is called as "D/A conversion".
(5) KV-DA40 outputs analog signal to peripherals.
· Such operation is called as "analog output".
About output data processing
Output data written into DMs of CPU unit is transferred to KV-DA40.

Before output, the data is converted to analog signal (voltage or current).
DMs for storing output data is set in the Unit Editor.
The data writable to CPU unit is 16 bit/ch (lower 12 bits are valid).

Calculate output data from output voltage/current
To describe how to convert voltage and current value (DEC) in actual output to output data after D/A
conversion.
■ How to calculate the voltage or current from analog output according to each range
Output range Output data range Resolution
0 to 10V 0 to 4000 2.5mV
-10V to +10V -4000 to 4000 2.5mV
0 to 5V 0 to 4000 1.25mV
0 to 20mA 0 to 4000 5µA
Output data = analog output voltage value (mV)/resolution (mV)
Output data = analog output current value (mA)/resolution (µA)
Output range Output data range Resolution

7 1 to 5V
4 to 20mA
0 to 4000
0 to 4000
1.25mV
5µA
KV-DA40
5
Output data= 4 (analog output voltage value (mV)/resolution (mV)-800)
5
Output data= 4 (analog output current value (µA)/resolution (µA)-800)
Note
If output range is 1 to 5V, 0 to 4000 will be stored as output data. Actual resolution is
1.25mV (1/3200), not 1mV(1/4000).
In similar manner, if output range is 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 4000 will be stored as output data.
Actual resolution is 5µA (1/3200), not 4µA(1/4000).
That is why the saved value 0 to 4000 is converted to 0 to 3200 output.
KV-DA40 outputs the following voltage (current) when CPU unit is in PROGRAM mode.
Output range Output voltage (current)
0 to 10V
-10V to +10V 0V
0 to 5V
1 to 5V 1V
0 to 20mA 0mA
4 to 20mA 4mA

D/A Conversion Table

Example When voltage is +9.10V, output data is 3640 (part in ).

Value before 2nd digit after DEX place of voltage value
Corresponding voltage output data
.00 .10 .20

+10 4000
+9 3600 3640 3680
+8 3200 3240 3280
KV-DA40

Output range 0 to +10V and -10 to +10V
0 to +10V range -10V to +10V range
Output data Output data
4000
4000
3000
3000 2000
1000
2000
Voltage (V)
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 +2 +4 +6 +8 +10
1000 -1000
7
-2000
Voltage (V)
0 1 2 3 4 5 -3000
KV-DA40
-4000
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
+10 4000
+9 3600 3640 3680 3720 3760 3800 3840 3880 3920 3960
+8 3200 3240 3280 3320 3360 3400 3440 3480 3520 3560
+7 2800 2840 2880 2920 2960 3000 3040 3080 3120 3160
+6 2400 2440 2480 2520 2560 2600 2640 2680 2720 2760
+5 2000 2040 2080 2120 2160 2200 2240 2280 2320 2360
+4 1600 1640 1680 1720 1760 1800 1840 1880 1920 1960
+3 1200 1240 1280 1320 1360 1400 1440 1480 1520 1560
+2 800 840 880 920 960 1000 1040 1080 1120 1160
+1 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760
+0 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360
-0 0 -40 -80 -120 -160 -200 -240 -280 -320 -360
-1 -400 -440 -480 -520 -560 -600 -640 -680 -720 -760
-2 -800 -840 -880 -920 -960 -1000 -1040 -1080 -1120 -1160
-3 -1200 -1240 -1280 -1320 -1360 -1400 -1440 -1480 -1520 -1560
-4 -1600 -1640 -1680 -1720 -1760 -1800 -1840 -1880 -1920 -1960
-5 -2000 -2040 -2080 -2120 -2160 -2200 -2240 -2280 -2320 -2360
-6 -2400 -2440 -2480 -2520 -2560 -2600 -2640 -2680 -2720 -2760
-7 -2800 -2840 -2880 -2920 -2960 -3000 -3040 -3080 -3120 -3160
-8 -3200 -3240 -3280 -3320 -3360 -3400 -3440 -3480 -3520 -3560
-9 -3600 -3640 -3680 -3720 -3760 -3800 -3840 -3880 -3920 -3960
-10 -4000

Output range: 0 to +5V
Output data
4000
3000
2000
1000
Voltage (V)
7
0 1 2 3 4 5
KV-DA40
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
5 4000
4 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920
3 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120
2 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000 2080 2160 2240 2320
1 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520
0 0 80 160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720
Output range: +1 to +5V
Output data
4000
3000
2000
1000
Voltage (V)
0 1 2 3 4 5

.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
5 4000
4 3000 3100 3200 3300 3400 3500 3600 3700 3800 3900
3 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900
2 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900
1 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

Output range: 0 to 20mA
Output data
4000
3000
2000
1000
Current (mA)
7
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

KV-DA40
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 4000
19 3800 3820 3840 3860 3880 3900 3920 3940 3960 3980
18 3600 3620 3640 3660 3680 3700 3720 3740 3760 3780
17 3400 3420 3440 3460 3480 3500 3520 3540 3560 3580
16 3200 3220 3240 3260 3280 3300 3320 3340 3360 3380
15 3000 3020 3040 3060 3080 3100 3120 3140 3160 3180
14 2800 2820 2840 2860 3880 2900 2920 2940 2960 2980
13 2600 2620 2640 2660 2680 2700 2720 2740 2760 2780
12 2400 2420 2440 2460 2480 2500 2520 2540 2560 2580
11 2200 2220 2240 2260 2280 2300 2320 2340 2360 2380
10 2000 2020 2040 2060 2080 2100 2120 2140 2160 2180
9 1800 1820 1840 1860 1880 1900 1920 1940 1960 1980
8 1600 1620 1640 1660 1680 1700 1720 1740 1760 1780
7 1400 1420 1440 1460 1480 1500 1520 1540 1560 1580
6 1200 1220 1240 1260 1280 1300 1320 1340 1360 1380
5 1000 1020 1040 1060 1080 1100 1120 1140 1160 1180
4 800 820 840 860 880 900 920 940 960 980
3 600 620 640 660 680 700 720 740 760 780
2 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580
1 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

Output range:4 to 20mA
Output data
4000
3000
2000
1000
Current (mA)
7
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
KV-DA40
.00 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90
20 4000
19 3750 3775 3800 3825 3850 3875 3900 3925 3950 3975
18 3500 3525 3550 3575 3600 3625 3650 3675 3700 3725
17 3250 3275 3300 3325 3350 3375 3400 3425 3450 3475
16 3000 3025 3050 3075 3100 3125 3150 3175 3200 3225
15 2750 2775 2800 2825 2850 2875 2900 2925 2950 2975
14 2500 2525 2550 2575 2600 2625 2650 2675 2700 2725
13 2250 2275 2300 2325 2350 2375 2400 2425 2450 2475
12 2000 2025 2050 2075 2100 2125 2150 2175 2200 2225
11 1750 1775 1800 1825 1850 1875 1900 1925 1950 1975
10 1500 1525 1550 1575 1600 1625 1650 1675 1700 1725
9 1250 1275 1300 1325 1350 1375 1400 1425 1450 1475
8 1000 1025 1050 1075 1100 1125 1150 1175 1200 1225
7 750 775 800 825 850 875 900 925 950 975
6 500 525 550 575 600 625 650 675 700 725
5 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450 475
4 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225

This section describes KV-DA40 functions and setting methods.
List of Setting Item
KV-DA40 is also set using Unit Editor.

Setting Item Setting Value See
Leading DM No. Need set
Page 7-17
Leading relay No. Need set
Disable (default)
Channel skip
Enable
Voltage -10 to +10V (default)
0 to 10V
Page 7-18
0 to 5V
7 Output signal range
1 to 5V
Current 0 to 20mA
KV-DA40
4 to 20mA
Scaling Disable (default)
Enable
Page 7-19
Scaling upper limit -32000 to +32000 (default : +32000)
Scaling lower limit -32000 to +32000 (default : -32000)
Disable (default)
Upper/lower limit alarm Page 7-21
Enable
OFF (default)
Output Page 7-22
ON
OFF (default)
Error hold Page 7-23
ON

What is Unit Editor
The Unit Editor is a software in Ladder Support Software KV STUDIO and settings related to PLC units
or setting up KV-DA40 communication functions. This setting is very necessary in the first use of KV-
DA40. For how to start and operate Unit Editor, see "KV STUDIO User's Manual".
How to Set up with Unit Editor
To describe the procedures to set KV-DA40 using the Unit Editor.

Other procedure
· Click button.
7
KV-DA40
2 Select the unit to be connected from "Select unit (1)" tab , and drag it to the CPU unit.
3 Set the details of the KV-DA40 on the unit configuration area.

Select "KV-DA40", and right-click to select "Display unit setting".
The "KV-DA40" setting is displayed in the "Unit setup" window.
Other procedure
· Press key
· Select "View" -> "Unit setup".
· Double-click the unit whose settings are to be changed
in the unit configuration area.

4 Click the item whose setting is to be changed, and enter

the new set value.
· When entering from textbox, display textbox, enter the value.
· When entering from dropdown menu, display dropdown
menu, select items.
7 5 Press key
KV-DA40
7 Select File(F) -> Close(O) from the menu. This saves the system you have created, and returns
to the Editor.
Other procedure
· Click button.
· Click button.

■ List of Data Memories

Attributes
Ch Data Memory R: Only read Content See
Blank: R/W
DM N Ch0 Output data Page 7-15
DM N +1 R Ch0 analog data Page 7-16
CH0
DM N +2 Ch0 upper limit for upper/lower limit alarm
Page 7-21
DM N +3 Ch0 lower limit for upper/lower limit alarm
DM N +4 Ch1 output data Page 7-15
CH1
DM N +6 Ch1 upper limit for upper/lower limit alarm
Page 7-21
DM N +7 Ch1 lower limit for upper/lower limit alarm
DM
7
N +8 Ch2 output data Page 7-15
CH2
DM N + 10 Ch2 upper limit for upper/lower limit alarm
Page 7-21
KV-DA40
DM N + 11 Ch2 lower limit for upper/lower limit alarm
DM N + 12 Ch3 output data Page 7-15
DM N + 13 R Ch3 analog data Page 7-16
CH3
DM N + 14 Ch3 upper limit for upper/lower limit alarm
Page 7-21
DM N + 15 Ch3 lower limit for upper/lower limit alarm
Comm DM N + 16 R Error code Page A-12
on DM N + 17 Reserved for system -
N : Leading DM No.( "Setting the Leading Device", Page 7-17)
● Output data
Raw data for D/A conversion is stored in Data Memory as output data. Storage range is "0 to 4000" or "-
4000 to 4000".
If using scaling function, scaling value will be stored as data.
"D/A Conversion Table", Page 7-7
Output data storage position

DM No. N +0 N +4 N +8 N + 12
N : Leading DM No.
● Analog data
Voltage/current value converted from output data will be stored as analog data.
The conversion method is as follows:
· When output signal range is 0 to 10V, -10 to +10V, 0 to 5V or 0 to 20mA
Analog data = Output data x resolution
· When output signal range is 1 to 5V or 4 to 20mA

4
Analog data = ( x output data + 800) x resolution
5
Unit: [10mV] for voltage output; [10µA] for current output.

The value less than 10 [mV/µA] is rejected.

Units displayed in Access Window or "Unit Monitor" window: "V" for voltage, "mA" for current.
Analog data storage position

DM No. N +1 N +5 N +9 N + 13
N : Leading DM No.
Example When outputting 1.234V input to CH0

DM N +1 : 123 (10mV)
Access Window : 1.23 (mV)
Unit Monitor : 1.23 (mV)
Example When outputting 2.345 mA input to CH1

7 DM N +5 : 234 (10µA)
Access Window : 2.34 (mA)
KV-DA40
Unit Monitor : 2.34 (mA)
■ List of Relays
CH Relay No. Item Name See

Upper/Lower limit alarm When value exceeds upper limit value of
n 00
upper limit relay upper/lower limit alarm, ON
CH0
Upper/Lower limit alarm When value less than upper limit value of
n 01
lower limit relay upper/lower limit alarm, ON
n 02
CH1
n 03
Page 7-21
n 04
CH2
n 05
n 06
CH3
n 07
Common n 08 Error relay When the control relay is error, OFF. Page A-12
n : Leading relay channel( " Setting the Leading Device", Page 7-17)

On the KV-DA40, data memories of 18 words and relays of 1 channel (16 relays) are occupied.
Set its leading DM No. and leading relay No. by setting leading device.
■ Leading DM No.
7
Set up DM leading No. used in KV-DA40.
Data memories of 18 words are occupied by KV-DA40.
Data memory is set as follow:
KV-DA40
KV-5500/5000/3000 : DM00000 to DM65516
KV-1000 : DM00000 to DM64982
KV-700+M : DM00000 to DM39982
KV-700 : DM00000 to DM19982

Set up the leading channel of the relays used in KV-DA40.
KV-DA40 occupies 1 channel (16) relays.
The relay CHs (relay No.) that can be set are as follows
KV-5500/5000/3000 : 010(R1000) to 999 (R99900)
KV-1000/700 : 010(R1000) to 599 (R59900)


If Channel skip function is set to "disabled", D/A conversion will be conducted; if it is set to "enabled", D/
A conversion will be not conducted.
It is stored as 0 in analog data of Skipped channel.
Data update period of every channel is shorten by setting channel skip.
7 According to the number of D/A conversion channels, update period of current/voltage value output
KV-DA40
from KV-DA40 is as follows.

The number of
Update period (µs)
conversion channels
1 80
2 160
3 240
4 320
Update period shall not be shorter than the scanning time of CPU unit.
Setup Output Range
The range is switched according to output signal level.

Input signal range can be set as per every channel. Optional output signal range as follows.
Output signal Range
0 to 10V
Voltage
0 to 5V
1 to 5V
0 to 20mA
Current
4 to 20mA

Scaling Function
With "scaling function", KV-DA40 can scale output data to any value.
Can scale "0 to 4000" or "-4000 to 4000" can be scaled within the range of "-32000 to 32000".
The scaled value is stored as output data.
When scaling function is not used, the value corresponding to output data upper limit value "4000" is
set to scaling upper limit.
When scaling function is not used, the value corresponding to output data lower limit value "4000" is set 7
to scaling lower limit value.
KV-DA40
It can not be set when lower limit value exceeds upper limit value.
If scaling function is set to "disabled", the scaling upper/lower limit value can not be changed.
Output data storage destination

DM No. N +0 N +4 N +8 N + 12
N : Leading DM No.:
Note
Even if scaling with greater resolution change, resolution is also not improved.
For example: when resolution is 1/4000, even if setting the scaling to "0 to 10000", the
resolution can not become 1/10000.
Scaling function uses the following calculation formula.

[Range -10 to +10V]
Scaling value = Output data x (upper limit - lower limit)/8000 +(upper limit + lower limit)/2
[Out of range]
Scaling value = Output data x (upper limit - lower limit)/4000 + lower limit

Example When the output range "-10V to +10V", "-4000 to 4000" is scaled to "-10000 to 10000".
Output data (Scaling disable) -4000 to 4000
Output data (scaling enabled) -10000 to 10000
With scaling
Without scaling
4000
7 -10V 10V
KV-DA40
-4000
-10000 Scaling lower limit
Output data
Output signal
Scaling disabled Scaling enabled
-10V -4000 -10000
-6V -2400 -6000
- 2V -800 -2000
+2V 800 2000
+6V 2400 6000
+10V 4000 10000

Upper/Lower Limit Alarm Function
With "upper/lower limit alarm function", KV-DA40 upper limit value/lower limit value of upper/lower limit
alarm with output data, and turn upper/lower limit relay of upper/lower limit alarm ON .
Upper/lower limit value is stored in DMs.
If output data is scaled, it will be compared with the scaled value.
If it is lower/upper limit value, the error relay will be ON.
If the error relay is ON, D/A conversion can not be conducted on the channel with error.
By combining upper/lower limit alarm function with output limit function, output will not exceed upper/
7
KV-DA40
lower limit value.
" Output Limit Function", Page 7-22
Upper limit alarm relay: If output data is upper limit value of upper/lower limit alarm, the relay will be ON.
Upper limit value, this relay is OFF.
Lower limit alarm relay: If output data is lower limit value of upper/lower limit alarm, the relay will be ON.
Lower limit value, this relay is OFF.
Upper/Lower limit alarm upper limit relay

Relay No. n 00 n 02 n 04 n 06
Upper/Lower limit alarm upper limit storage destination

DM No. N +2 N +6 N +10 N +14
N : Leading DM No.
Upper/Lower limit alarm lower limit relay

Relay No. n 01 n 03 n 05 n 07
Upper/Lower limit alarm lower limit storage destination

DM No. N +3 N +7 N +11 N +15
N : Leading DM No.

Example Output data : 0 to 4000

Upper limit of upper/lower limit alarm : 3000
Lower limit of upper/lower limit alarm : 1000
Output voltage
4000
Upper/Lower limit alarm upper limit storage destination 3000
2000
Upper/Lower limit alarm lower limit storage destination 1000
7 0
ON
KV-DA40
Upper/Lower limit alarm upper limit relay

OFF
ON
Upper/Lower limit alarm lower limit relay
OFF
Output Limit Function
With "output limit function", KV-DA40 can output preset value in upper/lower limit value when output
data exceeds upper/lower limit value of upper/lower limit alarm. The value currently stored in output
data can not be output.
Output limit function is only set during setting of upper/lower limit alarm function.
"Upper/Lower Limit Alarm Function", Page 7-21
Upper/Lower limit alarm upper limit storage destination

DM No. N +2 N +6 N + 10 N + 14
N : Leading DM No.
Upper/Lower limit alarm lower limit storage destination
DM No. N +3 N +7 N + 11 N + 15
N : Leading DM No.

Example Output data : 0 to 4000

Upper limit of upper/lower limit alarm : 3000
Lower limit of upper/lower limit alarm : 1000
Output data
When restriction function is ON
4000 Output value to DA unit
When restriction function is OFF
Output value to DA unit
Upper/Lower limit alarm upper limit storage destination 3000
2000
Upper/Lower limit alarm lower limit storage destination 1000
0 7
KV-DA40
Error Hold Function
With "error hold function", can set whether output to peripheral is stopped or remained when KV-DA40
unit fails.
Error hold OFF : Stop output to peripherals. When output signal range is "-10 to +10V/0 to 10V/0 to
5V", it changes to "0V". "1V" for "1 to 5V".
"0mA" for "0 to 20mA". It is "4mA" for "4 to 20mA".
Error hold ON: Hold the state before error.
Example External output when 0 to 5V range error hold ON/OFF.
Output voltage Error occurs


7-3 Access Window
This following describes the procedure for monitoring and changing the settings of the KV-DA40 using
Access Window
The Access Window on the CPU Unit can be used to monitor the KV-DA40 or change KV-DA40
settings.
7
KV-DA40
Monitor Skip Channel Output signal range

-8&#%*5 -8&#%*5 -8&#%*5
㩆㨷㩌㩢㨸㩂㩍㩨㨺㩊 %*㩇㩁㨹㩖㩩㩤㩧㩆㩨
㩆㩏㨼 8
-8&#%*5 -8&#%*5 -8&#%*5

1WVRWV&CVC %*&KUCDNG 4CPIG
0Q 8
Scaling Error hold Upper/lower limit alarm

-8&#%*5 -8&#%*5 -8&#%*5
㩇㩃㨺㩢㩧㩂㩨㨾㩡㨺㩘㨺㩣㩎㩨㩆㩨㨸㨽㩀㩃㩨㩧㩃㨼㩘㨽
-8&#8%* -8&#%*5 -8&#%*5

5ECNKPI 'TTQT*QNF 5GV9CTPKPI
0Q 0Q 0Q
Output limit
-8&#%*5
㩆㨷㩌㩢㨸㩂㩢㩚㨹㩎
㩆㩏㨼
-8&#%*5
1WVRWV.KOKV
0Q

7-3 Access Window
Menu structure
The Access Window menu is configured as follows:
Monitor CH0 Output data(initial display)

Analog data
Alarm upper limit (Only display when setting up alarm)
Monitor CH1 Alarm lower limit (Only display when setting up alarm)
Monitor CH2 Relay
Monitor CH3
Setting CH0 Skip Channel No

Yes
Range -10 to +10V
0 to 10V
0 to 5V
0 to 20mA
1 to 5V
Scaling
4 to 20mA
No
7
KV-DA40
Scaling lower limit
Upper/lower limit alarm No
Yes Alarm upper/lower limit
Alarm lower limit
Output limit No
Yes
Error hold No
Yes These settings are
Setting CH1 displayed in left
Setting CH2 items respectively
Setting CH3 after they are set.
The Access Window is operated by the setup keys on the CPU unit.
Setup key Normal function For changing value
Turn page. Can also be used to change Add the variation from the setting
Switch to setting change mode when Press and hold for more than 1s.
holding down this button for at least 1s. When holding it, can change setting. *

7-3 Access Window
The following describes the procedures for moving to the menu screen.
1 Press the direct access switch of the KV-DA40 you want to monitor.
screen for CH0 on the KV-DA40 you selected is displayed on
the Access Window.
KV-DA40 CH0M KV-DA40 CH0M

ｼｭﾂﾘｮｸﾃﾞｰﾀ Output Data
+0 +0
7 2 Press the " " key of the CPU unit.

KV-DA40

Note
To return the menu screen of the CPU unit, either press the " " key again, or press
the direct access switch that is blinking.

7-3 Access Window
Setting Screen
This following describes the procedures for changing the settings of the KV-DA40 using the Access
Note
The setting change of KV-DA40 is described below

This example is to describe channel change step.
1 Select the channel to be set in the menu screen using the " " and " " keys. 7
Setup screen for channel skip of the selected channel appears.
KV-DA40
KV-DA40 CH0S KV-DA40 CH0S
ｼﾅｲ No
2 Hold down the " " key for more than 1.

The setting item blinks.

ｼﾅｲ No
3 Use the " "" " key to select the setting, and hold down " " key for more than is to determine.

ｽﾙ Yes

Item Setting range
Channel skip Skip Yes,Skip No
Voltage: -10 to +10V, 0 to 10V, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V
Output signal range
Current: 0 to 20mA, 4 to 20mA
Scaling Scaling No,Scaling Yes
Upper/lower limit alarm No,Yes
Output No,Yes
Error hold No,Yes

7-3 Access Window
Monitor Screen
This following describes the procedures for monitoring the settings of the KV-DA40 using the Access Window of the CPU Unit.
How to Monitor the KV-DA40
1 Select "Items to be verified" in the menu screen using the " " and " " keys, and press the key.
Monitor screen for output data of the selected channel appears.

ｼｭﾂﾘｮｸﾃﾞｰﾀ Output Data
+0 +0
7 2 Select the display data to be monitored by the or keys.

KV-DA40
The following 5 items can be monitored:

·output data ·analog data ·alarm upper limit value
·alarm lower limit value ·relay monitor
How to change comparator upper/lower limit value
Comparator upper/lower limit value can be changed via monitor screen for comparator upper/lower limit value.
1 When the value (upper limit value or lower limit value) to be changed is displayed, hold down the " " key for more than 1 s.
Increment/decrement value is displayed on the right bottom.

ｹｲﾎｳH Warning H
+0 +0
1 1
2 Each press of the " " key increments the increment/decrement value. If this value exceeds 10000, it will return to 1.

+0 +0
100 100
3 If pressing the " " key, the value will be added to current value, if pressing the " " key, the
value is deducted from the current value.

+100 +100
100 100
4 If pressing the " " key for more than 1 s, the current value is changed.

7-4 Unit Monitor
The Unit Monitor function of Ladder Support Software KV STUDIO optimally displays relay or DM
values matched to the unit that is monitoring these values. This section describes how to view Unit
Monitor and how to operate Unit Monitor.
Unit Monitor program is a window that optimally displays values relay or DM values matched to the unit
that is monitoring these values.

7
KV-DA40
1 Select from the menu "Monitor/Simulator (N)"->"Unit Monitor"(U)".

"Unit Monitor Specifying" dialog box appears.
2 Select unit to be displayed, click "Select" button.

Other procedure In the "Unit settings" workspace, select the unit
to be monitored, right click to select "Unit

Monitor" from the menu.

7-4 Unit Monitor
DA Unit Monitor
(2)Comments description area (6)Unit information
(5)Setting unit (7)Display alarm lower limit area
(8)Display alarm lower limit area
(1)Display channel (9)Lower limit value lamp
(3) Display current value area

(10) Upper limit value lamp
(4) Device assignment
7
(13)"Upper/lower limit read" button
KV-DA40
(14)"Upper/lower limit write" button
(11)Display current value method setting area (12)Display error info area (15)"Re-load setting" button
Name Function See

(1)Display channel Display channel. -
(2)Display comment area Display device comment of Data Memory corresponding to current data. -
(3)Display current
Display current display setting data. -
value area
Page 7-15
(4)Device assignment Display Data Memory, relay No. assigned to data display, button and lamp.
Page 7-16
When "analog data" is displayed using current value display method, the
(5)Setting unit -
unit corresponding to input signal range is displayed.
(6)Unit information Display the connection No. and model of unit. -
(7)Display alarm Display upper/lower limit value.
lower limit area To change upper/lower limit value.
To display the latest value, click (13) the "upper/lower limit read" button. Page 7-21
(8)Display alarm
To write the changed value to CPU, click (14) the "upper/lower limit
upper limit area
write" button.
When "output data" exceeds alarm lower limit value, ON.
(9)Lower limit value
More than lower limit value, OFF. Page 7-21
indicator
When "output data" exceeds alarm upper limit value, ON.
(10)Upper limit
Less than upper limit value, OFF. Page 7-21
value lamp
Output data : The original output data before D/A conversion
(11)Current value
(0 to 4000/-4000 to +4000).
display method Page 7-15
Or the value scaled (when scaling function is used)
setting area
Analog data: The voltage/current value converted from D/A
conversion value
7-4 Unit Monitor
Name Function See

(12)Display error
Display error content when an error occurs. -
info area
(13) "Upper/lower
Read alarm upper/lower limit value of all channels from CPU unit. Page 7-21
limit read" button
Write alarm upper limit value/lower limit value of all channels displayed
(14)"Upper/lower limit in the display area of alarm upper/lower limit value to CPU unit.
Page 7-21
write" button (Note) when writing from Ladder to upper/lower limit value, writing
from Unit Monitor fails sometimes.
(15)"Re-load
Update all items displayed in Unit Monitor to the latest message. -
setting" button
Note
Setting change after starting of the Unit Monitor program can not be mapped in the "Unit
Monitor" window. Unit monitor message can be updated using the "read upper/lower limit
value" or "write upper/lower limit value" button.
7
KV-DA40

7-4 Unit Monitor
MEMO
7
KV-DA40

APPENDICES
This chapter describes precautions when replacing with other unit as well as
error message list and indexes.
1 Precautions When Replacing with Other Unit •••••••••A-2

2 List of Error Messages •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••A-6
3 Index••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• A-13
- AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual - A-1

1 Precautions When Replacing with Other Unit
This section describes precautions when replacing with other unit.
Precautions When Replacing with A/D Conversion Unit
The following describes functional difference between A/D conversion unit KV-AD40V, KV-AM40V, KV-
AD40G, KV-AD40 and precautions when replacing KV-AD40 with KV-AD40V/G, KV-AM40V.
Difference between unit built-in functions
Difference between functions built-in A/D conversion unit as follows.

Item KV-AD40V KV-AM40V KV-AD40 KV-AD40G
Direct refresh/unit specific instructions ○*1 ○ *1 × ×
DM selection of setting value ○ ○ × ○
○ ○ ○ ○
Scaling function (-32000 to (-32000 to (-32000 to (-30000 to
32000) 32000) 32000) 30000)
Special data offset function ○ ○ × ○
Zero drift function ○ ○ × ○
APPENDICES
○ ○ ○ ○
Simple averaging count
(2 to 60000) (2 to 60000) (2 to 62500) (3 to 65000)
○ ○ ○ ○
Simple averaging time
Averaging function (1 to 1500) (1 to 1500) (2 to 5000) (1 to 3000)
○ ○ ○
Moving average ×
(2 to 64) (2 to 64) (2 to 1000)
First-order lag filtering × × × ○
Comparator function ○ ○ ○ ○
Peak/Bottom hold function ○ ○ ○ ○
Broken line detected function ○ ○ ○ ○
Buffer function × × ○ ×
External trigger input × × ○ ○
*1 Direct refresh/unit specific instruction are not supported when connecting with KV-1000/700.
A-2 - AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual -

Precautions When Replacing KV-AD40 with KV-AD40V/G, KV-AM40V
When replacing KV-AD40 with KV-AD40V/G,KV-AM40V, DM No. and relay No. must be changed.
■ Change DM assignment
Change the DM No.s according to the table below.
DM No.
Name
KV-AD40 KV-AD40V/G KV-AM40V
Comparator upper limit value (CH0) N +3 N +28, 29 N +025, 026
Comparator lower limit value (CH0) N +4 N +30, 31 N +027, 028
Comparator upper limit value (CH1) N +5 N +35, 36 N +032, 033
Comparator lower limit value (CH1) N +6 N +37, 38 N +034, 035
Comparator upper limit value (CH2) N +7 N +42, 43 -
Comparator lower limit value (CH2) N +8 N +44, 45 -
Comparator upper limit value (CH3) N +9 N +49, 50 -
Comparator lower limit value (CH3) N +10 N +51, 52 -
■ Change relay assignment
APPENDICES
Change the relay No.s according to the table below.
Relay No.
Name
KV-AD40 KV-AD40V/G KV-AM40V
Hold relay (CH0) n +00 n +101 n +101
Hold relay (CH1) n +04 n +109 n +109
Hold relay (CH2) n +08 n +201 -
Hold relay (CH3) n +12 n +209 -
Line-break detection relay (CH0) n +01 n +402 n +402
Line-break detection relay (CH1) n +05 n +410 n +410
Line-break detection relay (CH2) n +09 n +502 -
Line-break detection relay (CH3) n +13 n +510 -
Comparator upper limit relay (CH0) n +02 n +403 n +403
Comparator lower limit relay (CH0) n +03 n +404 n +404
Comparator upper limit relay (CH1) n +06 n +411 n +411
Comparator lower limit relay (CH1) n +07 n +412 n +412
Comparator upper limit relay (CH2) n +10 n +503 -
Comparator lower limit relay (CH2) n +11 n +504 -
Comparator upper limit relay (CH3) n +14 n +511 -
Comparator lower limit relay (CH3) n +15 n +512 -

Precautions When Replacing with D/A Conversion Unit
The following describes functional difference between D/A conversion unit KV-DA40V, KV-AM40V and
KV-DA40, and precautions when replacing KV-DA40 with KV-DA40V, KV-AM40V.
Difference between unit built-in functions
Difference between functions built-in with D/A conversion unit as follows.

Item KV-DA40V KV-AM40V KV-DA40
Direct refresh/unit special instructions ○*1 ○ *1 ×
DM selection of setting value ○ ○ ×
○ ○ ○
Scaling function
(-32000 to 32000) (-32000 to 32000) (-32000 to 32000)
Output data offset function ○ ○ ×
Upper/lower limit alarm function ○ ○ ○
Output limit function ○ ○ ○
Error hold function ○ ○ ○
*1 Direct refresh/unit special instruction are not supported when connecting with KV-1000/700.
APPENDICES
Precautions When Replacing KV-DA40 with KV-DA40V, KV-AM40V
When replacing KV-DA40 with KV-DA40V, KV-AM40V, DM No. and relay No. must be changed.
■ Change DM assignment
Change the DM No.s according to the table below.
DM No.
Name
KV-DA40 KV-DA40V KV-AM40V
Output data (CH0) N +000 N +000 -
Output data (CH1) N +004 N +002 -
Output data (CH2) N +008 N +004 N +018
Output data (CH3) N +012 N +006 N +020
Analog data (CH0) N +1 N +10 -
Analog data (CH1) N +5 N +11 -
Analog data (CH2) N +9 N +12 N +010
Analog data (CH3) N +13 N +13 N +011

■ Change relay assignment

Change the relay No.s according to the table below.
Relay No.
Name
KV-DA40 KV-DA40V KV-AM40V
Upper/Lower limit alarm upper limit relay (CH0) n +00 n +400 -
Upper/Lower limit alarm lower limit relay (CH0) n +01 n +401 -
Upper/Lower limit alarm upper limit relay (CH1) n +02 n +408 -
Upper/Lower limit alarm lower limit relay (CH1) n +03 n +409 -
Upper/Lower limit alarm upper limit relay (CH2) n +04 n +500 n +500
Upper/Lower limit alarm lower limit relay (CH2) n +05 n +501 n +501
Upper/Lower limit alarm upper limit relay (CH3) n +06 n +508 n +508
Upper/Lower limit alarm lower limit relay (CH3) n +07 n +509 n +509
APPENDICES

2 List of Error Messages
List of Error Messages for KV-AD40V
When an error occurs on the KV-AD40V, the direct access switch lights (red). At this time, the error
code can be displayed on the access window of the CPU Unit by pressing the direct access switch on
the KV-AD40V. When error occurs in KV-AD40V, error relay (leading relay No. +315) is ON, and error
code is stored in DM (leading No.+20) in DEC.
In this case, error causes must be remedied and the status of error relay (leading relay No.+15) must
be changed from OFF to ON.
Operation will continue for the non-system error.
Error
Error message Causes Remedy
Code
Can not read from the internal storage
100 System abnormal
unit (EEPROM)
The correcting data saved in internal Consult your nearest agent.
110 System abnormal
storage unit (EEPROM) is abnormal.
120 System abnormal Abnormal internal reference voltage detected.
"Channel skip setting" is set to
APPENDICES
330 Without valid channel All channels are set to "Enable".

"disabled" for at least one ch.
Scaling value setting Scaling upper/lower limit are set outside
50x
error of range.
Scaling value upper/
51x Scaling upper limit<= scaling lower limit
lower limit setting error
Average constant The average constant is set to a value
52x
setting error out of range.
Comparator setting Comparator upper/lower limit are set Please carry out setting
53x
error outside of range. updating after it is set correctly.
Comparator upper/lower limit are set to
illegal (The relationship "comparator
Comparator setting upper limit ON level >= comparator OFF
54x
error level , comparator lower limit OFF level
>= comparator lower ON level" is not
established).
Please carry out setting
Setting updating is executed without a
550 Setting update error updating after changing to DM
setting item by DM selection.
selection.
x : Invalid error

List of Error Messages for KV-DA40V
When an error occurs on the KV-DA40V, the direct access switch lights (red). At this time, the error
the KV-DA40V. When error occurs in KV-DA40V, error relay (leading relay No. +315) is ON, and error
Error
Code
100 System abnormal
unit (EEPROM)
Consult your nearest agent.
The correcting data saved in internal
110 System abnormal
APPENDICES
50x
error of range.
51x Scaling upper limit <= scaling lower limit
lower limit setting error Please carry out setting
Upper/lower limit Alarm upper/lower limit are set outside updating after it is set correctly.
53x
alarm setting error of range.
Alarm upper/lower limit Upper limit <= lower limit of upper/lower
54x
setting error limit alarm.
Please carry out setting
Setting updating is executed without a
550 Setting update error updating after changing to DM
setting item by DM selection.
selection.
x : CH No. with error

List of Error Messages for KV-AM40V
When an error occurs on the KV-AM40V, the direct access switch lights (red). At this time, the error
the KV-AM40V. When error occurs in KV-AM40V, error relay (leading relay No. +315) is ON, and error
Operation will continue for the non-system and unit setting error.
Error
Code
100 System abnormal
unit (EEPROM)
The correcting data saved in internal Consult your nearest agent.
110 System abnormal
120 System abnormal Abnormal internal reference voltage detected.
31x Abnormal unit setting Abnormal range setting is set up. Please send setting again.
APPENDICES

50x
error of range.
51x Scaling upper limit <= scaling lower limit
Average constant The average constant is set to a value
52x
setting error out of range.
Comparator setting Comparator upper/lower limit are set Please carry out setting
53x
error outside of range. updating after it is set correctly.
Comparator upper/lower limit are set to
illegal (The relationship "comparator
Comparator upper/ upper limit ON level >= comparator OFF
54x
lower limit setting error level , comparator lower limit OFF level
>= comparator lower ON level" is not
established).
Upper/lower limit Alarm upper/lower limit are set outside
56x
alarm setting error of range.
Alarm upper/lower limit Upper limit <= lower limit of upper/lower
57x
setting error limit alarm.
AD conversion setting updating is Please carry out AD conversion
AD setting update
600 executed without a setting item by DM setting updating after changing
error
selection. to DM selection.
DA conversion setting updating is Please carry out DA conversion
DA setting update
610 executed without a setting item by DM setting updating after changing
error
selection. to DM selection.
x : CH No. with error

List of Error Messages for KV-AD40G
When an error occurs on the KV-AD40G, the direct access switch lights (red). At this time, the error
the KV-AD40G. When error occurs in KV-AD40G, error relay (leading relay No. +315) is ON, and error
Error
Code
Internal memory device (SRAM) cannot
90 System abnormality
be accessed.
Internal operation device cannot be
accessed.
Cannot read from the internal storage
APPENDICES
device (EEPROM). Consult your nearest agent
An abnormality has occurred in the
110 System abnormality calibration data currently stored to the
internal storage device (EEPROM).
An abnormality in the internal reference
voltage has been detected.
Comparator setting The comparator is set to "Enabled" with
43x
invalid error buffering set to "Enabled".
Set one to "Disabled"
Line-break detection Line break detection is set to "Enabled"
44x
setting error with buffering set to "Enabled".
Scaling value setting The scaling upper/lower limits are set to
50x
error values outside the range.
The scaling upper limit value is set to be
Scaling value upper /
51x equal to or less than the scaling lower
limit.
Average constant The average count is set to a value
52x
setting error outside the range. Set to the correct setting and
The comparator upper/lower limits are then update the setting
set to illegal values. (That is, the
following relationship is not satisfied:
Comparator setting
54x comparator upper limit ON level >=
error
comparator upper limit OFF level >=
comparator lower limit OFF level >=
comparator lower limit ON level.)
Updating of settings was executed without Change to DM selection and
550 Setting update error
even one setting item specified to DMs. update the settings.
Setting update/setting Updating and reading of settings was Quit buffering, and update or
560
read invalid error executed during buffering. read the settings.
Set averaging to "Averaging (time
57x Averaging invalid error selection)" with convert timing set to Set the settings again.
"Outside trigger."

Error
Code
x : CH No. with error (0 : CH_A0; 1: CH_A1; 2 : CH_B0; 3 : CH_B1)
Buffering was started with buffering set
600 Buffering invalid error
to "Disabled."
Buffering trigger Buffering was started with trigger conditions
610
condition error set to the level of unused channels.
Buffering cycle setting Buffering was started with the buffering
620
error cycle set to a value outside the range.
Buffering was started with the buffering Set the settings again, and start
Buffering trigger level
630 trigger level set to a value outside the buffering.
setting error
range.
Number of buffering Buffering was started with the buffering
640
points setting error number set to a value outside the range.
Number of data points Buffering was started with the number of
650 before buffering trigger data points before the buffering trigger
setting error set to a value outside the range.
Buffering was started with the buffering Set the settings again, and
Buffering read page
700 read page No. set to a value outside the execute reading of the buffering
No. setting error
APPENDICES
range. data.
x : CH No. with error (0: CH_A0; 1: CH_A1; 2: CH_B0; 3: CH_B1)

List of Error Messages for KV-AD40
When error occurs, error relay is ON and error code is stored in error code DM. When error is cleared,
error relay will be OFF.
Error code DM: DM N +21
Error relay: n+1 01
Error
code
Repair/replacement
100 System error (100) The EEPROM data cannot be read normally.
is required.
The calibration data written to EEPROM has Repair/replacement
110 System error (110)
been lost. is required.
Repair/replacement
200 System error (200) The unit is not operating normally.
is required.
Repair/replacement
210 System error (210) The unit is not operating normally.
is required.
CHx Averaging count in error (3 less than 3 times or to greater than 62500 Set the settings
APPENDICES
50x
to 62500 times) times in the averaging setting. again.
CHx Averaging count in error (2 The averaging time is set to less than 2 ms or to Set the settings
51x
to 5000 ms) greater than 500 ms in the averaging setting. again.
CHx lower limit value of scaling The lower limit value is set to greater than Set the settings
60x
setup is upper limit value or higher. the upper limit value in the scaling settings. again.
CHx Upper/lower limit values of The upper/lower limit value is greater than
Set the settings
61x scaling setup in error 32000 in the scaling settings, or the lower
again.
(-32000 to 32000) limit value is set to less than -32000.
CHx Lower limit value of The lower limit value is set to greater than
Set the settings
70x comparator setup is upper limit the upper limit value in the comparator
again.
value or higher. settings.
Set the settings
71x comparator setup in error 32000 in the comparator settings, or the
again.
(-32000 to 32000) lower limit value is set to less than -32000.
The setting item is set to an impossible set Set the settings
state. again.
x : Invalid error

List of Error Messages for KV-DA40
When error occurs, error relay is ON and error code is stored in error code DM. When error is cleared,
error relay will be OFF.
Error code DM : DM N +16
Error relay: n 08
Error
code
Repair/replacement
100 System error (100) The EEPROM data cannot be read normally.
is required.
The calibration data written to EEPROM has Repair/replacement
been lost. is required.
CHx Lower limit value of scaling The lower limit value is set to a value greater than Set the settings
60x
setup is upper limit value or higher. the upper limit value in the scaling settings. again.
Set the settings
61x scaling setup in error 32000 in the scaling settings, or the lower
again.
(-32000 to 32000) limit value is set to less than -32000.
APPENDICES
CHx Lower limit value of high/ The lower limit value is set to greater than
Set the settings
80x low alarm setup is upper limit the upper limit value in the comparator
again.
value or higher. settings.
Set the settings
81x high/low alarm setup in error (- 32000 in the comparator settings, or the
again.
32000 to 32000) lower limit value is set to less than -32000.
The setting item is set to an impossible set Set the settings
state. again.
x : Invalid error

3 Index
An index of definitions used in this manual. They are arranged in the alphabetical sequence and the sequence of Table of 50 Sounds.
A D
A/D Conversion(AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 D/A conversion (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7

A/D conversion (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6, 4-9 D/A Conversion (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
A/D Conversion(AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 D/A conversion table (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
A/D conversion data (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 D/A Conversion (DA40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
A/D conversion data(AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 D/A conversion data updating cycle (DA40V) . .3-7
A/D conversion data (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 D/A conversion table (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
A/D conversion data update period(AD40V) . . 2-7 Dimension Diagram(AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
A/D conversion table (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Dimension Diagram(AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
A/D conversion table (AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Dimension Diagram(DA40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
A/D conversion table (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Display A/D conversion data (AM40V) . . 4-8, 4-22
About DM specifying of setting value (AD40G) 5-17
About inspection and maintenance (common) 1-13
Analog data(AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 E
Analog data (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Analog data(AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 Error hold function (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57
Analog data(DA40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Error hold function (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Analog data operation (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 Error hold function(DA40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23
Averaging function (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Error Message List (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
APPENDICES
Averaging function (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 Error Message List (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
Error Message List (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
B
H
Block diagram (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Block diagram (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23, 5-27 How to Utilize mnemonics list (common) . . . . .0-11
Buffer function sample program (AD40G) . . . 5-63
Buffer steps (AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Buffering function(AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51 I
C Input capture function (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-26

Input range setting (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51
Input terminal wiring (AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Change the setting of ladder Input wiring of the terminals and
diagram programming (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . 4-27 internal circuit diagram (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . .2-3
Channel filter function (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 Internal circuit diagram(AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
Channel filtration function (AD40V) . . . . . . . . 2-28 Internal circuit diagram (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Channel filtration function (DA40V) . . . . . . . . 3-24
Channel filtration function (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Channel filtration function (DA40) . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 K
Checking the Installation
Environment (common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Comparator function (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 KV-1000/700 System Configuration (common) .1-5
Comparator function (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46 KV-5000/3000 System
Comparator function(AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46 Configuration (Common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
Comparer function (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 KV-AM40V function block diagram
Connecting External Devices (common) . . . . . 1-7 (A/D conversion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31, 4-32
Conversion mode setting (High-speed KV-AM40V function block diagram
conversion mode/Averaging mode) (AD40) 6-21 (A/D conversion) (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32
Conversion timing setting
(outside trigger) (AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

3 Index
L P
First-order lag filtering(AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38 Analog data (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16

List of Data Memories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Peak/valley hold function (AD40V) . . . . . . . . .2-38
List of Data Memories(AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Peak/valley hold function (AM40V) . . . . . . . . .4-44
List of Data Memories (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Peak/valley hold function(AD40G) . . . . . . . . . .5-44
List of Data Memories(AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Peak/valley hold function (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . .6-23
List of Data Memories (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Precautions when replacing with
List of Data Memories(DA40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 A/D conversion unit (common) . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
List of Devices Used(AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Precautions when replacing with
List of Devices Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 D/A conversion unit (common) . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
List of Devices Used (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Precautions when replacing with
List of relay (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 other unit (common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
List of Relays(AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 PROG output function (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . .4-58
List of Setting Items(DA40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
R
M
Reference program (AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Maintenance(common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 List of Relays (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
APPENDICES
Mounting onto the CPU Unit (common) . . . . . 1-11 Relay list (AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Mounting onto the Unit (common) . . . . . . . . . 1-12 List of Relays (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-17
Mounting/Removing the Analog I/O Relay list (DA40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
Terminal Block (Common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
S
N
Scaling function (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Name and function of each part (common) . . . 1-3 Scaling function (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36, 4-51
Scaling function (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Scaling function (AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
O Scaling function (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-19
Scaling function (DA40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
Operations in the PROGRAM Mode . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Screening function (average processing)
Operations in the PROGRAM Mode(AD40V) . . 2-7 (AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Operations in the PROGRAM Mode (DA40V) . 3-7 Set the number of using channels (AD40G) . .5-28
Outline Dimensions (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Setting Items list on Unit Editor (AD40V) . . . . .2-14
Outline Dimensions (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Setting Items List on Unit Editor (AM40V) . . . .4-16
Output data (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . 4-23, 4-52, 4-56 Setting Items List on Unit Editor (DA40V) . . . .3-13
Output data (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Setting the Leading Device (AD40V) . . . . . . . .2-27
Output data(DA40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Setting the Leading Device (AM40V) . . . . . . . .4-33
Output data offset function (DA40V) . . . . . . . . 3-26 Setting the Leading Device (DA40V) . . . . . . . .3-24
Output function during PROG (DA40V) . . . . . 3-32 Setting the Leading Device(AD40G) . . . . . . . .5-28
Output limit function (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Setting the Leading Device (AD40) . . . . . . . . .6-18
Output limit function (DA40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Setting the Leading Device (DA40) . . . . . . . . .7-17
Output terminal wiring (DA40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Setup input range (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
Output wiring of the terminals and Setup input signal range (AD40G) . . . . . . . . . .5-31
internal circuit diagram (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Setup input signal range (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . .6-19
Overview of Setting Options (AD40G) . . . . . . 5-13 Setup output range (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Overview of Setting Options (AD40) . . . . . . . . 6-12 Setup output signal range (DA40) . . . . . . . . . .7-18
Special data (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22, 4-40
Special data(AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Special data(AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Special data (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16

3 Index
Special data offset function (AD40V) . . . . . . . 2-34

Special data offset function(AD40G) . . . . . . . 5-39
Specification (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Y
Specification (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Specification(AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Zero clipper function (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Specification (AD40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Zero clipper function (AM40V) . . . . . . . . 4-35, 4-42
Specification(DA40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Zero clipper function(AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
System Configuration (common) . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Zero drift function (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
Zero drift function (AD40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42
T
Technical specifications (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Internal circuit diagram (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Technical specifications(AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Temperature drift correction function (AD40V) 2-27
Temperature drift correction function (AM40V) 4-33
The change of setting value via Ladder
(AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
The change of setting value via Ladder
(DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
APPENDICES
U
Unit setup content (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59

Unit special command (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Unit special command (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Unit special function (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
Unit special function (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Unit specific function (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Unpacking (Common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Upper/lower limit alarm function (AM40V) . . . 4-54
Upper/lower limit alarm function (DA40V) . . . 3-28
Upper/lower limit alarm function (DA40) . . . . . 7-21
U_RDAD (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46, 2-59
U_RDADB (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48, 2-60
U_WRAVG (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56, 2-64
U_WRDA (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34, 3-43
U_WRLMT (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54, 2-63
U_WRLMT (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40, 3-46
U_WROFST (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50, 2-61
U_WROFST (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36, 3-44
U_WRSCL (AD40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52, 2-62
U_WRSCL (DA40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38, 3-45
Wire break detection function (AD40V) . . . . . 2-43

Wire break detection function (AM40V) . . . . . 4-49
Wire break detection function(AD40G) . . . . . . 5-49
Wire break detection function (AD40) . . . . . . . 6-27
Wiring (common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Wiring diagram and Internal circuit
diagram of I/O (AM40V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Revision History
Printing Date Version Details of Revision
Aug 2009 Initial version

Mar 2010 2nd version
Dec 2010 3rd version
- AD/DA Conversion Unit User's Manual -

WARRANTIES AND DISCLAIMERS
(1) KEYENCE warrants the Products to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1)
year from the date of shipment. If any models or samples were shown to Buyer, such models or samples were
used merely to illustrate the general type and quality of the Products and not to represent that the Products
would necessarily conform to said models or samples. Any Products found to be defective must be shipped to
KEYENCE with all shipping costs paid by Buyer or offered to KEYENCE for inspection and examination. Upon
examination by KEYENCE, KEYENCE, at its sole option, will refund the purchase price of, or repair or replace
at no charge any Products found to be defective. This warranty does not apply to any defects resulting from
any action of Buyer, including but not limited to improper installation, improper interfacing, improper repair,
unauthorized modification, misapplication and mishandling, such as exposure to excessive current, heat,
coldness, moisture, vibration or outdoors air. Components which wear are not warranted.
(2) KEYENCE is pleased to offer suggestions on the use of its various Products. They are only suggestions, and it
is Buyer's responsibility to ascertain the fitness of the Products for Buyer’s intended use. KEYENCE will not be
responsible for any damages that may result from the use of the Products.
(3) The Products and any samples ("Products/Samples") supplied to Buyer are not to be used internally in
humans, for human transportation, as safety devices or fail-safe systems, unless their written specifications
state otherwise. Should any Products/Samples be used in such a manner or misused in any way, KEYENCE
assumes no responsibility, and additionally Buyer will indemnify KEYENCE and hold KEYENCE harmless from
any liability or damage whatsoever arising out of any misuse of the Products/Samples.
(4) OTHER THAN AS STATED HEREIN, THE PRODUCTS/SAMPLES ARE PROVIDED WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER. ALL EXPRESS, IMPLIED, AND STATUTORY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL KEYENCE AND ITS A FFILIATED ENTITIES BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON OR ENTITY
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF INFORMATION, LOSS OR INACCURACY OF DATA, LOSS OF PROFITS,
LOSS OF SAVINGS, THE COST OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTED GOODS, SERVICES OR
TECHNOLOGIES, OR FOR ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCTS, EVEN IF KEYENCE OR ONE OF ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES WAS
ADVISED OF A POSSIBLE THIRD PARTY’S CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OR ANY OTHER CLAIM AGAINST
BUYER. In some jurisdictions, some of the foregoing warranty disclaimers or damage limitations may not
apply.
BUYER'S TRANSFER OBLIGATIONS:

If the Products/Samples purchased by Buyer are to be resold or delivered to a third party, Buyer must provide
such third party with a copy of this document, all specifications, manuals, catalogs, leaflets and written
information provided to Buyer pertaining to the Products/Samples.
E 1110-2
Copyright (c) 2010 KEYENCE CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 084213E 1120-3 96114E Printed in Japan

As 18133 Kv-Ad Da Um 96114e GB WW 1120-3 PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

As 18133 Kv-Ad Da Um 96114e GB WW 1120-3 PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

96114E

AD/DA Conversion Unit

■ KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 User's Manual

Indicates useful information or information that aids understanding of text descriptions.

2 - AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual -

Chapter 4 KV-AM40V This chapter describes AD/DA conversion unit KV-AM40V.

Chapter 5 KV-AD40G This chapter describes A/D conversion unit KV-AD40G.

Chapter 6 KV-AD40 This chapter describes A/D conversion unit KV-AD40.

Chapter 7 KV-DA40 This chapter describes D/A conversion unit KV-DA40.

This chapter describes precautions when replacing with other

- AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual - 3

Chapter 1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION & UNIT SETTING (COMMON)

4 - AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual -

- AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual - 5

6 - AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual -

- AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual - 7

8 - AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual -

- AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual - 9

10 - AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual -

How to Utilize Mnemonics List

1 Open the manual by "Adobe Reader".

2 Mnemonics lists can be copied with "Select tool".

Drag and select all

- AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual - 9

This manual uses the following terminology excluding some instances.

10 - AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual -

1-1 Unpacking •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1-2

- AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual - 1-1

Unit Instruction Manual for Special Unit (1 copy)

 Related items not included in the package of this product

 "AD/DA Conversion Unit User's Manual"(This manual)

AD/DA Conversion Unit

“AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual”

1-2 - AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual -

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION & UNIT SETTING (COMMON)

(3) Lock lever (2) Analog input terminal block(KV-AD40V/AD40G/AD40)

No. Name Function

- AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual - 1-3

KV-5500/5000/3000 System Configuration

The KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40 can be mounted onto the CPU unit as follows.

Max. 16 (48 when using the expansion unit)

• Up to 48 KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40s can be connected to a single CPU unit.

1-4 - AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual -

KV-1000/700 System Configuration 1

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION & UNIT SETTING (COMMON)

Max. 16 (48 when using the expansion unit)

KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V End unit

· Up to 48 KV-AD40V/DA40V/AM40V/AD40G/AD40/DA40s can be connected to a single CPU unit.

- AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual - 1-5

Location with ambient Location with ambient humidity

Chemicals Magnetic field

· Altitude 2000m or more

1-6 - AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual -

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION & UNIT SETTING (COMMON)

Pay attention to the following points when wiring analog I/Os.

■ Wiring terminal block unit

Extract the dimension of Y terminal part

- AD/DA Conversion Unit User’s Manual - 1-7

already mounted on a CPU unit, turn the power OFF, and

2 Open the analog I/O terminal block cover. Terminal block

"Mounting/Removing the Analog I/O Terminal Block",

3 Attach the crimped terminals of the signal wires to the pre-

For the wiring, please see "Analog input terminal wiring

*　C0 to C3 are internal common.